Stockfish 3

Stockfish bench signature is: 4176431

Readme.md

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+### Overview
+
+Stockfish is a free UCI chess engine derived from Glaurung 2.1. It is
+not a complete chess program and requires some UCI-compatible GUI
+(e.g. XBoard with PolyGlot, eboard, Arena, Sigma Chess, Shredder, Chess
+Partner or Fritz) in order to be used comfortably. Read the
+documentation for your GUI of choice for information about how to use
+Stockfish with it.
+
+This version of Stockfish supports up to 64 CPUs, but has not been
+tested thoroughly with more than 4.  The program tries to detect the
+number of CPUs on your computer and sets the number of search threads
+accordingly, but please be aware that the detection is not always
+correct. It is therefore recommended to inspect the value of the
+*Threads* UCI parameter, and to make sure it equals the number of CPU
+cores on your computer. If you are using more than eight threads, it is
+recommended to raise the value of the *Min Split Depth* UCI parameter to 7.
+
+
+### Files
+
+This distribution of Stockfish consists of the following files:
+
+  * Readme.md, the file you are currently reading.
+
+  * Copying.txt, a text file containing the GNU General Public License.
+
+  * src/, a subdirectory containing the full source code, including a Makefile
+    that can be used to compile Stockfish on Unix-like systems. For further
+    information about how to compile Stockfish yourself read section below.
+
+  * polyglot.ini, for using Stockfish with Fabien Letouzey's PolyGlot
+    adapter.
+
+
+### Opening books
+
+This version of Stockfish has support for PolyGlot opening books. For
+information about how to create such books, consult the PolyGlot
+documentation. The book file can be selected by setting the *Book File*
+UCI parameter.
+
+
+### Compiling it yourself
+
+On Unix-like systems, it should be possible to compile Stockfish
+directly from the source code with the included Makefile.
+
+Stockfish has support for 32 or 64-bit CPUs, the hardware POPCNT
+instruction, big-endian machines such as Power PC, and other platforms.
+
+In general it is recommended to run `make help` to see a list of make
+targets with corresponding descriptions. When not using Makefile to
+compile (for instance with Microsoft MSVC) you need to manually
+set/unset some switches in the compiler command line; see file *types.h*
+for a quick reference.
+
+
+### Terms of use
+
+Stockfish is free, and distributed under the **GNU General Public License**
+(GPL). Essentially, this means that you are free to do almost exactly
+what you want with the program, including distributing it among your
+friends, making it available for download from your web site, selling
+it (either by itself or as part of some bigger software package), or
+using it as the starting point for a software project of your own.
+
+The only real limitation is that whenever you distribute Stockfish in
+some way, you must always include the full source code, or a pointer
+to where the source code can be found. If you make any changes to the
+source code, these changes must also be made available under the GPL.
+
+For full details, read the copy of the GPL found in the file named
+*Copying.txt*

Readme.txt

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-1. Introduction
----------------
-
-Stockfish is a free UCI chess engine derived from Glaurung 2.1. It is
-not a complete chess program, but requires some UCI compatible GUI
-(like XBoard with PolyGlot, eboard, Josè, Arena, Sigma Chess, Shredder,
-Chess Partner, or Fritz) in order to be used comfortably.  Read the
-documentation for your GUI of choice for information about how to use
-Stockfish with your GUI.
-
-This version of Stockfish supports up to 16 CPUs, but has not been
-tested thoroughly with more than 4.  The program tries to detect the
-number of CPUs on your computer and set the number of search threads
-accordingly, but please be aware that the detection is not always
-correct.  It is therefore recommended to inspect the value of the
-"Threads" UCI parameter, and to make sure it equals the number of CPU
-cores on your computer. If you are using more than four threads, it
-is recommended to raise the value of "Minimum Split Depth" UCI parameter
-to 6.
-
-
-2. Files
---------
-
-This distribution of Stockfish consists of the following files:
-
-  * Readme.txt, the file you are currently reading.
-
-  * Copying.txt, a text file containing the GNU General Public
-    License.
-
-  * src/, a subdirectory containing the full source code, including a
-    Makefile that can be used to compile Stockfish on Unix-like
-    systems.  For further information about how to compile Stockfish
-    yourself, read section 4 below.
-
-  * polyglot.ini, for using Stockfish with Fabien Letouzey's PolyGlot
-    adapter.
-
-
-3. Opening books
-----------------
-
-This version of Stockfish has support for PolyGlot opening books.
-For information about how to create such books, consult the PolyGlot
-documentation.  The book file can be selected by setting the UCI
-parameter "Book File".
-
-
-4. Compiling it yourself
-------------------------
-
-On Unix-like systems, it should usually be possible to compile
-Stockfish directly from the source code with the included Makefile.
-
-For big-endian machines like Power PC you need to enable the proper
-flag changing from -DNBIGENDIAN to -DBIGENDIAN in the Makefile.
-
-Stockfish has POPCNT instruction runtime detection and support. This can
-give an extra speed on Core i7 or similar systems. To enable this feature
-compile with 'make icc-profile-popcnt'
-
-On 64 bit Unix-like systems the 'bsfq' assembly instruction will be used
-for bit counting. Detection is automatic at compile time, but in case you
-experience compile problems you can comment out #define USE_BSFQ line in types.h
-
-In general is recommended to run 'make help' to see a list of make targets
-with corresponding descriptions.
-
-
-5. Terms of use
----------------
-
-Stockfish is free, and distributed under the GNU General Public License
-(GPL).  Essentially, this means that you are free to do almost exactly
-what you want with the program, including distributing it among your
-friends, making it available for download from your web site, selling
-it (either by itself or as part of some bigger software package), or
-using it as the starting point for a software project of your own.
-
-The only real limitation is that whenever you distribute Stockfish in
-some way, you must always include the full source code, or a pointer
-to where the source code can be found.  If you make any changes to the
-source code, these changes must also be made available under the GPL.
-
-For full details, read the copy of the GPL found in the file named
-Copying.txt.
-

polyglot.ini

@@ -1,4 +1,3 @@
-
 [PolyGlot]
 
 EngineDir = .
@@ -15,38 +14,30 @@ ResignScore = 600
 
 [Engine]
 
-Hash = 128
-Threads = 1
-OwnBook = false
-Book File = book.bin
-Best Book Move = false
 Use Search Log = false
 Search Log Filename = SearchLog.txt
+Book File = book.bin
+Best Book Move = false
+Contempt Factor = 0
 Mobility (Middle Game) = 100
 Mobility (Endgame) = 100
-Pawn Structure (Middle Game) = 100
-Pawn Structure (Endgame) = 100
 Passed Pawns (Middle Game) = 100
 Passed Pawns (Endgame) = 100
 Space = 100
 Aggressiveness = 100
 Cowardice = 100
-Check Extension (PV nodes) = 2
+Min Split Depth = 4
-Check Extension (non-PV nodes) = 1
+Max Threads per Split Point = 5
-Single Reply Extension (PV nodes) = 2
+Threads = 1
-Single Reply Extension (non-PV nodes) = 2
-Mate Threat Extension (PV nodes) = 0
-Mate Threat Extension (non-PV nodes) = 0
-Pawn Push to 7th Extension (PV nodes) = 1
-Pawn Push to 7th Extension (non-PV nodes) = 1
-Passed Pawn Extension (PV nodes) = 1
-Passed Pawn Extension (non-PV nodes) = 0
-Pawn Endgame Extension (PV nodes) = 2
-Pawn Endgame Extension (non-PV nodes) = 2
-Minimum Split Depth = 4
-Maximum Number of Threads per Split Point = 5
 Use Sleeping Threads = false
+Hash = 128
+Ponder = true
+OwnBook = false
+MultiPV = 1
+Skill Level = 20
 Emergency Move Horizon = 40
 Emergency Base Time = 200
 Emergency Move Time = 70
 Minimum Thinking Time = 20
+UCI_Chess960 = false
+UCI_AnalyseMode = false

src/COPYING

@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-                            Preamble
-
-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
-  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-  0. Definitions.
-
-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
-  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
-  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
-  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
-  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
-  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
-  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
-  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
-  1. Source Code.
-
-  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
-  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
-  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
-  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
-  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
-  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
-  2. Basic Permissions.
-
-  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
-  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
-  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
-  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
-  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
-  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
-  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
-  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
-  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
-  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
-  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
-    it, and giving a relevant date.
-
-    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
-    released under this License and any conditions added under section
-    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
-    "keep intact all notices".
-
-    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
-    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
-    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
-    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
-    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
-    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
-    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
-    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
-    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
-    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
-    work need not make them do so.
-
-  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
-  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
-  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
-    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
-    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
-    customarily used for software interchange.
-
-    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
-    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
-    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
-    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
-    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
-    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
-    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
-    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
-    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
-    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
-    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
-    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
-    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
-    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
-    with subsection 6b.
-
-    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
-    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
-    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
-    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
-    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
-    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
-    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
-    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
-    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
-    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
-    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
-    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
-    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
-    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
-    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
-    charge under subsection 6d.
-
-  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
-  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
-  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
-  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
-  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
-  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
-  7. Additional Terms.
-
-  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
-  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
-    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
-    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
-    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
-    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
-    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
-    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
-    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
-    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
-    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
-    authors of the material; or
-
-    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
-    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
-    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
-    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
-    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
-    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
-    those licensors and authors.
-
-  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
-  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
-  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
-  8. Termination.
-
-  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
-  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
-  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
-  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
-  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
-  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
-  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
-  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
-  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
-  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
-  11. Patents.
-
-  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
-  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
-  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
-  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
-  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
-  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
-  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
-  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
-  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
-  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
-  14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
-  Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
-  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
-  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. Limitation of Liability.
-
-  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
-  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
-  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

src/Makefile

@@ -1,8 +1,6 @@
 # Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
 # Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-# Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+# Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-#
-# This file is part of Stockfish.
 #
 # Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -22,21 +20,27 @@
 ### Section 1. General Configuration
 ### ==========================================================================
 
+### Establish the operating system name
+UNAME = $(shell uname)
+
 ### Executable name
 EXE = stockfish
 
 ### Installation dir definitions
 PREFIX = /usr/local
+# Haiku has a non-standard filesystem layout
+ifeq ($(UNAME),Haiku)
+	PREFIX=/boot/common
+endif
 BINDIR = $(PREFIX)/bin
 
 ### Built-in benchmark for pgo-builds
 PGOBENCH = ./$(EXE) bench 32 1 10 default depth
 
 ### Object files
-OBJS = bitboard.o pawns.o material.o endgame.o evaluate.o main.o \
+OBJS = benchmark.o bitbase.o bitboard.o book.o endgame.o evaluate.o main.o \
-	misc.o move.o movegen.o history.o movepick.o search.o position.o \
+	material.o misc.o movegen.o movepick.o notation.o pawns.o position.o \
-	tt.o uci.o ucioption.o book.o bitbase.o san.o benchmark.o timeman.o
+	search.o thread.o timeman.o tt.o uci.o ucioption.o
-
 
 ### ==========================================================================
 ### Section 2. High-level Configuration
@@ -45,16 +49,16 @@ OBJS = bitboard.o pawns.o material.o endgame.o evaluate.o main.o \
 # flag                --- Comp switch --- Description
 # ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #
-# debug = no/yes      --- -DNDEBUG    --- Enable/Disable debug mode
+# debug = yes/no      --- -DNDEBUG         --- Enable/Disable debug mode
 # optimize = yes/no   --- (-O3/-fast etc.) --- Enable/Disable optimizations
 # arch = (name)       --- (-arch)          --- Target architecture
 # os = (name)         ---                  --- Target operating system
 # bits = 64/32        --- -DIS_64BIT       --- 64-/32-bit operating system
-# bigendian = no/yes  --- -DBIGENDIAN --- big/little-endian byte order
+# prefetch = yes/no   --- -DUSE_PREFETCH   --- Use prefetch x86 asm-instruction
-# prefetch = no/yes   --- -DUSE_PREFETCH  --- Use prefetch x86 asm-instruction
+# bsfq = yes/no       --- -DUSE_BSFQ       --- Use bsfq x86_64 asm-instruction (only
-# bsfq = no/yes       --- -DUSE_BSFQ  --- Use bsfq x86_64 asm-instruction
+#                                              with GCC and ICC 64-bit)
-#                                     --- (Works only with GCC and ICC 64-bit)
+# popcnt = yes/no     --- -DUSE_POPCNT     --- Use popcnt x86_64 asm-instruction
-# popcnt = no/yes     --- -DUSE_POPCNT --- Use popcnt x86_64 asm-instruction
+# sse = yes/no        --- -msse            --- Use Intel Streaming SIMD Extensions
 #
 # Note that Makefile is space sensitive, so when adding new architectures
 # or modifying existing flags, you have to make sure there are no extra spaces
@@ -71,40 +75,20 @@ ifeq ($(ARCH),general-64)
 	arch = any
 	os = any
 	bits = 64
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = no
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = no
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),general-32)
 	arch = any
 	os = any
 	bits = 32
-	bigendian = no
-	prefetch = no
-	bsfq = no
-	popcnt = no
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(ARCH),bigendian-64)
-	arch = any
-	os = any
-	bits = 64
-	bigendian = yes
-	prefetch = no
-	bsfq = no
-	popcnt = no
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(ARCH),bigendian-32)
-	arch = any
-	os = any
-	bits = 32
-	bigendian = yes
 	prefetch = no
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = no
 endif
 
 # x86-section
@@ -112,40 +96,51 @@ ifeq ($(ARCH),x86-64)
 	arch = x86_64
 	os = any
 	bits = 64
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = yes
 	bsfq = yes
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = yes
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),x86-64-modern)
 	arch = x86_64
 	os = any
 	bits = 64
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = yes
 	bsfq = yes
 	popcnt = yes
+	sse = yes
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),x86-32)
 	arch = i386
 	os = any
 	bits = 32
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = yes
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = yes
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),x86-32-old)
 	arch = i386
 	os = any
 	bits = 32
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = no
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = no
+endif
+
+#arm section
+ifeq ($(ARCH),armv7)
+	arch = armv7
+	os = any
+	bits = 32
+	prefetch = yes
+	bsfq = yes
+	popcnt = no
+	sse = no
 endif
 
 # osx-section
@@ -153,40 +148,40 @@ ifeq ($(ARCH),osx-ppc-64)
 	arch = ppc64
 	os = osx
 	bits = 64
-	bigendian = yes
 	prefetch = no
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = no
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),osx-ppc-32)
 	arch = ppc
 	os = osx
 	bits = 32
-	bigendian = yes
 	prefetch = no
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = no
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),osx-x86-64)
 	arch = x86_64
 	os = osx
 	bits = 64
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = yes
 	bsfq = yes
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = yes
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(ARCH),osx-x86-32)
 	arch = i386
 	os = osx
 	bits = 32
-	bigendian = no
 	prefetch = yes
 	bsfq = no
 	popcnt = no
+	sse = yes
 endif
 
 
@@ -226,30 +221,55 @@ ifeq ($(COMP),icc)
 	profile_clean = icc-profile-clean
 endif
 
+ifeq ($(COMP),clang)
+	comp=clang
+	CXX=clang++
+	profile_prepare = gcc-profile-prepare
+	profile_make = gcc-profile-make
+	profile_use = gcc-profile-use
+	profile_clean = gcc-profile-clean
+endif
+
 ### 3.2 General compiler settings
 CXXFLAGS = -g -Wall -Wcast-qual -fno-exceptions -fno-rtti $(EXTRACXXFLAGS)
 
 ifeq ($(comp),gcc)
-	CXXFLAGS += -ansi -pedantic -Wno-long-long -Wextra
+	CXXFLAGS += -ansi -pedantic -Wno-long-long -Wextra -Wshadow
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(comp),mingw)
-	CXXFLAGS += -Wno-long-long -Wextra
+	CXXFLAGS += -Wextra -Wshadow
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(comp),icc)
-	CXXFLAGS += -wd383,981,1418,1419,10187,10188,11505,11503 -Wcheck -Wabi -Wdeprecated -strict-ansi
+	CXXFLAGS += -wd383,981,1418,1419,1476,10187,10188,11505,11503 -Wcheck -Wabi -Wdeprecated -strict-ansi
+endif
+
+ifeq ($(comp),clang)
+	CXXFLAGS += -ansi -pedantic -Wno-long-long -Wextra -Wshadow
 endif
 
 ifeq ($(os),osx)
-	CXXFLAGS += -arch $(arch)
+	CXXFLAGS += -arch $(arch) -mmacosx-version-min=10.0
 endif
 
 ### 3.3 General linker settings
-LDFLAGS = -lpthread $(EXTRALDFLAGS)
+LDFLAGS = $(EXTRALDFLAGS)
+
+ifeq ($(comp),mingw)
+	LDFLAGS += -static-libstdc++ -static-libgcc
+endif
+
+### On mingw use Windows threads, otherwise POSIX
+ifneq ($(comp),mingw)
+	# Haiku has pthreads in its libroot, so only link it in on other platforms
+	ifneq ($(UNAME),Haiku)
+		LDFLAGS += -lpthread
+	endif
+endif
 
 ifeq ($(os),osx)
-	LDFLAGS += -arch $(arch)
+	LDFLAGS += -arch $(arch) -mmacosx-version-min=10.0
 endif
 
 ### 3.4 Debugging
@@ -271,6 +291,10 @@ ifeq ($(optimize),yes)
 				CXXFLAGS += -mdynamic-no-pic
 			endif
 		endif
+
+		ifeq ($(arch),armv7)
+			CXXFLAGS += -fno-gcse
+		endif
 	endif
 
 	ifeq ($(comp),mingw)
@@ -278,11 +302,25 @@ ifeq ($(optimize),yes)
 	endif
 
 	ifeq ($(comp),icc)
-		CXXFLAGS += -fast
+		ifeq ($(os),osx)
+			CXXFLAGS += -fast -mdynamic-no-pic
+		else
+			CXXFLAGS += -O3
+		endif
+	endif
+
+	ifeq ($(comp),clang)
+		### -O4 requires a linker that supports LLVM's LTO
+		CXXFLAGS += -O3
 
 		ifeq ($(os),osx)
+			ifeq ($(arch),i386)
 				CXXFLAGS += -mdynamic-no-pic
 			endif
+			ifeq ($(arch),x86_64)
+				CXXFLAGS += -mdynamic-no-pic
+			endif
+		endif
 	endif
 endif
 
@@ -291,36 +329,44 @@ ifeq ($(bits),64)
 	CXXFLAGS += -DIS_64BIT
 endif
 
-### 3.7 Endianess
+### 3.7 prefetch
-ifeq ($(bigendian),yes)
-	CXXFLAGS += -DBIGENDIAN
-endif
-
-### 3.8 prefetch
 ifeq ($(prefetch),yes)
+	ifeq ($(sse),yes)
 		CXXFLAGS += -msse
 		DEPENDFLAGS += -msse
+	endif
 else
 	CXXFLAGS += -DNO_PREFETCH
 endif
 
-### 3.9 bsfq
+### 3.8 bsfq
 ifeq ($(bsfq),yes)
 	CXXFLAGS += -DUSE_BSFQ
 endif
 
-### 3.10 popcnt
+### 3.9 popcnt
 ifeq ($(popcnt),yes)
-	CXXFLAGS += -DUSE_POPCNT
+	CXXFLAGS += -msse3 -DUSE_POPCNT
+endif
+
+### 3.10 Link Time Optimization, it works since gcc 4.5 but not on mingw.
+### This is a mix of compile and link time options because the lto link phase
+### needs access to the optimization flags.
+ifeq ($(comp),gcc)
+	ifeq ($(optimize),yes)
+		GCC_MAJOR := `$(CXX) -dumpversion | cut -f1 -d.`
+		GCC_MINOR := `$(CXX) -dumpversion | cut -f2 -d.`
+		ifeq (1,$(shell expr \( $(GCC_MAJOR) \> 4 \) \| \( $(GCC_MAJOR) \= 4 \& $(GCC_MINOR) \>= 5 \)))
+			CXXFLAGS += -flto
+			LDFLAGS += $(CXXFLAGS)
+		endif
+	endif
 endif
 
 ### ==========================================================================
 ### Section 4. Public targets
 ### ==========================================================================
 
-default:
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) build
-
 help:
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "To compile stockfish, type: "
@@ -331,7 +377,6 @@ help:
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "build                > Build unoptimized version"
 	@echo "profile-build        > Build PGO-optimized version"
-	@echo "popcnt-profile-build > Build PGO-optimized version with optional popcnt-support"
 	@echo "strip                > Strip executable"
 	@echo "install              > Install executable"
 	@echo "clean                > Clean up"
@@ -340,23 +385,23 @@ help:
 	@echo "Supported archs:"
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "x86-64               > x86 64-bit"
-	@echo "x86-64-modern        > x86 64-bit with runtime support for popcnt-instruction"
+	@echo "x86-64-modern        > x86 64-bit with runtime support for popcnt instruction"
-	@echo "x86-32               > x86 32-bit excluding very old hardware without SSE-support"
+	@echo "x86-32               > x86 32-bit excluding old hardware without SSE-support"
 	@echo "x86-32-old           > x86 32-bit including also very old hardware"
 	@echo "osx-ppc-64           > PPC-Mac OS X 64 bit"
 	@echo "osx-ppc-32           > PPC-Mac OS X 32 bit"
 	@echo "osx-x86-64           > x86-Mac OS X 64 bit"
 	@echo "osx-x86-32           > x86-Mac OS X 32 bit"
+	@echo "armv7                > ARMv7 32 bit"
 	@echo "general-64           > unspecified 64-bit"
 	@echo "general-32           > unspecified 32-bit"
-	@echo "bigendian-64         > unspecified 64-bit with bigendian byte order"
-	@echo "bigendian-32         > unspecified 32-bit with bigendian byte order"
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "Supported comps:"
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "gcc                  > Gnu compiler (default)"
 	@echo "icc                  > Intel compiler"
 	@echo "mingw                > Gnu compiler with MinGW under Windows"
+	@echo "clang                > LLVM Clang compiler"
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "Non-standard targets:"
 	@echo ""
@@ -392,34 +437,6 @@ profile-build:
 	@echo "Step 4/4. Deleting profile data ..."
 	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) $(profile_clean)
 
-popcnt-profile-build:
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) config-sanity
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 0/6. Preparing for profile build."
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) $(profile_prepare)
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 1/6. Building executable for benchmark (popcnt disabled)..."
-	@touch *.cpp *.h
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=x86-64 COMP=$(COMP) $(profile_make)
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 2/6. Running benchmark for pgo-build (popcnt disabled)..."
-	@$(PGOBENCH) > /dev/null
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 3/6. Building executable for benchmark (popcnt enabled)..."
-	@touch *.cpp *.h
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=x86-64-modern COMP=$(COMP) $(profile_make)
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 4/6. Running benchmark for pgo-build (popcnt enabled)..."
-	@$(PGOBENCH) > /dev/null
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 5/6. Building final executable ..."
-	@touch *.cpp *.h
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) $(profile_use)
-	@echo ""
-	@echo "Step 6/6. Deleting profile data ..."
-	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) $(profile_clean)
-	@echo ""
-
 strip:
 	strip $(EXE)
 
@@ -434,6 +451,9 @@ clean:
 testrun:
 	@$(PGOBENCH)
 
+default:
+	help
+
 ### ==========================================================================
 ### Section 5. Private targets
 ### ==========================================================================
@@ -448,10 +468,10 @@ config-sanity:
 	@echo "arch: '$(arch)'"
 	@echo "os: '$(os)'"
 	@echo "bits: '$(bits)'"
-	@echo "bigendian: '$(bigendian)'"
 	@echo "prefetch: '$(prefetch)'"
 	@echo "bsfq: '$(bsfq)'"
 	@echo "popcnt: '$(popcnt)'"
+	@echo "sse: '$(sse)'"
 	@echo ""
 	@echo "Flags:"
 	@echo "CXX: $(CXX)"
@@ -463,14 +483,14 @@ config-sanity:
 	@test "$(debug)" = "yes" || test "$(debug)" = "no"
 	@test "$(optimize)" = "yes" || test "$(optimize)" = "no"
 	@test "$(arch)" = "any" || test "$(arch)" = "x86_64" || test "$(arch)" = "i386" || \
-	 test "$(arch)" = "ppc64" || test "$(arch)" = "ppc"
+	 test "$(arch)" = "ppc64" || test "$(arch)" = "ppc" || test "$(arch)" = "armv7"
 	@test "$(os)" = "any" || test "$(os)" = "osx"
 	@test "$(bits)" = "32" || test "$(bits)" = "64"
-	@test "$(bigendian)" = "yes" || test "$(bigendian)" = "no"
 	@test "$(prefetch)" = "yes" || test "$(prefetch)" = "no"
 	@test "$(bsfq)" = "yes" || test "$(bsfq)" = "no"
 	@test "$(popcnt)" = "yes" || test "$(popcnt)" = "no"
-	@test "$(comp)" = "gcc" || test "$(comp)" = "icc" || test "$(comp)" = "mingw"
+	@test "$(sse)" = "yes" || test "$(sse)" = "no"
+	@test "$(comp)" = "gcc" || test "$(comp)" = "icc" || test "$(comp)" = "mingw" || test "$(comp)" = "clang"
 
 $(EXE): $(OBJS)
 	$(CXX) -o $@ $(OBJS) $(LDFLAGS)
@@ -487,6 +507,7 @@ gcc-profile-make:
 gcc-profile-use:
 	$(MAKE) ARCH=$(ARCH) COMP=$(COMP) \
 	EXTRACXXFLAGS='-fprofile-use' \
+	EXTRALDFLAGS='-lgcov' \
 	all
 
 gcc-profile-clean:
@@ -521,7 +542,7 @@ icc-profile-clean:
 
 hpux:
 	$(MAKE) \
-	CXX='/opt/aCC/bin/aCC -AA +hpxstd98 -DBIGENDIAN -mt +O3 -DNDEBUG -DNO_PREFETCH' \
+	CXX='/opt/aCC/bin/aCC -AA +hpxstd98 -mt +O3 -DNDEBUG -DNO_PREFETCH' \
 	CXXFLAGS="" \
 	LDFLAGS="" \
 	all

src/benchmark.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,27 +17,24 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
 #include <fstream>
+#include <iostream>
+#include <istream>
 #include <vector>
 
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "position.h"
 #include "search.h"
 #include "thread.h"
+#include "tt.h"
 #include "ucioption.h"
 
 using namespace std;
 
-////
+static const char* Defaults[] = {
-//// Variables
-////
-
-static const string BenchmarkPositions[] = {
   "rnbqkbnr/pppppppp/8/8/8/8/PPPPPPPP/RNBQKBNR w KQkq - 0 1",
-  "r3k2r/p1ppqpb1/bn2pnp1/3PN3/1p2P3/2N2Q1p/PPPBBPPP/R3K2R w KQkq -",
+  "r3k2r/p1ppqpb1/bn2pnp1/3PN3/1p2P3/2N2Q1p/PPPBBPPP/R3K2R w KQkq - 0 10",
-  "8/2p5/3p4/KP5r/1R3p1k/8/4P1P1/8 w - -",
+  "8/2p5/3p4/KP5r/1R3p1k/8/4P1P1/8 w - - 0 11",
   "4rrk1/pp1n3p/3q2pQ/2p1pb2/2PP4/2P3N1/P2B2PP/4RRK1 b - - 7 19",
   "rq3rk1/ppp2ppp/1bnpb3/3N2B1/3NP3/7P/PPPQ1PP1/2KR3R w - - 7 14",
   "r1bq1r1k/1pp1n1pp/1p1p4/4p2Q/4Pp2/1BNP4/PPP2PPP/3R1RK1 w - - 2 14",
@@ -50,105 +47,99 @@ static const string BenchmarkPositions[] = {
   "3r1rk1/p5pp/bpp1pp2/8/q1PP1P2/b3P3/P2NQRPP/1R2B1K1 b - - 6 22",
   "r1q2rk1/2p1bppp/2Pp4/p6b/Q1PNp3/4B3/PP1R1PPP/2K4R w - - 2 18",
   "4k2r/1pb2ppp/1p2p3/1R1p4/3P4/2r1PN2/P4PPP/1R4K1 b - - 3 22",
-  "3q2k1/pb3p1p/4pbp1/2r5/PpN2N2/1P2P2P/5PP1/Q2R2K1 b - - 4 26",
+  "3q2k1/pb3p1p/4pbp1/2r5/PpN2N2/1P2P2P/5PP1/Q2R2K1 b - - 4 26"
-  ""
 };
 
 
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
 /// benchmark() runs a simple benchmark by letting Stockfish analyze a set
 /// of positions for a given limit each. There are five parameters; the
 /// transposition table size, the number of search threads that should
-/// be used, the limit value spent for each position (optional, default
+/// be used, the limit value spent for each position (optional, default is
-/// is ply 12), an optional file name where to look for positions in fen
+/// depth 12), an optional file name where to look for positions in fen
-/// format (default are the BenchmarkPositions defined above) and the type
+/// format (defaults are the positions defined above) and the type of the
-/// of the limit value: depth (default), time in secs or number of nodes.
+/// limit value: depth (default), time in secs or number of nodes.
-/// The analysis is written to a file named bench.txt.
 
-void benchmark(int argc, char* argv[]) {
+void benchmark(const Position& current, istream& is) {
 
-  vector<string> positions;
+  string token;
-  string ttSize, threads, valStr, posFile, valType;
+  Search::LimitsType limits;
-  int val, secsPerPos, maxDepth, maxNodes;
+  vector<string> fens;
 
-  ttSize  = argc > 2 ? argv[2] : "128";
+  // Assign default values to missing arguments
-  threads = argc > 3 ? argv[3] : "1";
+  string ttSize    = (is >> token) ? token : "32";
-  valStr  = argc > 4 ? argv[4] : "12";
+  string threads   = (is >> token) ? token : "1";
-  posFile = argc > 5 ? argv[5] : "default";
+  string limit     = (is >> token) ? token : "12";
-  valType = argc > 6 ? argv[6] : "depth";
+  string fenFile   = (is >> token) ? token : "default";
+  string limitType = (is >> token) ? token : "depth";
 
-  Options["Hash"].set_value(ttSize);
+  Options["Hash"]    = ttSize;
-  Options["Threads"].set_value(threads);
+  Options["Threads"] = threads;
-  Options["OwnBook"].set_value("false");
+  TT.clear();
-  Options["Use Search Log"].set_value("true");
-  Options["Search Log Filename"].set_value("bench.txt");
 
-  secsPerPos = maxDepth = maxNodes = 0;
+  if (limitType == "time")
-  val = atoi(valStr.c_str());
+      limits.movetime = 1000 * atoi(limit.c_str()); // movetime is in ms
+
+  else if (limitType == "nodes")
+      limits.nodes = atoi(limit.c_str());
+
+  else if (limitType == "mate")
+      limits.mate = atoi(limit.c_str());
 
-  if (valType == "depth" || valType == "perft")
-      maxDepth = val;
-  else if (valType == "time")
-      secsPerPos = val * 1000;
   else
-      maxNodes = val;
+      limits.depth = atoi(limit.c_str());
 
-  if (posFile != "default")
+  if (fenFile == "default")
+      fens.assign(Defaults, Defaults + 16);
+
+  else if (fenFile == "current")
+      fens.push_back(current.fen());
+
+  else
   {
-      ifstream fenFile(posFile.c_str());
+      string fen;
-      if (!fenFile.is_open())
+      ifstream file(fenFile.c_str());
+
+      if (!file.is_open())
       {
-          cerr << "Unable to open positions file " << posFile << endl;
+          cerr << "Unable to open file " << fenFile << endl;
-          exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+          return;
       }
-      string pos;
+
-      while (fenFile.good())
+      while (getline(file, fen))
-      {
+          if (!fen.empty())
-          getline(fenFile, pos);
+              fens.push_back(fen);
-          if (!pos.empty())
+
-              positions.push_back(pos);
+      file.close();
   }
-      fenFile.close();
-  } else
-      for (int i = 0; !BenchmarkPositions[i].empty(); i++)
-          positions.push_back(BenchmarkPositions[i]);
 
-  vector<string>::iterator it;
+  int64_t nodes = 0;
-  int cnt = 1;
+  Search::StateStackPtr st;
-  int64_t totalNodes = 0;
+  Time::point elapsed = Time::now();
-  int startTime = get_system_time();
 
-  for (it = positions.begin(); it != positions.end(); ++it, ++cnt)
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < fens.size(); i++)
   {
-      Move moves[1] = { MOVE_NONE };
+      Position pos(fens[i], Options["UCI_Chess960"], Threads.main_thread());
-      int dummy[2] = { 0, 0 };
+
-      Position pos(*it, false, 0);
+      cerr << "\nPosition: " << i + 1 << '/' << fens.size() << endl;
-      cerr << "\nBench position: " << cnt << '/' << positions.size() << endl << endl;
+
-      if (valType == "perft")
+      if (limitType == "perft")
       {
-          int64_t perftCnt = perft(pos, maxDepth * ONE_PLY);
+          size_t cnt = Search::perft(pos, limits.depth * ONE_PLY);
-          cerr << "\nPerft " << maxDepth << " result (nodes searched): " << perftCnt << endl << endl;
+          cerr << "\nPerft " << limits.depth  << " leaf nodes: " << cnt << endl;
-          totalNodes += perftCnt;
+          nodes += cnt;
-      } else {
+      }
-          if (!think(pos, false, false, dummy, dummy, 0, maxDepth, maxNodes, secsPerPos, moves))
+      else
-              break;
+      {
-          totalNodes += pos.nodes_searched();
+          Threads.start_thinking(pos, limits, vector<Move>(), st);
+          Threads.wait_for_think_finished();
+          nodes += Search::RootPos.nodes_searched();
       }
   }
 
-  cnt = get_system_time() - startTime;
+  elapsed = Time::now() - elapsed + 1; // Assure positive to avoid a 'divide by zero'
-  cerr << "==============================="
-       << "\nTotal time (ms) : " << cnt
-       << "\nNodes searched  : " << totalNodes
-       << "\nNodes/second    : " << (int)(totalNodes/(cnt/1000.0)) << endl << endl;
 
-  // Under MS Visual C++ debug window always unconditionally closes
+  cerr << "\n==========================="
-  // when program exits, this is bad because we want to read results before.
+       << "\nTotal time (ms) : " << elapsed
-  #if (defined(WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) || defined(WIN64))
+       << "\nNodes searched  : " << nodes
-  cerr << "Press any key to exit" << endl;
+       << "\nNodes/second    : " << 1000 * nodes / elapsed << endl;
-  cin >> ttSize;
-  #endif
 }

src/bitbase.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,303 +17,157 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <cassert>
+#include <vector>
 
 #include "bitboard.h"
-#include "square.h"
+#include "types.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
 
 namespace {
 
+  // The possible pawns squares are 24, the first 4 files and ranks from 2 to 7
+  const unsigned IndexMax = 2*24*64*64; // stm * psq * wksq * bksq = 196608
+
+  // Each uint32_t stores results of 32 positions, one per bit
+  uint32_t KPKBitbase[IndexMax / 32];
+
+  // A KPK bitbase index is an integer in [0, IndexMax] range
+  //
+  // Information is mapped in a way that minimizes number of iterations:
+  //
+  // bit  0- 5: white king square (from SQ_A1 to SQ_H8)
+  // bit  6-11: black king square (from SQ_A1 to SQ_H8)
+  // bit    12: side to move (WHITE or BLACK)
+  // bit 13-14: white pawn file (from FILE_A to FILE_D)
+  // bit 15-17: white pawn 6 - rank (from 6 - RANK_7 to 6 - RANK_2)
+  unsigned index(Color us, Square bksq, Square wksq, Square psq) {
+    return wksq + (bksq << 6) + (us << 12) + (file_of(psq) << 13) + ((6 - rank_of(psq)) << 15);
+  }
+
   enum Result {
-    RESULT_UNKNOWN,
+    INVALID = 0,
-    RESULT_INVALID,
+    UNKNOWN = 1,
-    RESULT_WIN,
+    DRAW    = 2,
-    RESULT_LOSS,
+    WIN     = 4
-    RESULT_DRAW
   };
 
+  inline Result& operator|=(Result& r, Result v) { return r = Result(r | v); }
+
   struct KPKPosition {
-    void from_index(int index);
-    bool is_legal() const;
-    bool is_immediate_draw() const;
-    bool is_immediate_win() const;
-    Bitboard wk_attacks()   const { return StepAttackBB[WK][whiteKingSquare]; }
-    Bitboard bk_attacks()   const { return StepAttackBB[BK][blackKingSquare]; }
-    Bitboard pawn_attacks() const { return StepAttackBB[WP][pawnSquare]; }
 
-    Square whiteKingSquare, blackKingSquare, pawnSquare;
+    operator Result() const { return res; }
-    Color sideToMove;
+    Result classify_leaf(unsigned idx);
+    Result classify(const std::vector<KPKPosition>& db)
+    { return us == WHITE ? classify<WHITE>(db) : classify<BLACK>(db); }
+
+  private:
+    template<Color Us> Result classify(const std::vector<KPKPosition>& db);
+
+    Color us;
+    Square bksq, wksq, psq;
+    Result res;
   };
 
-  const int IndexMax = 2 * 24 * 64 * 64;
+} // namespace
 
-  Result classify_wtm(const KPKPosition& pos, const Result bb[]);
+
-  Result classify_btm(const KPKPosition& pos, const Result bb[]);
+bool Bitbases::probe_kpk(Square wksq, Square wpsq, Square bksq, Color us) {
-  int compute_index(Square wksq, Square bksq, Square psq, Color stm);
+
+  assert(file_of(wpsq) <= FILE_D);
+
+  unsigned idx = index(us, bksq, wksq, wpsq);
+  return KPKBitbase[idx / 32] & (1 << (idx & 0x1F));
 }
 
 
-////
+void Bitbases::init_kpk() {
-//// Functions
-////
 
-void generate_kpk_bitbase(uint8_t bitbase[]) {
+  unsigned idx, repeat = 1;
+  std::vector<KPKPosition> db(IndexMax);
 
-  bool repeat;
+  // Initialize db with known win / draw positions
-  int i, j, b;
+  for (idx = 0; idx < IndexMax; idx++)
-  KPKPosition pos;
+      db[idx].classify_leaf(idx);
-  Result bb[IndexMax];
 
-  // Initialize table
+  // Iterate through the positions until no more of the unknown positions can be
-  for (i = 0; i < IndexMax; i++)
+  // changed to either wins or draws (15 cycles needed).
-  {
+  while (repeat)
-      pos.from_index(i);
+      for (repeat = idx = 0; idx < IndexMax; idx++)
-      bb[i] = !pos.is_legal()          ? RESULT_INVALID
+          if (db[idx] == UNKNOWN && db[idx].classify(db) != UNKNOWN)
-             : pos.is_immediate_draw() ? RESULT_DRAW
+              repeat = 1;
-             : pos.is_immediate_win()  ? RESULT_WIN : RESULT_UNKNOWN;
-  }
 
-  // Iterate until all positions are classified (30 cycles needed)
+  // Map 32 results into one KPKBitbase[] entry
-  do {
+  for (idx = 0; idx < IndexMax; idx++)
-      repeat = false;
+      if (db[idx] == WIN)
-
+          KPKBitbase[idx / 32] |= 1 << (idx & 0x1F);
-      for (i = 0; i < IndexMax; i++)
-          if (bb[i] == RESULT_UNKNOWN)
-          {
-              pos.from_index(i);
-
-              bb[i] = (pos.sideToMove == WHITE) ? classify_wtm(pos, bb)
-                                                : classify_btm(pos, bb);
-              if (bb[i] != RESULT_UNKNOWN)
-                  repeat = true;
-          }
-
-  } while (repeat);
-
-  // Compress result and map into supplied bitbase parameter
-  for (i = 0; i < 24576; i++)
-  {
-      b = 0;
-      for (j = 0; j < 8; j++)
-          if (bb[8*i+j] == RESULT_WIN || bb[8*i+j] == RESULT_LOSS)
-              b |= (1 << j);
-
-      bitbase[i] = (uint8_t)b;
-  }
 }
 
 
 namespace {
 
-  int compute_index(Square wksq, Square bksq, Square psq, Color stm) {
+  Result KPKPosition::classify_leaf(unsigned idx) {
 
-      int p = int(square_file(psq)) + (int(square_rank(psq)) - 1) * 4;
+    wksq = Square((idx >> 0) & 0x3F);
-      int r = int(stm) + 2 * int(bksq) + 128 * int(wksq) + 8192 * p;
+    bksq = Square((idx >> 6) & 0x3F);
+    us   = Color((idx >> 12) & 0x01);
+    psq  = File((idx >> 13) & 3) | Rank(6 - (idx >> 15));
 
-      assert(r >= 0 && r < IndexMax);
+    // Check if two pieces are on the same square or if a king can be captured
+    if (   wksq == psq || wksq == bksq || bksq == psq
+        || (StepAttacksBB[KING][wksq] & bksq)
+        || (us == WHITE && (StepAttacksBB[PAWN][psq] & bksq)))
+        return res = INVALID;
 
-      return r;
+    if (us == WHITE)
-  }
-
-  void KPKPosition::from_index(int index) {
-
-    int s = (index / 8192) % 24;
-
-    sideToMove = Color(index % 2);
-    blackKingSquare = Square((index / 2) % 64);
-    whiteKingSquare = Square((index / 128) % 64);
-    pawnSquare = make_square(File(s % 4), Rank(s / 4 + 1));
-  }
-
-  bool KPKPosition::is_legal() const {
-
-    if (   whiteKingSquare == pawnSquare
-        || whiteKingSquare == blackKingSquare
-        || pawnSquare == blackKingSquare)
-        return false;
-
-    if (sideToMove == WHITE)
     {
-        if (   bit_is_set(wk_attacks(), blackKingSquare)
+        // Immediate win if pawn can be promoted without getting captured
-            || bit_is_set(pawn_attacks(), blackKingSquare))
+        if (   rank_of(psq) == RANK_7
-            return false;
+            && wksq != psq + DELTA_N
+            && (   square_distance(bksq, psq + DELTA_N) > 1
+                ||(StepAttacksBB[KING][wksq] & (psq + DELTA_N))))
+            return res = WIN;
     }
-    else if (bit_is_set(bk_attacks(), whiteKingSquare))
+    // Immediate draw if is stalemate or king captures undefended pawn
-        return false;
+    else if (  !(StepAttacksBB[KING][bksq] & ~(StepAttacksBB[KING][wksq] | StepAttacksBB[PAWN][psq]))
+             || (StepAttacksBB[KING][bksq] & psq & ~StepAttacksBB[KING][wksq]))
+        return res = DRAW;
 
-    return true;
+    return res = UNKNOWN;
   }
 
-  bool KPKPosition::is_immediate_draw() const {
+  template<Color Us>
+  Result KPKPosition::classify(const std::vector<KPKPosition>& db) {
 
-    if (sideToMove == BLACK)
+    // White to Move: If one move leads to a position classified as WIN, the result
+    // of the current position is WIN. If all moves lead to positions classified
+    // as DRAW, the current position is classified DRAW otherwise the current
+    // position is classified as UNKNOWN.
+    //
+    // Black to Move: If one move leads to a position classified as DRAW, the result
+    // of the current position is DRAW. If all moves lead to positions classified
+    // as WIN, the position is classified WIN otherwise the current position is
+    // classified UNKNOWN.
+
+    Result r = INVALID;
+    Bitboard b = StepAttacksBB[KING][Us == WHITE ? wksq : bksq];
+
+    while (b)
+        r |= Us == WHITE ? db[index(~Us, bksq, pop_lsb(&b), psq)]
+                         : db[index(~Us, pop_lsb(&b), wksq, psq)];
+
+    if (Us == WHITE && rank_of(psq) < RANK_7)
     {
-        Bitboard wka = wk_attacks();
+        Square s = psq + DELTA_N;
-        Bitboard bka = bk_attacks();
+        r |= db[index(BLACK, bksq, wksq, s)]; // Single push
 
-        // Case 1: Stalemate
+        if (rank_of(s) == RANK_3 && s != wksq && s != bksq)
-        if ((bka & ~(wka | pawn_attacks())) == EmptyBoardBB)
+            r |= db[index(BLACK, bksq, wksq, s + DELTA_N)]; // Double push
-            return true;
-
-        // Case 2: King can capture pawn
-        if (bit_is_set(bka, pawnSquare) && !bit_is_set(wka, pawnSquare))
-            return true;
     }
+
+    if (Us == WHITE)
+        return res = r & WIN  ? WIN  : r & UNKNOWN ? UNKNOWN : DRAW;
     else
-    {
+        return res = r & DRAW ? DRAW : r & UNKNOWN ? UNKNOWN : WIN;
-        // Case 1: Stalemate
-        if (   whiteKingSquare == SQ_A8
-            && pawnSquare == SQ_A7
-            && (blackKingSquare == SQ_C7 || blackKingSquare == SQ_C8))
-            return true;
-    }
-    return false;
   }
 
-  bool KPKPosition::is_immediate_win() const {
+} // namespace
-
-    // The position is an immediate win if it is white to move and the
-    // white pawn can be promoted without getting captured.
-    return   sideToMove == WHITE
-          && square_rank(pawnSquare) == RANK_7
-          && (   square_distance(blackKingSquare, pawnSquare + DELTA_N) > 1
-              || bit_is_set(wk_attacks(), pawnSquare + DELTA_N));
-  }
-
-  Result classify_wtm(const KPKPosition& pos, const Result bb[]) {
-
-    // If one move leads to a position classified as RESULT_LOSS, the result
-    // of the current position is RESULT_WIN. If all moves lead to positions
-    // classified as RESULT_DRAW, the current position is classified RESULT_DRAW
-    // otherwise the current position is classified as RESULT_UNKNOWN.
-
-    bool unknownFound = false;
-    Bitboard b;
-    Square s;
-    int idx;
-
-    // King moves
-    b = pos.wk_attacks();
-    while (b)
-    {
-        s = pop_1st_bit(&b);
-        idx = compute_index(s, pos.blackKingSquare, pos.pawnSquare, BLACK);
-
-        switch (bb[idx]) {
-
-        case RESULT_LOSS:
-            return RESULT_WIN;
-
-        case RESULT_UNKNOWN:
-            unknownFound = true;
-
-        case RESULT_DRAW:
-        case RESULT_INVALID:
-             break;
-
-         default:
-             assert(false);
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Pawn moves
-    if (square_rank(pos.pawnSquare) < RANK_7)
-    {
-        s = pos.pawnSquare + DELTA_N;
-        idx = compute_index(pos.whiteKingSquare, pos.blackKingSquare, s, BLACK);
-
-        switch (bb[idx]) {
-
-        case RESULT_LOSS:
-            return RESULT_WIN;
-
-        case RESULT_UNKNOWN:
-            unknownFound = true;
-
-        case RESULT_DRAW:
-        case RESULT_INVALID:
-            break;
-
-        default:
-            assert(false);
-        }
-
-        // Double pawn push
-        if (   square_rank(s) == RANK_3
-            && s != pos.whiteKingSquare
-            && s != pos.blackKingSquare)
-        {
-            s += DELTA_N;
-            idx = compute_index(pos.whiteKingSquare, pos.blackKingSquare, s, BLACK);
-
-            switch (bb[idx]) {
-
-            case RESULT_LOSS:
-                return RESULT_WIN;
-
-            case RESULT_UNKNOWN:
-                unknownFound = true;
-
-            case RESULT_DRAW:
-            case RESULT_INVALID:
-                break;
-
-            default:
-                assert(false);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-    return unknownFound ? RESULT_UNKNOWN : RESULT_DRAW;
-  }
-
-
-  Result classify_btm(const KPKPosition& pos, const Result bb[]) {
-
-    // If one move leads to a position classified as RESULT_DRAW, the result
-    // of the current position is RESULT_DRAW. If all moves lead to positions
-    // classified as RESULT_WIN, the current position is classified as
-    // RESULT_LOSS. Otherwise, the current position is classified as
-    // RESULT_UNKNOWN.
-
-    bool unknownFound = false;
-    Bitboard b;
-    Square s;
-    int idx;
-
-    // King moves
-    b = pos.bk_attacks();
-    while (b)
-    {
-        s = pop_1st_bit(&b);
-        idx = compute_index(pos.whiteKingSquare, s, pos.pawnSquare, WHITE);
-
-        switch (bb[idx]) {
-
-        case RESULT_DRAW:
-            return RESULT_DRAW;
-
-        case RESULT_UNKNOWN:
-            unknownFound = true;
-
-        case RESULT_WIN:
-        case RESULT_INVALID:
-            break;
-
-        default:
-            assert(false);
-        }
-    }
-    return unknownFound ? RESULT_UNKNOWN : RESULT_LOSS;
-  }
-
-}

src/bitboard.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,517 +17,329 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
+#include <algorithm>
-////
+#include <cstring>
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <iostream>
 
 #include "bitboard.h"
 #include "bitcount.h"
+#include "misc.h"
+#include "rkiss.h"
 
+CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
 
-#if defined(IS_64BIT)
+Bitboard RMasks[SQUARE_NB];
+Bitboard RMagics[SQUARE_NB];
+Bitboard* RAttacks[SQUARE_NB];
+unsigned RShifts[SQUARE_NB];
 
-const uint64_t BMult[64] = {
+Bitboard BMasks[SQUARE_NB];
-  0x440049104032280ULL, 0x1021023c82008040ULL, 0x404040082000048ULL,
+Bitboard BMagics[SQUARE_NB];
-  0x48c4440084048090ULL, 0x2801104026490000ULL, 0x4100880442040800ULL,
+Bitboard* BAttacks[SQUARE_NB];
-  0x181011002e06040ULL, 0x9101004104200e00ULL, 0x1240848848310401ULL,
+unsigned BShifts[SQUARE_NB];
-  0x2000142828050024ULL, 0x1004024d5000ULL, 0x102044400800200ULL,
-  0x8108108820112000ULL, 0xa880818210c00046ULL, 0x4008008801082000ULL,
-  0x60882404049400ULL, 0x104402004240810ULL, 0xa002084250200ULL,
-  0x100b0880801100ULL, 0x4080201220101ULL, 0x44008080a00000ULL,
-  0x202200842000ULL, 0x5006004882d00808ULL, 0x200045080802ULL,
-  0x86100020200601ULL, 0xa802080a20112c02ULL, 0x80411218080900ULL,
-  0x200a0880080a0ULL, 0x9a01010000104000ULL, 0x28008003100080ULL,
-  0x211021004480417ULL, 0x401004188220806ULL, 0x825051400c2006ULL,
-  0x140c0210943000ULL, 0x242800300080ULL, 0xc2208120080200ULL,
-  0x2430008200002200ULL, 0x1010100112008040ULL, 0x8141050100020842ULL,
-  0x822081014405ULL, 0x800c049e40400804ULL, 0x4a0404028a000820ULL,
-  0x22060201041200ULL, 0x360904200840801ULL, 0x881a08208800400ULL,
-  0x60202c00400420ULL, 0x1204440086061400ULL, 0x8184042804040ULL,
-  0x64040315300400ULL, 0xc01008801090a00ULL, 0x808010401140c00ULL,
-  0x4004830c2020040ULL, 0x80005002020054ULL, 0x40000c14481a0490ULL,
-  0x10500101042048ULL, 0x1010100200424000ULL, 0x640901901040ULL,
-  0xa0201014840ULL, 0x840082aa011002ULL, 0x10010840084240aULL,
-  0x420400810420608ULL, 0x8d40230408102100ULL, 0x4a00200612222409ULL,
-  0xa08520292120600ULL
-};
 
-const uint64_t RMult[64] = {
+Bitboard SquareBB[SQUARE_NB];
-  0xa8002c000108020ULL, 0x4440200140003000ULL, 0x8080200010011880ULL,
+Bitboard FileBB[FILE_NB];
-  0x380180080141000ULL, 0x1a00060008211044ULL, 0x410001000a0c0008ULL,
+Bitboard RankBB[RANK_NB];
-  0x9500060004008100ULL, 0x100024284a20700ULL, 0x802140008000ULL,
+Bitboard AdjacentFilesBB[FILE_NB];
-  0x80c01002a00840ULL, 0x402004282011020ULL, 0x9862000820420050ULL,
+Bitboard ThisAndAdjacentFilesBB[FILE_NB];
-  0x1001448011100ULL, 0x6432800200800400ULL, 0x40100010002000cULL,
+Bitboard InFrontBB[COLOR_NB][RANK_NB];
-  0x2800d0010c080ULL, 0x90c0008000803042ULL, 0x4010004000200041ULL,
+Bitboard StepAttacksBB[PIECE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  0x3010010200040ULL, 0xa40828028001000ULL, 0x123010008000430ULL,
+Bitboard BetweenBB[SQUARE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  0x24008004020080ULL, 0x60040001104802ULL, 0x582200028400d1ULL,
+Bitboard DistanceRingsBB[SQUARE_NB][8];
-  0x4000802080044000ULL, 0x408208200420308ULL, 0x610038080102000ULL,
+Bitboard ForwardBB[COLOR_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  0x3601000900100020ULL, 0x80080040180ULL, 0xc2020080040080ULL,
+Bitboard PassedPawnMask[COLOR_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  0x80084400100102ULL, 0x4022408200014401ULL, 0x40052040800082ULL,
+Bitboard AttackSpanMask[COLOR_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  0xb08200280804000ULL, 0x8a80a008801000ULL, 0x4000480080801000ULL,
+Bitboard PseudoAttacks[PIECE_TYPE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  0x911808800801401ULL, 0x822a003002001894ULL, 0x401068091400108aULL,
-  0x4a10a00004cULL, 0x2000800640008024ULL, 0x1486408102020020ULL,
-  0x100a000d50041ULL, 0x810050020b0020ULL, 0x204000800808004ULL,
-  0x20048100a000cULL, 0x112000831020004ULL, 0x9000040810002ULL,
-  0x440490200208200ULL, 0x8910401000200040ULL, 0x6404200050008480ULL,
-  0x4b824a2010010100ULL, 0x4080801810c0080ULL, 0x400802a0080ULL,
-  0x8224080110026400ULL, 0x40002c4104088200ULL, 0x1002100104a0282ULL,
-  0x1208400811048021ULL, 0x3201014a40d02001ULL, 0x5100019200501ULL,
-  0x101000208001005ULL, 0x2008450080702ULL, 0x1002080301d00cULL,
-  0x410201ce5c030092ULL
-};
 
-const int BShift[64] = {
+int SquareDistance[SQUARE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
-  58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59,
-  59, 59, 57, 57, 57, 57, 59, 59, 59, 59, 57, 55, 55, 57, 59, 59,
-  59, 59, 57, 55, 55, 57, 59, 59, 59, 59, 57, 57, 57, 57, 59, 59,
-  59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 58, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 59, 58
-};
-
-const int RShift[64] = {
-  52, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52, 53, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 53,
-  53, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 53, 53, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 53,
-  53, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 53, 53, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 53,
-  53, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 54, 53, 52, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 53, 52
-};
-
-#else // if !defined(IS_64BIT)
-
-const uint64_t BMult[64] = {
-  0x54142844c6a22981ULL, 0x710358a6ea25c19eULL, 0x704f746d63a4a8dcULL,
-  0xbfed1a0b80f838c5ULL, 0x90561d5631e62110ULL, 0x2804260376e60944ULL,
-  0x84a656409aa76871ULL, 0xf0267f64c28b6197ULL, 0x70764ebb762f0585ULL,
-  0x92aa09e0cfe161deULL, 0x41ee1f6bb266f60eULL, 0xddcbf04f6039c444ULL,
-  0x5a3fab7bac0d988aULL, 0xd3727877fa4eaa03ULL, 0xd988402d868ddaaeULL,
-  0x812b291afa075c7cULL, 0x94faf987b685a932ULL, 0x3ed867d8470d08dbULL,
-  0x92517660b8901de8ULL, 0x2d97e43e058814b4ULL, 0x880a10c220b25582ULL,
-  0xc7c6520d1f1a0477ULL, 0xdbfc7fbcd7656aa6ULL, 0x78b1b9bfb1a2b84fULL,
-  0x2f20037f112a0bc1ULL, 0x657171ea2269a916ULL, 0xc08302b07142210eULL,
-  0x880a4403064080bULL, 0x3602420842208c00ULL, 0x852800dc7e0b6602ULL,
-  0x595a3fbbaa0f03b2ULL, 0x9f01411558159d5eULL, 0x2b4a4a5f88b394f2ULL,
-  0x4afcbffc292dd03aULL, 0x4a4094a3b3f10522ULL, 0xb06f00b491f30048ULL,
-  0xd5b3820280d77004ULL, 0x8b2e01e7c8e57a75ULL, 0x2d342794e886c2e6ULL,
-  0xc302c410cde21461ULL, 0x111f426f1379c274ULL, 0xe0569220abb31588ULL,
-  0x5026d3064d453324ULL, 0xe2076040c343cd8aULL, 0x93efd1e1738021eeULL,
-  0xb680804bed143132ULL, 0x44e361b21986944cULL, 0x44c60170ef5c598cULL,
-  0xf4da475c195c9c94ULL, 0xa3afbb5f72060b1dULL, 0xbc75f410e41c4ffcULL,
-  0xb51c099390520922ULL, 0x902c011f8f8ec368ULL, 0x950b56b3d6f5490aULL,
-  0x3909e0635bf202d0ULL, 0x5744f90206ec10ccULL, 0xdc59fd76317abbc1ULL,
-  0x881c7c67fcbfc4f6ULL, 0x47ca41e7e440d423ULL, 0xeb0c88112048d004ULL,
-  0x51c60e04359aef1aULL, 0x1aa1fe0e957a5554ULL, 0xdd9448db4f5e3104ULL,
-  0xdc01f6dca4bebbdcULL,
-};
-
-const uint64_t RMult[64] = {
-  0xd7445cdec88002c0ULL, 0xd0a505c1f2001722ULL, 0xe065d1c896002182ULL,
-  0x9a8c41e75a000892ULL, 0x8900b10c89002aa8ULL, 0x9b28d1c1d60005a2ULL,
-  0x15d6c88de002d9aULL, 0xb1dbfc802e8016a9ULL, 0x149a1042d9d60029ULL,
-  0xb9c08050599e002fULL, 0x132208c3af300403ULL, 0xc1000ce2e9c50070ULL,
-  0x9d9aa13c99020012ULL, 0xb6b078daf71e0046ULL, 0x9d880182fb6e002eULL,
-  0x52889f467e850037ULL, 0xda6dc008d19a8480ULL, 0x468286034f902420ULL,
-  0x7140ac09dc54c020ULL, 0xd76ffffa39548808ULL, 0xea901c4141500808ULL,
-  0xc91004093f953a02ULL, 0x2882afa8f6bb402ULL, 0xaebe335692442c01ULL,
-  0xe904a22079fb91eULL, 0x13a514851055f606ULL, 0x76c782018c8fe632ULL,
-  0x1dc012a9d116da06ULL, 0x3c9e0037264fffa6ULL, 0x2036002853c6e4a2ULL,
-  0xe3fe08500afb47d4ULL, 0xf38af25c86b025c2ULL, 0xc0800e2182cf9a40ULL,
-  0x72002480d1f60673ULL, 0x2500200bae6e9b53ULL, 0xc60018c1eefca252ULL,
-  0x600590473e3608aULL, 0x46002c4ab3fe51b2ULL, 0xa200011486bcc8d2ULL,
-  0xb680078095784c63ULL, 0x2742002639bf11aeULL, 0xc7d60021a5bdb142ULL,
-  0xc8c04016bb83d820ULL, 0xbd520028123b4842ULL, 0x9d1600344ac2a832ULL,
-  0x6a808005631c8a05ULL, 0x604600a148d5389aULL, 0xe2e40103d40dea65ULL,
-  0x945b5a0087c62a81ULL, 0x12dc200cd82d28eULL, 0x2431c600b5f9ef76ULL,
-  0xfb142a006a9b314aULL, 0x6870e00a1c97d62ULL, 0x2a9db2004a2689a2ULL,
-  0xd3594600caf5d1a2ULL, 0xee0e4900439344a7ULL, 0x89c4d266ca25007aULL,
-  0x3e0013a2743f97e3ULL, 0x180e31a0431378aULL, 0x3a9e465a4d42a512ULL,
-  0x98d0a11a0c0d9cc2ULL, 0x8e711c1aba19b01eULL, 0x8dcdc836dd201142ULL,
-  0x5ac08a4735370479ULL,
-};
-
-const int BShift[64] = {
-  26, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 26, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27,
-  27, 27, 25, 25, 25, 25, 27, 27, 27, 27, 25, 23, 23, 25, 27, 27,
-  27, 27, 25, 23, 23, 25, 27, 27, 27, 27, 25, 25, 25, 25, 27, 27,
-  27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 26, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 27, 26
-};
-
-const int RShift[64] = {
-  20, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 20, 21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 21,
-  21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 21, 21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 21,
-  21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 21, 21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 21,
-  21, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 22, 21, 20, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 21, 20
-};
-
-#endif // defined(IS_64BIT)
-
-const Bitboard LightSquaresBB = 0x55AA55AA55AA55AAULL;
-const Bitboard DarkSquaresBB  = 0xAA55AA55AA55AA55ULL;
-
-const Bitboard SquaresByColorBB[2] = { DarkSquaresBB, LightSquaresBB };
-
-const Bitboard FileBB[8] = {
-  FileABB, FileBBB, FileCBB, FileDBB, FileEBB, FileFBB, FileGBB, FileHBB
-};
-
-const Bitboard NeighboringFilesBB[8] = {
-  FileBBB, FileABB|FileCBB, FileBBB|FileDBB, FileCBB|FileEBB,
-  FileDBB|FileFBB, FileEBB|FileGBB, FileFBB|FileHBB, FileGBB
-};
-
-const Bitboard ThisAndNeighboringFilesBB[8] = {
-  FileABB|FileBBB, FileABB|FileBBB|FileCBB,
-  FileBBB|FileCBB|FileDBB, FileCBB|FileDBB|FileEBB,
-  FileDBB|FileEBB|FileFBB, FileEBB|FileFBB|FileGBB,
-  FileFBB|FileGBB|FileHBB, FileGBB|FileHBB
-};
-
-const Bitboard RankBB[8] = {
-  Rank1BB, Rank2BB, Rank3BB, Rank4BB, Rank5BB, Rank6BB, Rank7BB, Rank8BB
-};
-
-const Bitboard RelativeRankBB[2][8] = {
-  { Rank1BB, Rank2BB, Rank3BB, Rank4BB, Rank5BB, Rank6BB, Rank7BB, Rank8BB },
-  { Rank8BB, Rank7BB, Rank6BB, Rank5BB, Rank4BB, Rank3BB, Rank2BB, Rank1BB }
-};
-
-const Bitboard InFrontBB[2][8] = {
-  { Rank2BB | Rank3BB | Rank4BB | Rank5BB | Rank6BB | Rank7BB | Rank8BB,
-    Rank3BB | Rank4BB | Rank5BB | Rank6BB | Rank7BB | Rank8BB,
-    Rank4BB | Rank5BB | Rank6BB | Rank7BB | Rank8BB,
-    Rank5BB | Rank6BB | Rank7BB | Rank8BB,
-    Rank6BB | Rank7BB | Rank8BB,
-    Rank7BB | Rank8BB,
-    Rank8BB,
-    EmptyBoardBB
-  },
-  { EmptyBoardBB,
-    Rank1BB,
-    Rank2BB | Rank1BB,
-    Rank3BB | Rank2BB | Rank1BB,
-    Rank4BB | Rank3BB | Rank2BB | Rank1BB,
-    Rank5BB | Rank4BB | Rank3BB | Rank2BB | Rank1BB,
-    Rank6BB | Rank5BB | Rank4BB | Rank3BB | Rank2BB | Rank1BB,
-    Rank7BB | Rank6BB | Rank5BB | Rank4BB | Rank3BB | Rank2BB | Rank1BB
-  }
-};
-
-Bitboard RMask[64];
-int RAttackIndex[64];
-Bitboard RAttacks[0x19000];
-
-Bitboard BMask[64];
-int BAttackIndex[64];
-Bitboard BAttacks[0x1480];
-
-Bitboard SetMaskBB[65];
-Bitboard ClearMaskBB[65];
-
-Bitboard StepAttackBB[16][64];
-Bitboard BetweenBB[64][64];
-
-Bitboard SquaresInFrontMask[2][64];
-Bitboard PassedPawnMask[2][64];
-Bitboard AttackSpanMask[2][64];
-
-Bitboard BishopPseudoAttacks[64];
-Bitboard RookPseudoAttacks[64];
-Bitboard QueenPseudoAttacks[64];
-
-uint8_t BitCount8Bit[256];
-
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
 
 namespace {
 
-  void init_masks();
+  // De Bruijn sequences. See chessprogramming.wikispaces.com/BitScan
-  void init_attacks();
+  const uint64_t DeBruijn_64 = 0x3F79D71B4CB0A89ULL;
-  void init_between_bitboards();
+  const uint32_t DeBruijn_32 = 0x783A9B23;
-  void init_pseudo_attacks();
+
-  Bitboard index_to_bitboard(int index, Bitboard mask);
+  CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
-  Bitboard sliding_attacks(int sq, Bitboard block, int dirs, int deltas[][2],
+
-                           int fmin, int fmax, int rmin, int rmax);
+  int MS1BTable[256];
-  void init_sliding_attacks(Bitboard attacks[], int attackIndex[], Bitboard mask[],
+  Square BSFTable[SQUARE_NB];
-                            const int shift[], const Bitboard mult[], int deltas[][2]);
+  Bitboard RTable[0x19000]; // Storage space for rook attacks
+  Bitboard BTable[0x1480];  // Storage space for bishop attacks
+
+  typedef unsigned (Fn)(Square, Bitboard);
+
+  void init_magics(Bitboard table[], Bitboard* attacks[], Bitboard magics[],
+                   Bitboard masks[], unsigned shifts[], Square deltas[], Fn index);
+
+  FORCE_INLINE unsigned bsf_index(Bitboard b) {
+
+    // Matt Taylor's folding for 32 bit systems, extended to 64 bits by Kim Walisch
+    b ^= (b - 1);
+    return Is64Bit ? (b * DeBruijn_64) >> 58
+                   : ((unsigned(b) ^ unsigned(b >> 32)) * DeBruijn_32) >> 26;
+  }
 }
 
+/// lsb()/msb() finds the least/most significant bit in a nonzero bitboard.
+/// pop_lsb() finds and clears the least significant bit in a nonzero bitboard.
 
-////
+#if !defined(USE_BSFQ)
-//// Functions
-////
 
-/// print_bitboard() prints a bitboard in an easily readable format to the
+Square lsb(Bitboard b) { return BSFTable[bsf_index(b)]; }
+
+Square pop_lsb(Bitboard* b) {
+
+  Bitboard bb = *b;
+  *b = bb & (bb - 1);
+  return BSFTable[bsf_index(bb)];
+}
+
+Square msb(Bitboard b) {
+
+  unsigned b32;
+  int result = 0;
+
+  if (b > 0xFFFFFFFF)
+  {
+      b >>= 32;
+      result = 32;
+  }
+
+  b32 = unsigned(b);
+
+  if (b32 > 0xFFFF)
+  {
+      b32 >>= 16;
+      result += 16;
+  }
+
+  if (b32 > 0xFF)
+  {
+      b32 >>= 8;
+      result += 8;
+  }
+
+  return (Square)(result + MS1BTable[b32]);
+}
+
+#endif // !defined(USE_BSFQ)
+
+
+/// Bitboards::print() prints a bitboard in an easily readable format to the
 /// standard output. This is sometimes useful for debugging.
 
-void print_bitboard(Bitboard b) {
+void Bitboards::print(Bitboard b) {
 
-  for (Rank r = RANK_8; r >= RANK_1; r--)
+  sync_cout;
+
+  for (Rank rank = RANK_8; rank >= RANK_1; rank--)
   {
-      std::cout << "+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+" << std::endl;
+      std::cout << "+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+" << '\n';
-      for (File f = FILE_A; f <= FILE_H; f++)
-          std::cout << "| " << (bit_is_set(b, make_square(f, r))? 'X' : ' ') << ' ';
 
-      std::cout << "|" << std::endl;
+      for (File file = FILE_A; file <= FILE_H; file++)
+          std::cout << "| " << (b & (file | rank) ? "X " : "  ");
+
+      std::cout << "|\n";
   }
-  std::cout << "+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+" << std::endl;
+  std::cout << "+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+---+" << sync_endl;
 }
 
 
-/// init_bitboards() initializes various bitboard arrays.  It is called during
+/// Bitboards::init() initializes various bitboard arrays. It is called during
 /// program initialization.
 
-void init_bitboards() {
+void Bitboards::init() {
 
-  int rookDeltas[4][2] = {{0,1},{0,-1},{1,0},{-1,0}};
+  for (int k = 0, i = 0; i < 8; i++)
-  int bishopDeltas[4][2] = {{1,1},{-1,1},{1,-1},{-1,-1}};
+      while (k < (2 << i))
+          MS1BTable[k++] = i;
 
-  init_masks();
+  for (int i = 0; i < 64; i++)
-  init_attacks();
+      BSFTable[bsf_index(1ULL << i)] = Square(i);
-  init_sliding_attacks(RAttacks, RAttackIndex, RMask, RShift, RMult, rookDeltas);
-  init_sliding_attacks(BAttacks, BAttackIndex, BMask, BShift, BMult, bishopDeltas);
-  init_pseudo_attacks();
-  init_between_bitboards();
-}
-
-
-/// first_1() finds the least significant nonzero bit in a nonzero bitboard.
-/// pop_1st_bit() finds and clears the least significant nonzero bit in a
-/// nonzero bitboard.
-
-#if defined(IS_64BIT) && !defined(USE_BSFQ)
-
-static CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
-const int BitTable[64] = {
-  0, 1, 2, 7, 3, 13, 8, 19, 4, 25, 14, 28, 9, 34, 20, 40, 5, 17, 26, 38, 15,
-  46, 29, 48, 10, 31, 35, 54, 21, 50, 41, 57, 63, 6, 12, 18, 24, 27, 33, 39,
-  16, 37, 45, 47, 30, 53, 49, 56, 62, 11, 23, 32, 36, 44, 52, 55, 61, 22, 43,
-  51, 60, 42, 59, 58
-};
-
-Square first_1(Bitboard b) {
-  return Square(BitTable[((b & -b) * 0x218a392cd3d5dbfULL) >> 58]);
-}
-
-Square pop_1st_bit(Bitboard* b) {
-  Bitboard bb = *b;
-  *b &= (*b - 1);
-  return Square(BitTable[((bb & -bb) * 0x218a392cd3d5dbfULL) >> 58]);
-}
-
-#elif !defined(USE_BSFQ)
-
-static CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
-const int BitTable[64] = {
-  63, 30, 3, 32, 25, 41, 22, 33, 15, 50, 42, 13, 11, 53, 19, 34, 61, 29, 2,
-  51, 21, 43, 45, 10, 18, 47, 1, 54, 9, 57, 0, 35, 62, 31, 40, 4, 49, 5, 52,
-  26, 60, 6, 23, 44, 46, 27, 56, 16, 7, 39, 48, 24, 59, 14, 12, 55, 38, 28,
-  58, 20, 37, 17, 36, 8
-};
-
-Square first_1(Bitboard b) {
-
-  b ^= (b - 1);
-  uint32_t fold = int(b) ^ int(b >> 32);
-  return Square(BitTable[(fold * 0x783a9b23) >> 26]);
-}
-
-// Use type-punning
-union b_union {
-
-    Bitboard b;
-    struct {
-#if defined (BIGENDIAN)
-        uint32_t h;
-        uint32_t l;
-#else
-        uint32_t l;
-        uint32_t h;
-#endif
-    } dw;
-};
-
-Square pop_1st_bit(Bitboard* bb) {
-
-   b_union u;
-   Square ret;
-
-   u.b = *bb;
-
-   if (u.dw.l)
-   {
-       ret = Square(BitTable[((u.dw.l ^ (u.dw.l - 1)) * 0x783a9b23) >> 26]);
-       u.dw.l &= (u.dw.l - 1);
-       *bb = u.b;
-       return ret;
-   }
-   ret = Square(BitTable[((~(u.dw.h ^ (u.dw.h - 1))) * 0x783a9b23) >> 26]);
-   u.dw.h &= (u.dw.h - 1);
-   *bb = u.b;
-   return ret;
-}
-
-#endif
-
-
-namespace {
-
-  // All functions below are used to precompute various bitboards during
-  // program initialization.  Some of the functions may be difficult to
-  // understand, but they all seem to work correctly, and it should never
-  // be necessary to touch any of them.
-
-  void init_masks() {
-
-    SetMaskBB[SQ_NONE] = 0ULL;
-    ClearMaskBB[SQ_NONE] = ~SetMaskBB[SQ_NONE];
 
   for (Square s = SQ_A1; s <= SQ_H8; s++)
+      SquareBB[s] = 1ULL << s;
+
+  FileBB[FILE_A] = FileABB;
+  RankBB[RANK_1] = Rank1BB;
+
+  for (int i = 1; i < 8; i++)
   {
-        SetMaskBB[s] = (1ULL << s);
+      FileBB[i] = FileBB[i - 1] << 1;
-        ClearMaskBB[s] = ~SetMaskBB[s];
+      RankBB[i] = RankBB[i - 1] << 8;
   }
 
+  for (File f = FILE_A; f <= FILE_H; f++)
+  {
+      AdjacentFilesBB[f] = (f > FILE_A ? FileBB[f - 1] : 0) | (f < FILE_H ? FileBB[f + 1] : 0);
+      ThisAndAdjacentFilesBB[f] = FileBB[f] | AdjacentFilesBB[f];
+  }
+
+  for (Rank r = RANK_1; r < RANK_8; r++)
+      InFrontBB[WHITE][r] = ~(InFrontBB[BLACK][r + 1] = InFrontBB[BLACK][r] | RankBB[r]);
+
   for (Color c = WHITE; c <= BLACK; c++)
       for (Square s = SQ_A1; s <= SQ_H8; s++)
       {
-            SquaresInFrontMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & file_bb(s);
+          ForwardBB[c][s]      = InFrontBB[c][rank_of(s)] & FileBB[file_of(s)];
-            PassedPawnMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & this_and_neighboring_files_bb(s);
+          PassedPawnMask[c][s] = InFrontBB[c][rank_of(s)] & ThisAndAdjacentFilesBB[file_of(s)];
-            AttackSpanMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & neighboring_files_bb(s);
+          AttackSpanMask[c][s] = InFrontBB[c][rank_of(s)] & AdjacentFilesBB[file_of(s)];
       }
 
-    for (Bitboard b = 0; b < 256; b++)
+  for (Square s1 = SQ_A1; s1 <= SQ_H8; s1++)
-        BitCount8Bit[b] = (uint8_t)count_1s<CNT32>(b);
+      for (Square s2 = SQ_A1; s2 <= SQ_H8; s2++)
-  }
+          SquareDistance[s1][s2] = std::max(file_distance(s1, s2), rank_distance(s1, s2));
 
-  void init_attacks() {
+  for (Square s1 = SQ_A1; s1 <= SQ_H8; s1++)
+      for (int d = 1; d < 8; d++)
+          for (Square s2 = SQ_A1; s2 <= SQ_H8; s2++)
+              if (SquareDistance[s1][s2] == d)
+                  DistanceRingsBB[s1][d - 1] |= s2;
 
-    const int step[16][8] =  {
+  int steps[][9] = { {}, { 7, 9 }, { 17, 15, 10, 6, -6, -10, -15, -17 },
-      {0},
+                     {}, {}, {}, { 9, 7, -7, -9, 8, 1, -1, -8 } };
-      {7,9,0}, {17,15,10,6,-6,-10,-15,-17}, {9,7,-7,-9,0}, {8,1,-1,-8,0},
-      {9,7,-7,-9,8,1,-1,-8}, {9,7,-7,-9,8,1,-1,-8}, {0}, {0},
-      {-7,-9,0}, {17,15,10,6,-6,-10,-15,-17}, {9,7,-7,-9,0}, {8,1,-1,-8,0},
-      {9,7,-7,-9,8,1,-1,-8}, {9,7,-7,-9,8,1,-1,-8}
-    };
 
-    for (int i = 0; i < 64; i++)
+  for (Color c = WHITE; c <= BLACK; c++)
-        for (int j = 0; j <= int(BK); j++)
+      for (PieceType pt = PAWN; pt <= KING; pt++)
+          for (Square s = SQ_A1; s <= SQ_H8; s++)
+              for (int k = 0; steps[pt][k]; k++)
               {
-            StepAttackBB[j][i] = EmptyBoardBB;
+                  Square to = s + Square(c == WHITE ? steps[pt][k] : -steps[pt][k]);
-            for (int k = 0; k < 8 && step[j][k] != 0; k++)
+
-            {
+                  if (is_ok(to) && square_distance(s, to) < 3)
-                int l = i + step[j][k];
+                      StepAttacksBB[make_piece(c, pt)][s] |= to;
-                if (l >= 0 && l < 64 && abs((i & 7) - (l & 7)) < 3)
-                    StepAttackBB[j][i] |= (1ULL << l);
-           }
-        }
               }
 
-  Bitboard sliding_attacks(int sq, Bitboard block, int dirs, int deltas[][2],
+  Square RDeltas[] = { DELTA_N,  DELTA_E,  DELTA_S,  DELTA_W  };
-                           int fmin=0, int fmax=7, int rmin=0, int rmax=7) {
+  Square BDeltas[] = { DELTA_NE, DELTA_SE, DELTA_SW, DELTA_NW };
-    Bitboard result = 0ULL;
-    int rk = sq / 8;
-    int fl = sq % 8;
 
-    for (int i = 0; i < dirs; i++)
+  init_magics(RTable, RAttacks, RMagics, RMasks, RShifts, RDeltas, magic_index<ROOK>);
-    {
+  init_magics(BTable, BAttacks, BMagics, BMasks, BShifts, BDeltas, magic_index<BISHOP>);
-        int dx = deltas[i][0];
-        int dy = deltas[i][1];
-        int f = fl + dx;
-        int r = rk + dy;
-
-        while (   (dx == 0 || (f >= fmin && f <= fmax))
-               && (dy == 0 || (r >= rmin && r <= rmax)))
-        {
-            result |= (1ULL << (f + r*8));
-            if (block & (1ULL << (f + r*8)))
-                break;
-
-            f += dx;
-            r += dy;
-        }
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-  void init_between_bitboards() {
-
-    Square s1, s2, s3;
-    SquareDelta d;
-    int f, r;
-
-    for (s1 = SQ_A1; s1 <= SQ_H8; s1++)
-        for (s2 = SQ_A1; s2 <= SQ_H8; s2++)
-        {
-            BetweenBB[s1][s2] = EmptyBoardBB;
-
-            if (bit_is_set(QueenPseudoAttacks[s1], s2))
-            {
-                f = file_distance(s1, s2);
-                r = rank_distance(s1, s2);
-
-                d = SquareDelta(s2 - s1) / Max(f, r);
-
-                for (s3 = s1 + d; s3 != s2; s3 += d)
-                    set_bit(&(BetweenBB[s1][s2]), s3);
-            }
-      }
-  }
-
-  Bitboard index_to_bitboard(int index, Bitboard mask) {
-
-    Bitboard result = 0ULL;
-    int bits = count_1s<CNT32>(mask);
-
-    for (int i = 0; i < bits; i++)
-    {
-        int j = pop_1st_bit(&mask);
-        if (index & (1 << i))
-            result |= (1ULL << j);
-    }
-    return result;
-  }
-
-  void init_sliding_attacks(Bitboard attacks[], int attackIndex[], Bitboard mask[],
-                            const int shift[], const Bitboard mult[], int deltas[][2]) {
-
-    for (int i = 0, index = 0; i < 64; i++)
-    {
-        attackIndex[i] = index;
-        mask[i] = sliding_attacks(i, 0, 4, deltas, 1, 6, 1, 6);
-
-#if defined(IS_64BIT)
-        int j = (1 << (64 - shift[i]));
-#else
-        int j = (1 << (32 - shift[i]));
-#endif
-
-        for (int k = 0; k < j; k++)
-        {
-#if defined(IS_64BIT)
-            Bitboard b = index_to_bitboard(k, mask[i]);
-            attacks[index + ((b * mult[i]) >> shift[i])] = sliding_attacks(i, b, 4, deltas);
-#else
-            Bitboard b = index_to_bitboard(k, mask[i]);
-            unsigned v = int(b) * int(mult[i]) ^ int(b >> 32) * int(mult[i] >> 32);
-            attacks[index + (v >> shift[i])] = sliding_attacks(i, b, 4, deltas);
-#endif
-        }
-        index += j;
-    }
-  }
-
-  void init_pseudo_attacks() {
 
   for (Square s = SQ_A1; s <= SQ_H8; s++)
   {
-        BishopPseudoAttacks[s] = bishop_attacks_bb(s, EmptyBoardBB);
+      PseudoAttacks[QUEEN][s]  = PseudoAttacks[BISHOP][s] = attacks_bb<BISHOP>(s, 0);
-        RookPseudoAttacks[s]   = rook_attacks_bb(s, EmptyBoardBB);
+      PseudoAttacks[QUEEN][s] |= PseudoAttacks[  ROOK][s] = attacks_bb<  ROOK>(s, 0);
-        QueenPseudoAttacks[s]  = queen_attacks_bb(s, EmptyBoardBB);
+  }
+
+  for (Square s1 = SQ_A1; s1 <= SQ_H8; s1++)
+      for (Square s2 = SQ_A1; s2 <= SQ_H8; s2++)
+          if (PseudoAttacks[QUEEN][s1] & s2)
+          {
+              Square delta = (s2 - s1) / square_distance(s1, s2);
+
+              for (Square s = s1 + delta; s != s2; s += delta)
+                  BetweenBB[s1][s2] |= s;
           }
 }
 
+
+namespace {
+
+  Bitboard sliding_attack(Square deltas[], Square sq, Bitboard occupied) {
+
+    Bitboard attack = 0;
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < 4; i++)
+        for (Square s = sq + deltas[i];
+             is_ok(s) && square_distance(s, s - deltas[i]) == 1;
+             s += deltas[i])
+        {
+            attack |= s;
+
+            if (occupied & s)
+                break;
+        }
+
+    return attack;
+  }
+
+
+  Bitboard pick_random(RKISS& rk, int booster) {
+
+    // Values s1 and s2 are used to rotate the candidate magic of a
+    // quantity known to be the optimal to quickly find the magics.
+    int s1 = booster & 63, s2 = (booster >> 6) & 63;
+
+    Bitboard m = rk.rand<Bitboard>();
+    m = (m >> s1) | (m << (64 - s1));
+    m &= rk.rand<Bitboard>();
+    m = (m >> s2) | (m << (64 - s2));
+    return m & rk.rand<Bitboard>();
+  }
+
+
+  // init_magics() computes all rook and bishop attacks at startup. Magic
+  // bitboards are used to look up attacks of sliding pieces. As a reference see
+  // chessprogramming.wikispaces.com/Magic+Bitboards. In particular, here we
+  // use the so called "fancy" approach.
+
+  void init_magics(Bitboard table[], Bitboard* attacks[], Bitboard magics[],
+                   Bitboard masks[], unsigned shifts[], Square deltas[], Fn index) {
+
+    int MagicBoosters[][8] = { { 3191, 2184, 1310, 3618, 2091, 1308, 2452, 3996 },
+                               { 1059, 3608,  605, 3234, 3326,   38, 2029, 3043 } };
+    RKISS rk;
+    Bitboard occupancy[4096], reference[4096], edges, b;
+    int i, size, booster;
+
+    // attacks[s] is a pointer to the beginning of the attacks table for square 's'
+    attacks[SQ_A1] = table;
+
+    for (Square s = SQ_A1; s <= SQ_H8; s++)
+    {
+        // Board edges are not considered in the relevant occupancies
+        edges = ((Rank1BB | Rank8BB) & ~rank_bb(s)) | ((FileABB | FileHBB) & ~file_bb(s));
+
+        // Given a square 's', the mask is the bitboard of sliding attacks from
+        // 's' computed on an empty board. The index must be big enough to contain
+        // all the attacks for each possible subset of the mask and so is 2 power
+        // the number of 1s of the mask. Hence we deduce the size of the shift to
+        // apply to the 64 or 32 bits word to get the index.
+        masks[s]  = sliding_attack(deltas, s, 0) & ~edges;
+        shifts[s] = (Is64Bit ? 64 : 32) - popcount<Max15>(masks[s]);
+
+        // Use Carry-Rippler trick to enumerate all subsets of masks[s] and
+        // store the corresponding sliding attack bitboard in reference[].
+        b = size = 0;
+        do {
+            occupancy[size] = b;
+            reference[size++] = sliding_attack(deltas, s, b);
+            b = (b - masks[s]) & masks[s];
+        } while (b);
+
+        // Set the offset for the table of the next square. We have individual
+        // table sizes for each square with "Fancy Magic Bitboards".
+        if (s < SQ_H8)
+            attacks[s + 1] = attacks[s] + size;
+
+        booster = MagicBoosters[Is64Bit][rank_of(s)];
+
+        // Find a magic for square 's' picking up an (almost) random number
+        // until we find the one that passes the verification test.
+        do {
+            do magics[s] = pick_random(rk, booster);
+            while (popcount<Max15>((magics[s] * masks[s]) >> 56) < 6);
+
+            memset(attacks[s], 0, size * sizeof(Bitboard));
+
+            // A good magic must map every possible occupancy to an index that
+            // looks up the correct sliding attack in the attacks[s] database.
+            // Note that we build up the database for square 's' as a side
+            // effect of verifying the magic.
+            for (i = 0; i < size; i++)
+            {
+                Bitboard& attack = attacks[s][index(s, occupancy[i])];
+
+                if (attack && attack != reference[i])
+                    break;
+
+                assert(reference[i] != 0);
+
+                attack = reference[i];
+            }
+        } while (i != size);
+    }
+  }
 }

src/bitboard.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,112 +18,85 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(BITBOARD_H_INCLUDED)
 #define BITBOARD_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include "piece.h"
-#include "square.h"
 #include "types.h"
 
+namespace Bitboards {
 
-////
+void init();
-//// Constants and variables
+void print(Bitboard b);
-////
 
-const Bitboard EmptyBoardBB = 0;
-
-const Bitboard FileABB = 0x0101010101010101ULL;
-const Bitboard FileBBB = FileABB << 1;
-const Bitboard FileCBB = FileABB << 2;
-const Bitboard FileDBB = FileABB << 3;
-const Bitboard FileEBB = FileABB << 4;
-const Bitboard FileFBB = FileABB << 5;
-const Bitboard FileGBB = FileABB << 6;
-const Bitboard FileHBB = FileABB << 7;
-
-const Bitboard Rank1BB = 0xFF;
-const Bitboard Rank2BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 1);
-const Bitboard Rank3BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 2);
-const Bitboard Rank4BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 3);
-const Bitboard Rank5BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 4);
-const Bitboard Rank6BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 5);
-const Bitboard Rank7BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 6);
-const Bitboard Rank8BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 7);
-
-extern const Bitboard SquaresByColorBB[2];
-extern const Bitboard FileBB[8];
-extern const Bitboard NeighboringFilesBB[8];
-extern const Bitboard ThisAndNeighboringFilesBB[8];
-extern const Bitboard RankBB[8];
-extern const Bitboard RelativeRankBB[2][8];
-extern const Bitboard InFrontBB[2][8];
-
-extern Bitboard SetMaskBB[65];
-extern Bitboard ClearMaskBB[65];
-
-extern Bitboard StepAttackBB[16][64];
-extern Bitboard BetweenBB[64][64];
-
-extern Bitboard SquaresInFrontMask[2][64];
-extern Bitboard PassedPawnMask[2][64];
-extern Bitboard AttackSpanMask[2][64];
-
-extern const uint64_t RMult[64];
-extern const int RShift[64];
-extern Bitboard RMask[64];
-extern int RAttackIndex[64];
-extern Bitboard RAttacks[0x19000];
-
-extern const uint64_t BMult[64];
-extern const int BShift[64];
-extern Bitboard BMask[64];
-extern int BAttackIndex[64];
-extern Bitboard BAttacks[0x1480];
-
-extern Bitboard BishopPseudoAttacks[64];
-extern Bitboard RookPseudoAttacks[64];
-extern Bitboard QueenPseudoAttacks[64];
-
-extern uint8_t BitCount8Bit[256];
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-/// Functions for testing whether a given bit is set in a bitboard, and for
-/// setting and clearing bits.
-
-inline Bitboard bit_is_set(Bitboard b, Square s) {
-  return b & SetMaskBB[s];
 }
 
-inline void set_bit(Bitboard *b, Square s) {
+namespace Bitbases {
-  *b |= SetMaskBB[s];
+
+void init_kpk();
+bool probe_kpk(Square wksq, Square wpsq, Square bksq, Color us);
+
 }
 
-inline void clear_bit(Bitboard *b, Square s) {
+CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
-  *b &= ClearMaskBB[s];
+
+extern Bitboard RMasks[SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard RMagics[SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard* RAttacks[SQUARE_NB];
+extern unsigned RShifts[SQUARE_NB];
+
+extern Bitboard BMasks[SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard BMagics[SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard* BAttacks[SQUARE_NB];
+extern unsigned BShifts[SQUARE_NB];
+
+extern Bitboard SquareBB[SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard FileBB[FILE_NB];
+extern Bitboard RankBB[RANK_NB];
+extern Bitboard AdjacentFilesBB[FILE_NB];
+extern Bitboard ThisAndAdjacentFilesBB[FILE_NB];
+extern Bitboard InFrontBB[COLOR_NB][RANK_NB];
+extern Bitboard StepAttacksBB[PIECE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard BetweenBB[SQUARE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard DistanceRingsBB[SQUARE_NB][8];
+extern Bitboard ForwardBB[COLOR_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard PassedPawnMask[COLOR_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard AttackSpanMask[COLOR_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+extern Bitboard PseudoAttacks[PIECE_TYPE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+
+const Bitboard BlackSquares = 0xAA55AA55AA55AA55ULL;
+
+/// Overloads of bitwise operators between a Bitboard and a Square for testing
+/// whether a given bit is set in a bitboard, and for setting and clearing bits.
+
+inline Bitboard operator&(Bitboard b, Square s) {
+  return b & SquareBB[s];
+}
+
+inline Bitboard& operator|=(Bitboard& b, Square s) {
+  return b |= SquareBB[s];
+}
+
+inline Bitboard& operator^=(Bitboard& b, Square s) {
+  return b ^= SquareBB[s];
+}
+
+inline Bitboard operator|(Bitboard b, Square s) {
+  return b | SquareBB[s];
+}
+
+inline Bitboard operator^(Bitboard b, Square s) {
+  return b ^ SquareBB[s];
 }
 
 
-/// Functions used to update a bitboard after a move. This is faster
+/// more_than_one() returns true if in 'b' there is more than one bit set
-/// then calling a sequence of clear_bit() + set_bit()
 
-inline Bitboard make_move_bb(Square from, Square to) {
+inline bool more_than_one(Bitboard b) {
-  return SetMaskBB[from] | SetMaskBB[to];
+  return b & (b - 1);
 }
 
-inline void do_move_bb(Bitboard *b, Bitboard move_bb) {
-  *b ^= move_bb;
-}
 
-/// rank_bb() and file_bb() take a file or a square as input, and return
+/// rank_bb() and file_bb() take a file or a square as input and return
 /// a bitboard representing all squares on the given file or rank.
 
 inline Bitboard rank_bb(Rank r) {
@@ -131,7 +104,7 @@ inline Bitboard rank_bb(Rank r) {
 }
 
 inline Bitboard rank_bb(Square s) {
-  return rank_bb(square_rank(s));
+  return RankBB[rank_of(s)];
 }
 
 inline Bitboard file_bb(File f) {
@@ -139,43 +112,23 @@ inline Bitboard file_bb(File f) {
 }
 
 inline Bitboard file_bb(Square s) {
-  return file_bb(square_file(s));
+  return FileBB[file_of(s)];
 }
 
 
-/// neighboring_files_bb takes a file or a square as input, and returns a
+/// adjacent_files_bb takes a file as input and returns a bitboard representing
-/// bitboard representing all squares on the neighboring files.
+/// all squares on the adjacent files.
 
-inline Bitboard neighboring_files_bb(File f) {
+inline Bitboard adjacent_files_bb(File f) {
-  return NeighboringFilesBB[f];
+  return AdjacentFilesBB[f];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard neighboring_files_bb(Square s) {
-  return NeighboringFilesBB[square_file(s)];
 }
 
 
-/// this_and_neighboring_files_bb takes a file or a square as input, and
+/// this_and_adjacent_files_bb takes a file as input and returns a bitboard
-/// returns a bitboard representing all squares on the given and neighboring
+/// representing all squares on the given and adjacent files.
-/// files.
 
-inline Bitboard this_and_neighboring_files_bb(File f) {
+inline Bitboard this_and_adjacent_files_bb(File f) {
-  return ThisAndNeighboringFilesBB[f];
+  return ThisAndAdjacentFilesBB[f];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard this_and_neighboring_files_bb(Square s) {
-  return ThisAndNeighboringFilesBB[square_file(s)];
-}
-
-
-/// relative_rank_bb() takes a color and a rank as input, and returns a bitboard
-/// representing all squares on the given rank from the given color's point of
-/// view. For instance, relative_rank_bb(WHITE, 7) gives all squares on the
-/// 7th rank, while relative_rank_bb(BLACK, 7) gives all squares on the 2nd
-/// rank.
-
-inline Bitboard relative_rank_bb(Color c, Rank r) {
-  return RelativeRankBB[c][r];
 }
 
 
@@ -190,97 +143,34 @@ inline Bitboard in_front_bb(Color c, Rank r) {
 }
 
 inline Bitboard in_front_bb(Color c, Square s) {
-  return InFrontBB[c][square_rank(s)];
+  return InFrontBB[c][rank_of(s)];
 }
 
 
-/// behind_bb() takes a color and a rank or square as input, and returns a
+/// between_bb returns a bitboard representing all squares between two squares.
-/// bitboard representing all the squares on all ranks behind of the rank
+/// For instance, between_bb(SQ_C4, SQ_F7) returns a bitboard with the bits for
-/// (or square), from the given color's point of view.
+/// square d5 and e6 set.  If s1 and s2 are not on the same line, file or diagonal,
+/// 0 is returned.
 
-inline Bitboard behind_bb(Color c, Rank r) {
+inline Bitboard between_bb(Square s1, Square s2) {
-  return InFrontBB[opposite_color(c)][r];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard behind_bb(Color c, Square s) {
-  return InFrontBB[opposite_color(c)][square_rank(s)];
-}
-
-
-/// Functions for computing sliding attack bitboards. rook_attacks_bb(),
-/// bishop_attacks_bb() and queen_attacks_bb() all take a square and a
-/// bitboard of occupied squares as input, and return a bitboard representing
-/// all squares attacked by a rook, bishop or queen on the given square.
-
-#if defined(IS_64BIT)
-
-inline Bitboard rook_attacks_bb(Square s, Bitboard blockers) {
-  Bitboard b = blockers & RMask[s];
-  return RAttacks[RAttackIndex[s] + ((b * RMult[s]) >> RShift[s])];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard bishop_attacks_bb(Square s, Bitboard blockers) {
-  Bitboard b = blockers & BMask[s];
-  return BAttacks[BAttackIndex[s] + ((b * BMult[s]) >> BShift[s])];
-}
-
-#else // if !defined(IS_64BIT)
-
-inline Bitboard rook_attacks_bb(Square s, Bitboard blockers) {
-  Bitboard b = blockers & RMask[s];
-  return RAttacks[RAttackIndex[s] +
-                  (unsigned(int(b) * int(RMult[s]) ^
-                            int(b >> 32) * int(RMult[s] >> 32))
-                   >> RShift[s])];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard bishop_attacks_bb(Square s, Bitboard blockers) {
-  Bitboard b = blockers & BMask[s];
-  return BAttacks[BAttackIndex[s] +
-                  (unsigned(int(b) * int(BMult[s]) ^
-                            int(b >> 32) * int(BMult[s] >> 32))
-                   >> BShift[s])];
-}
-
-#endif
-
-inline Bitboard queen_attacks_bb(Square s, Bitboard blockers) {
-  return rook_attacks_bb(s, blockers) | bishop_attacks_bb(s, blockers);
-}
-
-
-/// squares_between returns a bitboard representing all squares between
-/// two squares.  For instance, squares_between(SQ_C4, SQ_F7) returns a
-/// bitboard with the bits for square d5 and e6 set.  If s1 and s2 are not
-/// on the same line, file or diagonal, EmptyBoardBB is returned.
-
-inline Bitboard squares_between(Square s1, Square s2) {
   return BetweenBB[s1][s2];
 }
 
 
-/// squares_in_front_of takes a color and a square as input, and returns a
+/// forward_bb takes a color and a square as input, and returns a bitboard
-/// bitboard representing all squares along the line in front of the square,
+/// representing all squares along the line in front of the square, from the
-/// from the point of view of the given color. Definition of the table is:
+/// point of view of the given color. Definition of the table is:
-/// SquaresInFrontOf[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & file_bb(s)
+/// ForwardBB[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & file_bb(s)
 
-inline Bitboard squares_in_front_of(Color c, Square s) {
+inline Bitboard forward_bb(Color c, Square s) {
-  return SquaresInFrontMask[c][s];
+  return ForwardBB[c][s];
-}
-
-
-/// squares_behind is similar to squares_in_front, but returns the squares
-/// behind the square instead of in front of the square.
-
-inline Bitboard squares_behind(Color c, Square s) {
-  return SquaresInFrontMask[opposite_color(c)][s];
 }
 
 
 /// passed_pawn_mask takes a color and a square as input, and returns a
 /// bitboard mask which can be used to test if a pawn of the given color on
 /// the given square is a passed pawn. Definition of the table is:
-/// PassedPawnMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & this_and_neighboring_files_bb(s)
+/// PassedPawnMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & this_and_adjacent_files_bb(s)
 
 inline Bitboard passed_pawn_mask(Color c, Square s) {
   return PassedPawnMask[c][s];
@@ -290,7 +180,7 @@ inline Bitboard passed_pawn_mask(Color c, Square s) {
 /// attack_span_mask takes a color and a square as input, and returns a bitboard
 /// representing all squares that can be attacked by a pawn of the given color
 /// when it moves along its file starting from the given square. Definition is:
-/// AttackSpanMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & neighboring_files_bb(s);
+/// AttackSpanMask[c][s] = in_front_bb(c, s) & adjacent_files_bb(s);
 
 inline Bitboard attack_span_mask(Color c, Square s) {
   return AttackSpanMask[c][s];
@@ -302,42 +192,104 @@ inline Bitboard attack_span_mask(Color c, Square s) {
 
 inline bool squares_aligned(Square s1, Square s2, Square s3) {
   return  (BetweenBB[s1][s2] | BetweenBB[s1][s3] | BetweenBB[s2][s3])
-        & ((1ULL << s1) | (1ULL << s2) | (1ULL << s3));
+        & (     SquareBB[s1] |      SquareBB[s2] |      SquareBB[s3]);
 }
 
 
-/// first_1() finds the least significant nonzero bit in a nonzero bitboard.
+/// same_color_squares() returns a bitboard representing all squares with
-/// pop_1st_bit() finds and clears the least significant nonzero bit in a
+/// the same color of the given square.
-/// nonzero bitboard.
 
-#if defined(USE_BSFQ) // Assembly code by Heinz van Saanen
+inline Bitboard same_color_squares(Square s) {
-
+  return BlackSquares & s ? BlackSquares : ~BlackSquares;
-inline Square first_1(Bitboard b) {
-  Bitboard dummy;
-  __asm__("bsfq %1, %0": "=r"(dummy): "rm"(b) );
-  return (Square)(dummy);
 }
 
-inline Square pop_1st_bit(Bitboard* b) {
+
-  const Square s = first_1(*b);
+/// Functions for computing sliding attack bitboards. Function attacks_bb() takes
-  *b &= ~(1ULL<<s);
+/// a square and a bitboard of occupied squares as input, and returns a bitboard
+/// representing all squares attacked by Pt (bishop or rook) on the given square.
+template<PieceType Pt>
+FORCE_INLINE unsigned magic_index(Square s, Bitboard occ) {
+
+  Bitboard* const Masks  = Pt == ROOK ? RMasks  : BMasks;
+  Bitboard* const Magics = Pt == ROOK ? RMagics : BMagics;
+  unsigned* const Shifts = Pt == ROOK ? RShifts : BShifts;
+
+  if (Is64Bit)
+      return unsigned(((occ & Masks[s]) * Magics[s]) >> Shifts[s]);
+
+  unsigned lo = unsigned(occ) & unsigned(Masks[s]);
+  unsigned hi = unsigned(occ >> 32) & unsigned(Masks[s] >> 32);
+  return (lo * unsigned(Magics[s]) ^ hi * unsigned(Magics[s] >> 32)) >> Shifts[s];
+}
+
+template<PieceType Pt>
+inline Bitboard attacks_bb(Square s, Bitboard occ) {
+  return (Pt == ROOK ? RAttacks : BAttacks)[s][magic_index<Pt>(s, occ)];
+}
+
+
+/// lsb()/msb() finds the least/most significant bit in a nonzero bitboard.
+/// pop_lsb() finds and clears the least significant bit in a nonzero bitboard.
+
+#if defined(USE_BSFQ)
+
+#  if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square lsb(Bitboard b) {
+  unsigned long index;
+  _BitScanForward64(&index, b);
+  return (Square) index;
+}
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square msb(Bitboard b) {
+  unsigned long index;
+  _BitScanReverse64(&index, b);
+  return (Square) index;
+}
+
+#  elif defined(__arm__)
+
+FORCE_INLINE int lsb32(uint32_t v) {
+  __asm__("rbit %0, %1" : "=r"(v) : "r"(v));
+  return __builtin_clz(v);
+}
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square msb(Bitboard b) {
+  return (Square) (63 - __builtin_clzll(b));
+}
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square lsb(Bitboard b) {
+  return (Square) (uint32_t(b) ? lsb32(uint32_t(b)) : 32 + lsb32(uint32_t(b >> 32)));
+}
+
+#  else
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square lsb(Bitboard b) { // Assembly code by Heinz van Saanen
+  Bitboard index;
+  __asm__("bsfq %1, %0": "=r"(index): "rm"(b) );
+  return (Square) index;
+}
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square msb(Bitboard b) {
+  Bitboard index;
+  __asm__("bsrq %1, %0": "=r"(index): "rm"(b) );
+  return (Square) index;
+}
+
+#  endif
+
+FORCE_INLINE Square pop_lsb(Bitboard* b) {
+  const Square s = lsb(*b);
+  *b &= *b - 1;
   return s;
 }
 
 #else // if !defined(USE_BSFQ)
 
-extern Square first_1(Bitboard b);
+extern Square msb(Bitboard b);
-extern Square pop_1st_bit(Bitboard* b);
+extern Square lsb(Bitboard b);
+extern Square pop_lsb(Bitboard* b);
 
 #endif
 
-
-////
-//// Prototypes
-////
-
-extern void print_bitboard(Bitboard b);
-extern void init_bitboards();
-
-
 #endif // !defined(BITBOARD_H_INCLUDED)

src/bitcount.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,108 +18,88 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(BITCOUNT_H_INCLUDED)
 #define BITCOUNT_H_INCLUDED
 
+#include <cassert>
 #include "types.h"
 
 enum BitCountType {
-    CNT64,
+  CNT_64,
-    CNT64_MAX15,
+  CNT_64_MAX15,
-    CNT32,
+  CNT_32,
-    CNT32_MAX15,
+  CNT_32_MAX15,
-    CNT_POPCNT
+  CNT_HW_POPCNT
 };
 
-/// count_1s() counts the number of nonzero bits in a bitboard.
+/// Determine at compile time the best popcount<> specialization according if
-/// We have different optimized versions according if platform
+/// platform is 32 or 64 bits, to the maximum number of nonzero bits to count
-/// is 32 or 64 bits, and to the maximum number of nonzero bits.
+/// and if hardware popcnt instruction is available.
-/// We also support hardware popcnt instruction. See Readme.txt
+const BitCountType Full  = HasPopCnt ? CNT_HW_POPCNT : Is64Bit ? CNT_64 : CNT_32;
-/// on how to pgo compile with popcnt support.
+const BitCountType Max15 = HasPopCnt ? CNT_HW_POPCNT : Is64Bit ? CNT_64_MAX15 : CNT_32_MAX15;
-template<BitCountType> inline int count_1s(Bitboard);
+
+
+/// popcount() counts the number of nonzero bits in a bitboard
+template<BitCountType> inline int popcount(Bitboard);
 
 template<>
-inline int count_1s<CNT64>(Bitboard b) {
+inline int popcount<CNT_64>(Bitboard b) {
-  b -= ((b>>1) & 0x5555555555555555ULL);
-  b = ((b>>2) & 0x3333333333333333ULL) + (b & 0x3333333333333333ULL);
-  b = ((b>>4) + b) & 0x0F0F0F0F0F0F0F0FULL;
-  b *= 0x0101010101010101ULL;
-  return int(b >> 56);
-}
-
-template<>
-inline int count_1s<CNT64_MAX15>(Bitboard b) {
   b -=  (b >> 1) & 0x5555555555555555ULL;
   b  = ((b >> 2) & 0x3333333333333333ULL) + (b & 0x3333333333333333ULL);
-  b *= 0x1111111111111111ULL;
+  b  = ((b >> 4) + b) & 0x0F0F0F0F0F0F0F0FULL;
-  return int(b >> 60);
+  return (b * 0x0101010101010101ULL) >> 56;
 }
 
 template<>
-inline int count_1s<CNT32>(Bitboard b) {
+inline int popcount<CNT_64_MAX15>(Bitboard b) {
+  b -=  (b >> 1) & 0x5555555555555555ULL;
+  b  = ((b >> 2) & 0x3333333333333333ULL) + (b & 0x3333333333333333ULL);
+  return (b * 0x1111111111111111ULL) >> 60;
+}
+
+template<>
+inline int popcount<CNT_32>(Bitboard b) {
   unsigned w = unsigned(b >> 32), v = unsigned(b);
   v -=  (v >> 1) & 0x55555555; // 0-2 in 2 bits
   w -=  (w >> 1) & 0x55555555;
   v  = ((v >> 2) & 0x33333333) + (v & 0x33333333); // 0-4 in 4 bits
   w  = ((w >> 2) & 0x33333333) + (w & 0x33333333);
-  v = ((v >> 4) + v) & 0x0F0F0F0F; // 0-8 in 8 bits
+  v  = ((v >> 4) + v + (w >> 4) + w) & 0x0F0F0F0F;
-  v += (((w >> 4) + w) & 0x0F0F0F0F);  // 0-16 in 8 bits
+  return (v * 0x01010101) >> 24;
-  v *= 0x01010101; // mul is fast on amd procs
-  return int(v >> 24);
 }
 
 template<>
-inline int count_1s<CNT32_MAX15>(Bitboard b) {
+inline int popcount<CNT_32_MAX15>(Bitboard b) {
   unsigned w = unsigned(b >> 32), v = unsigned(b);
   v -=  (v >> 1) & 0x55555555; // 0-2 in 2 bits
   w -=  (w >> 1) & 0x55555555;
   v  = ((v >> 2) & 0x33333333) + (v & 0x33333333); // 0-4 in 4 bits
   w  = ((w >> 2) & 0x33333333) + (w & 0x33333333);
-  v += w; // 0-8 in 4 bits
+  return ((v + w) * 0x11111111) >> 28;
-  v *= 0x11111111;
-  return int(v >> 28);
 }
 
 template<>
-inline int count_1s<CNT_POPCNT>(Bitboard b) {
+inline int popcount<CNT_HW_POPCNT>(Bitboard b) {
+
 #if !defined(USE_POPCNT)
-  return int(b != 0); // Avoid 'b not used' warning
+
+  assert(false);
+  return b != 0; // Avoid 'b not used' warning
+
+#elif defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+
+  return _mm_popcnt_u64(b);
+
 #elif defined(_MSC_VER)
-  return __popcnt64(b);
+
-#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+  return (int)__popcnt64(b);
-  unsigned long ret;
+
-  __asm__("popcnt %1, %0" : "=r" (ret) : "r" (b));
+#else
-  return ret;
+
+  __asm__("popcnt %1, %0" : "=r" (b) : "r" (b));
+  return b;
+
 #endif
 }
 
-
-/// cpu_has_popcnt() detects support for popcnt instruction at runtime
-inline bool cpu_has_popcnt() {
-
-  int CPUInfo[4] = {-1};
-  __cpuid(CPUInfo, 0x00000001);
-  return (CPUInfo[2] >> 23) & 1;
-}
-
-
-/// CpuHasPOPCNT is a global constant initialized at startup that
-/// is set to true if CPU on which application runs supports popcnt
-/// hardware instruction. Unless USE_POPCNT is not defined.
-#if defined(USE_POPCNT)
-const bool CpuHasPOPCNT = cpu_has_popcnt();
-#else
-const bool CpuHasPOPCNT = false;
-#endif
-
-
-/// CpuIs64Bit is a global constant initialized at compile time that
-/// is set to true if CPU on which application runs is a 64 bits.
-#if defined(IS_64BIT)
-const bool CpuIs64Bit = true;
-#else
-const bool CpuIs64Bit = false;
-#endif
-
 #endif // !defined(BITCOUNT_H_INCLUDED)

src/book.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,36 +17,44 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 /*
   The code in this file is based on the opening book code in PolyGlot
   by Fabien Letouzey. PolyGlot is available under the GNU General
   Public License, and can be downloaded from http://wbec-ridderkerk.nl
 */
 
-
+#include <algorithm>
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <cassert>
+#include <iostream>
 
 #include "book.h"
+#include "misc.h"
 #include "movegen.h"
 
 using namespace std;
 
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
-
 namespace {
 
-  // Book entry size in bytes
+  // A Polyglot book is a series of "entries" of 16 bytes. All integers are
-  const int EntrySize = 16;
+  // stored in big-endian format, with highest byte first (regardless of size).
+  // The entries are ordered according to the key in ascending order.
+  struct Entry {
+    uint64_t key;
+    uint16_t move;
+    uint16_t count;
+    uint32_t learn;
+  };
 
   // Random numbers from PolyGlot, used to compute book hash keys
-  const uint64_t Random64[781] = {
+  const union {
+    Key PolyGlotRandoms[781];
+    struct {
+      Key psq[12][64];  // [piece][square]
+      Key castle[4];    // [castle right]
+      Key enpassant[8]; // [file]
+      Key turn;
+    } Zobrist;
+  } PG = {{
     0x9D39247E33776D41ULL, 0x2AF7398005AAA5C7ULL, 0x44DB015024623547ULL,
     0x9C15F73E62A76AE2ULL, 0x75834465489C0C89ULL, 0x3290AC3A203001BFULL,
     0x0FBBAD1F61042279ULL, 0xE83A908FF2FB60CAULL, 0x0D7E765D58755C10ULL,
@@ -308,280 +316,163 @@ namespace {
     0x003A93D8B2806962ULL, 0x1C99DED33CB890A1ULL, 0xCF3145DE0ADD4289ULL,
     0xD0E4427A5514FB72ULL, 0x77C621CC9FB3A483ULL, 0x67A34DAC4356550BULL,
     0xF8D626AAAF278509ULL
-  };
+  }};
 
-  // Indices to the Random64[] array
+  // polyglot_key() returns the PolyGlot hash key of the given position
-  const int PieceIdx     = 0;
+  Key polyglot_key(const Position& pos) {
-  const int CastleIdx    = 768;
-  const int EnPassantIdx = 772;
-  const int TurnIdx      = 780;
 
-  // Local functions
+    Key key = 0;
-  uint64_t book_key(const Position& pos);
+    Bitboard b = pos.pieces();
-  uint64_t book_piece_key(Piece p, Square s);
-  uint64_t book_castle_key(const Position& pos);
-  uint64_t book_ep_key(const Position& pos);
-  uint64_t book_color_key(const Position& pos);
-}
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-// C'tor. Make random number generation less deterministic, for book moves
-Book::Book() {
-
-  for (int i = abs(get_system_time() % 10000); i > 0; i--)
-      RKiss.rand<unsigned>();
-}
-
-
-/// Destructor. Be sure file is closed before we leave.
-
-Book::~Book() {
-
-  close();
-}
-
-
-/// Book::close() closes the file only if it is open, otherwise
-/// we can end up in a little mess due to how std::ifstream works.
-
-void Book::close() {
-
-  if (is_open())
-      ifstream::close();
-}
-
-
-/// Book::open() opens a book file with a given file name
-
-void Book::open(const string& fName) {
-
-  // Close old file before opening the new
-  close();
-
-  fileName = fName;
-  ifstream::open(fileName.c_str(), ifstream::in | ifstream::binary);
-
-  // Silently return when asked to open a non-exsistent file
-  if (!is_open())
-      return;
-
-  // Get the book size in number of entries
-  seekg(0, ios::end);
-  bookSize = long(tellg()) / EntrySize;
-  seekg(0, ios::beg);
-
-  if (!good())
-  {
-      cerr << "Failed to open book file " << fileName << endl;
-      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/// Book::file_name() returns the file name of the currently active book,
-/// or the empty string if no book is open.
-
-const string Book::file_name() { // Not const to compile on HP-UX 11.X
-
-  return is_open() ? fileName : "";
-}
-
-
-/// Book::get_move() gets a book move for a given position. Returns
-/// MOVE_NONE if no book move is found.
-
-Move Book::get_move(const Position& pos, bool findBestMove) {
-
-  if (!is_open() || bookSize == 0)
-      return MOVE_NONE;
-
-  BookEntry entry;
-  int bookMove = MOVE_NONE;
-  unsigned scoresSum = 0, bestScore = 0;
-  uint64_t key = book_key(pos);
-
-  // Choose a book move among the possible moves for the given position
-  for (int idx = find_key(key); idx < bookSize; idx++)
-  {
-      read_entry(entry, idx);
-      if (entry.key != key)
-          break;
-
-      unsigned score = entry.count;
-
-      // If findBestMove is true choose highest rated book move
-      if (findBestMove)
-      {
-          if (score > bestScore)
-          {
-              bestScore = score;
-              bookMove = entry.move;
-          }
-          continue;
-      }
-
-      // Choose book move according to its score. If a move has a very
-      // high score it has more probability to be choosen then a one with
-      // lower score. Note that first entry is always chosen.
-      scoresSum += score;
-      if (RKiss.rand<unsigned>() % scoresSum < score)
-          bookMove = entry.move;
-  }
-  if (!bookMove)
-      return MOVE_NONE;
-
-  // Verify the book move is legal
-  MoveStack mlist[MOVES_MAX];
-  MoveStack* last = generate_moves(pos, mlist);
-  for (MoveStack* cur = mlist; cur != last; cur++)
-      if ((int(cur->move) & 07777) == bookMove)
-          return cur->move;
-
-  return MOVE_NONE;
-}
-
-
-/// Book::find_key() takes a book key as input, and does a binary search
-/// through the book file for the given key. The index to the first book
-/// entry with the same key as the input is returned. When the key is not
-/// found in the book file, bookSize is returned.
-
-int Book::find_key(uint64_t key) {
-
-  int left, right, mid;
-  BookEntry entry;
-
-  // Binary search (finds the leftmost entry)
-  left = 0;
-  right = bookSize - 1;
-
-  assert(left <= right);
-
-  while (left < right)
-  {
-      mid = (left + right) / 2;
-
-      assert(mid >= left && mid < right);
-
-      read_entry(entry, mid);
-
-      if (key <= entry.key)
-          right = mid;
-      else
-          left = mid + 1;
-  }
-
-  assert(left == right);
-
-  read_entry(entry, left);
-  return entry.key == key ? left : bookSize;
-}
-
-
-/// Book::read_entry() takes a BookEntry reference and an integer index as
-/// input, and looks up the opening book entry at the given index in the book
-/// file. The book entry is copied to the first input parameter.
-
-void Book::read_entry(BookEntry& entry, int idx) {
-
-  assert(idx >= 0 && idx < bookSize);
-  assert(is_open());
-
-  seekg(idx * EntrySize, ios_base::beg);
-
-  *this >> entry;
-
-  if (!good())
-  {
-      cerr << "Failed to read book entry at index " << idx << endl;
-      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-  }
-}
-
-
-/// Book::read_integer() reads size chars from the file stream
-/// and converts them in an integer number.
-
-uint64_t Book::read_integer(int size) {
-
-  char buf[8];
-  uint64_t n = 0;
-
-  read(buf, size);
-
-  // Numbers are stored on disk as a binary byte stream
-  for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
-      n = (n << 8) + (unsigned char)buf[i];
-
-  return n;
-}
-
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
-
-namespace {
-
-  uint64_t book_key(const Position& pos) {
-
-    uint64_t result = 0;
-    Bitboard b = pos.occupied_squares();
 
     while (b)
     {
-        Square s = pop_1st_bit(&b);
+        Square s = pop_lsb(&b);
-        result ^= book_piece_key(pos.piece_on(s), s);
+        Piece p = pos.piece_on(s);
+
+        // PolyGlot pieces are: BP = 0, WP = 1, BN = 2, ... BK = 10, WK = 11
+        key ^= PG.Zobrist.psq[2 * (type_of(p) - 1) + (color_of(p) == WHITE)][s];
     }
 
-    result ^= book_castle_key(pos);
+    b = pos.can_castle(ALL_CASTLES);
-    result ^= book_ep_key(pos);
+
-    result ^= book_color_key(pos);
+    while (b)
-    return result;
+        key ^= PG.Zobrist.castle[pop_lsb(&b)];
+
+    if (pos.ep_square() != SQ_NONE)
+        key ^= PG.Zobrist.enpassant[file_of(pos.ep_square())];
+
+    if (pos.side_to_move() == WHITE)
+        key ^= PG.Zobrist.turn;
+
+    return key;
+  }
+
+} // namespace
+
+PolyglotBook::PolyglotBook() : rkiss(Time::now() % 10000) {}
+
+PolyglotBook::~PolyglotBook() { if (is_open()) close(); }
+
+
+/// operator>>() reads sizeof(T) chars from the file's binary byte stream and
+/// converts them in a number of type T. A Polyglot book stores numbers in
+/// big-endian format.
+
+template<typename T> PolyglotBook& PolyglotBook::operator>>(T& n) {
+
+  n = 0;
+  for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(T); i++)
+      n = T((n << 8) + ifstream::get());
+
+  return *this;
+}
+
+template<> PolyglotBook& PolyglotBook::operator>>(Entry& e) {
+  return *this >> e.key >> e.move >> e.count >> e.learn;
 }
 
 
-  uint64_t book_piece_key(Piece p, Square s) {
+/// open() tries to open a book file with the given name after closing any
+/// exsisting one.
 
-    // Convert pieces to the range 0..11
+bool PolyglotBook::open(const char* fName) {
-    static const int PieceTo12[] = { 0, 0, 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 0, 0, 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11 };
 
-    return Random64[PieceIdx + (PieceTo12[int(p)]^1) * 64 + int(s)];
+  if (is_open()) // Cannot close an already closed file
+      close();
+
+  ifstream::open(fName, ifstream::in | ifstream::binary);
+
+  fileName = is_open() ? fName : "";
+  ifstream::clear(); // Reset any error flag to allow retry ifstream::open()
+  return !fileName.empty();
 }
 
 
-  uint64_t book_castle_key(const Position& pos) {
+/// probe() tries to find a book move for the given position. If no move is
+/// found returns MOVE_NONE. If pickBest is true returns always the highest
+/// rated move, otherwise randomly chooses one, based on the move score.
 
-    uint64_t result = 0;
+Move PolyglotBook::probe(const Position& pos, const string& fName, bool pickBest) {
 
-    if (pos.can_castle_kingside(WHITE))
+  if (fileName != fName && !open(fName.c_str()))
-        result ^= Random64[CastleIdx + 0];
+      return MOVE_NONE;
 
-    if (pos.can_castle_queenside(WHITE))
+  Entry e;
-        result ^= Random64[CastleIdx + 1];
+  uint16_t best = 0;
+  unsigned sum = 0;
+  Move move = MOVE_NONE;
+  Key key = polyglot_key(pos);
 
-    if (pos.can_castle_kingside(BLACK))
+  seekg(find_first(key) * sizeof(Entry), ios_base::beg);
-        result ^= Random64[CastleIdx + 2];
 
-    if (pos.can_castle_queenside(BLACK))
+  while (*this >> e, e.key == key && good())
-        result ^= Random64[CastleIdx + 3];
+  {
+      best = max(best, e.count);
+      sum += e.count;
 
-    return result;
+      // Choose book move according to its score. If a move has a very
+      // high score it has higher probability to be choosen than a move
+      // with lower score. Note that first entry is always chosen.
+      if (   (sum && rkiss.rand<unsigned>() % sum < e.count)
+          || (pickBest && e.count == best))
+          move = Move(e.move);
+  }
+
+  if (!move)
+      return MOVE_NONE;
+
+  // A PolyGlot book move is encoded as follows:
+  //
+  // bit  0- 5: destination square (from 0 to 63)
+  // bit  6-11: origin square (from 0 to 63)
+  // bit 12-14: promotion piece (from KNIGHT == 1 to QUEEN == 4)
+  //
+  // Castling moves follow "king captures rook" representation. So in case book
+  // move is a promotion we have to convert to our representation, in all the
+  // other cases we can directly compare with a Move after having masked out
+  // the special Move's flags (bit 14-15) that are not supported by PolyGlot.
+  int pt = (move >> 12) & 7;
+  if (pt)
+      move = make<PROMOTION>(from_sq(move), to_sq(move), PieceType(pt + 1));
+
+  // Add 'special move' flags and verify it is legal
+  for (MoveList<LEGAL> ml(pos); !ml.end(); ++ml)
+      if (move == (ml.move() ^ type_of(ml.move())))
+          return ml.move();
+
+  return MOVE_NONE;
 }
 
 
-  uint64_t book_ep_key(const Position& pos) {
+/// find_first() takes a book key as input, and does a binary search through
+/// the book file for the given key. Returns the index of the leftmost book
+/// entry with the same key as the input.
 
-    return pos.ep_square() == SQ_NONE ? 0 : Random64[EnPassantIdx + square_file(pos.ep_square())];
+size_t PolyglotBook::find_first(Key key) {
+
+  seekg(0, ios::end); // Move pointer to end, so tellg() gets file's size
+
+  size_t low = 0, mid, high = (size_t)tellg() / sizeof(Entry) - 1;
+  Entry e;
+
+  assert(low <= high);
+
+  while (low < high && good())
+  {
+      mid = (low + high) / 2;
+
+      assert(mid >= low && mid < high);
+
+      seekg(mid * sizeof(Entry), ios_base::beg);
+      *this >> e;
+
+      if (key <= e.key)
+          high = mid;
+      else
+          low = mid + 1;
   }
 
+  assert(low == high);
 
-  uint64_t book_color_key(const Position& pos) {
+  return low;
-
-    return pos.side_to_move() == WHITE ? Random64[TurnIdx] : 0;
-  }
 }

src/book.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,65 +17,29 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-/*
-  The code in this file is based on the opening book code in PolyGlot
-  by Fabien Letouzey.  PolyGlot is available under the GNU General
-  Public License, and can be downloaded from http://wbec-ridderkerk.nl
-*/
-
-
 #if !defined(BOOK_H_INCLUDED)
 #define BOOK_H_INCLUDED
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <fstream>
 #include <string>
 
-#include "move.h"
 #include "position.h"
 #include "rkiss.h"
 
-
+class PolyglotBook : private std::ifstream {
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-struct BookEntry {
-  uint64_t key;
-  uint16_t move;
-  uint16_t count;
-  uint16_t n;
-  uint16_t sum;
-};
-
-class Book : private std::ifstream {
-  Book(const Book&); // just decleared..
-  Book& operator=(const Book&); // ..to avoid a warning
 public:
-  Book();
+  PolyglotBook();
-  ~Book();
+ ~PolyglotBook();
-  void open(const std::string& fName);
+  Move probe(const Position& pos, const std::string& fName, bool pickBest);
-  void close();
-  const std::string file_name();
-  Move get_move(const Position& pos, bool findBestMove);
 
 private:
-  Book& operator>>(uint64_t& n) { n = read_integer(8); return *this; }
+  template<typename T> PolyglotBook& operator>>(T& n);
-  Book& operator>>(uint16_t& n) { n = (uint16_t)read_integer(2); return *this; }
-  void operator>>(BookEntry& e) { *this >> e.key >> e.move >> e.count >> e.n >> e.sum; }
 
-  uint64_t read_integer(int size);
+  bool open(const char* fName);
-  void read_entry(BookEntry& e, int n);
+  size_t find_first(Key key);
-  int find_key(uint64_t key);
 
+  RKISS rkiss;
   std::string fileName;
-  int bookSize;
-  RKISS RKiss;
 };
 
 #endif // !defined(BOOK_H_INCLUDED)

src/depth.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(DEPTH_H_INCLUDED)
-#define DEPTH_H_INCLUDED
-
-#include "types.h"
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-enum Depth {
-
-  ONE_PLY = 2,
-
-  DEPTH_ZERO         =  0 * ONE_PLY,
-  DEPTH_QS_CHECKS    = -1 * ONE_PLY,
-  DEPTH_QS_NO_CHECKS = -2 * ONE_PLY,
-
-  DEPTH_NONE = -127 * ONE_PLY
-};
-
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Depth)
-
-#endif // !defined(DEPTH_H_INCLUDED)

src/endgame.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,37 +17,38 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(ENDGAME_H_INCLUDED)
 #define ENDGAME_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include <map>
-//// Includes
+#include <string>
-////
 
 #include "position.h"
-#include "value.h"
+#include "types.h"
 
 
-////
+/// EndgameType lists all supported endgames
-//// Types
-////
 
 enum EndgameType {
 
   // Evaluation functions
+
   KXK,   // Generic "mate lone king" eval
   KBNK,  // KBN vs K
   KPK,   // KP vs K
   KRKP,  // KR vs KP
   KRKB,  // KR vs KB
   KRKN,  // KR vs KN
+  KQKP,  // KQ vs KP
   KQKR,  // KQ vs KR
   KBBKN, // KBB vs KN
   KNNK,  // KNN vs K
   KmmKm, // K and two minors vs K and one or two minors
 
+
   // Scaling functions
+  SCALE_FUNS,
+
   KBPsK,   // KB+pawns vs K
   KQKRPs,  // KQ vs KR+pawns
   KRPKR,   // KRP vs KR
@@ -57,48 +58,65 @@ enum EndgameType {
   KBPPKB,  // KBPP vs KB
   KBPKN,   // KBP vs KN
   KNPK,    // KNP vs K
+  KNPKB,   // KNP vs KB
   KPKP     // KP vs KP
 };
 
-/// Template abstract base class for all special endgame functions
+
+/// Endgame functions can be of two types according if return a Value or a
+/// ScaleFactor. Type eg_fun<int>::type equals to either ScaleFactor or Value
+/// depending if the template parameter is 0 or 1.
+
+template<int> struct eg_fun { typedef Value type; };
+template<> struct eg_fun<1> { typedef ScaleFactor type; };
+
+
+/// Base and derived templates for endgame evaluation and scaling functions
 
 template<typename T>
-class EndgameFunctionBase {
+struct EndgameBase {
-public:
-  EndgameFunctionBase(Color c) : strongerSide(c), weakerSide(opposite_color(c)) {}
-  virtual ~EndgameFunctionBase() {}
-  virtual T apply(const Position&) const = 0;
-  Color color() const { return strongerSide; }
 
-protected:
+  virtual ~EndgameBase() {}
+  virtual Color color() const = 0;
+  virtual T operator()(const Position&) const = 0;
+};
+
+
+template<EndgameType E, typename T = typename eg_fun<(E > SCALE_FUNS)>::type>
+struct Endgame : public EndgameBase<T> {
+
+  explicit Endgame(Color c) : strongerSide(c), weakerSide(~c) {}
+  Color color() const { return strongerSide; }
+  T operator()(const Position&) const;
+
+private:
   Color strongerSide, weakerSide;
 };
 
-typedef EndgameFunctionBase<Value> EndgameEvaluationFunctionBase;
-typedef EndgameFunctionBase<ScaleFactor> EndgameScalingFunctionBase;
 
+/// Endgames class stores in two std::map the pointers to endgame evaluation
+/// and scaling base objects. Then we use polymorphism to invoke the actual
+/// endgame function calling its operator() that is virtual.
 
-/// Templates subclass for various concrete endgames
+class Endgames {
 
-template<EndgameType>
+  typedef std::map<Key, EndgameBase<eg_fun<0>::type>*> M1;
-struct EvaluationFunction : public EndgameEvaluationFunctionBase {
+  typedef std::map<Key, EndgameBase<eg_fun<1>::type>*> M2;
-  typedef EndgameEvaluationFunctionBase Base;
+
-  explicit EvaluationFunction(Color c): EndgameEvaluationFunctionBase(c) {}
+  M1 m1;
-  Value apply(const Position&) const;
+  M2 m2;
+
+  M1& map(M1::mapped_type) { return m1; }
+  M2& map(M2::mapped_type) { return m2; }
+
+  template<EndgameType E> void add(const std::string& code);
+
+public:
+  Endgames();
+ ~Endgames();
+
+  template<typename T> T probe(Key key, T& eg)
+  { return eg = map(eg).count(key) ? map(eg)[key] : NULL; }
 };
 
-template<EndgameType>
-struct ScalingFunction : public EndgameScalingFunctionBase {
-  typedef EndgameScalingFunctionBase Base;
-  explicit ScalingFunction(Color c) : EndgameScalingFunctionBase(c) {}
-  ScaleFactor apply(const Position&) const;
-};
-
-
-////
-//// Prototypes
-////
-
-extern void init_bitbases();
-
 #endif // !defined(ENDGAME_H_INCLUDED)

src/evaluate.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,18 +17,19 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(EVALUATE_H_INCLUDED)
 #define EVALUATE_H_INCLUDED
 
-#include "color.h"
+#include "types.h"
-#include "value.h"
 
 class Position;
 
+namespace Eval {
+
+extern void init();
 extern Value evaluate(const Position& pos, Value& margin);
-extern void init_eval(int threads);
+extern std::string trace(const Position& pos);
-extern void quit_eval();
+
-extern void read_evaluation_uci_options(Color sideToMove);
+}
 
 #endif // !defined(EVALUATE_H_INCLUDED)

src/history.cpp

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cassert>
-#include <cstring>
-
-#include "history.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-
-/// Constructor
-
-History::History() { clear(); }
-
-
-/// History::clear() clears the history tables
-
-void History::clear() {
-  memset(history, 0, 16 * 64 * sizeof(int));
-  memset(maxStaticValueDelta, 0, 16 * 64 * sizeof(int));
-}
-
-
-/// History::success() registers a move as being successful. This is done
-/// whenever a non-capturing move causes a beta cutoff in the main search.
-/// The three parameters are the moving piece, the destination square, and
-/// the search depth.
-
-void History::success(Piece p, Square to, Depth d) {
-
-  assert(piece_is_ok(p));
-  assert(square_is_ok(to));
-
-  history[p][to] += int(d) * int(d);
-
-  // Prevent history overflow
-  if (history[p][to] >= HistoryMax)
-      for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
-          for (int j = 0; j < 64; j++)
-              history[i][j] /= 2;
-}
-
-
-/// History::failure() registers a move as being unsuccessful. The function is
-/// called for each non-capturing move which failed to produce a beta cutoff
-/// at a node where a beta cutoff was finally found.
-
-void History::failure(Piece p, Square to, Depth d) {
-
-  assert(piece_is_ok(p));
-  assert(square_is_ok(to));
-
-  history[p][to] -= int(d) * int(d);
-
-  // Prevent history underflow
-  if (history[p][to] <= -HistoryMax)
-      for (int i = 0; i < 16; i++)
-          for (int j = 0; j < 64; j++)
-              history[i][j] /= 2;
-}
-
-
-/// History::set_gain() and History::gain() store and retrieve the
-/// gain of a move given the delta of the static position evaluations
-/// before and after the move.
-
-void History::set_gain(Piece p, Square to, Value delta) {
-
-  if (delta >= maxStaticValueDelta[p][to])
-      maxStaticValueDelta[p][to] = delta;
-  else
-      maxStaticValueDelta[p][to]--;
-}

src/history.h

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(HISTORY_H_INCLUDED)
-#define HISTORY_H_INCLUDED
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include "depth.h"
-#include "move.h"
-#include "piece.h"
-#include "value.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-/// The History class stores statistics about how often different moves
-/// have been successful or unsuccessful during the current search. These
-/// statistics are used for reduction and move ordering decisions. History
-/// entries are stored according only to moving piece and destination square,
-/// in particular two moves with different origin but same destination and
-/// same piece will be considered identical.
-
-class History {
-
-public:
-  History();
-  void clear();
-  void success(Piece p, Square to, Depth d);
-  void failure(Piece p, Square to, Depth d);
-  int value(Piece p, Square to) const;
-  void set_gain(Piece p, Square to, Value delta);
-  Value gain(Piece p, Square to) const;
-
-private:
-  int history[16][64];  // [piece][square]
-  int maxStaticValueDelta[16][64];  // [piece][from_square][to_square]
-};
-
-
-////
-//// Constants and variables
-////
-
-/// HistoryMax controls how often the history counters will be scaled down:
-/// When the history score for a move gets bigger than HistoryMax, all
-/// entries in the table are divided by 2. It is difficult to guess what
-/// the ideal value of this constant is. Scaling down the scores often has
-/// the effect that parts of the search tree which have been searched
-/// recently have a bigger importance for move ordering than the moves which
-/// have been searched a long time ago.
-
-const int HistoryMax = 50000 * ONE_PLY;
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline int History::value(Piece p, Square to) const {
-  return history[p][to];
-}
-
-inline Value History::gain(Piece p, Square to) const {
-  return Value(maxStaticValueDelta[p][to]);
-}
-
-#endif // !defined(HISTORY_H_INCLUDED)

src/lock.h

@@ -1,81 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(LOCK_H_INCLUDED)
-#define LOCK_H_INCLUDED
-
-
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-#  include <pthread.h>
-
-typedef pthread_mutex_t Lock;
-typedef pthread_cond_t WaitCondition;
-
-#  define lock_init(x) pthread_mutex_init(x, NULL)
-#  define lock_grab(x) pthread_mutex_lock(x)
-#  define lock_release(x) pthread_mutex_unlock(x)
-#  define lock_destroy(x) pthread_mutex_destroy(x)
-#  define cond_destroy(x) pthread_cond_destroy(x)
-#  define cond_init(x) pthread_cond_init(x, NULL)
-#  define cond_signal(x) pthread_cond_signal(x)
-#  define cond_wait(x,y) pthread_cond_wait(x,y)
-
-#else
-
-#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-#include <windows.h>
-#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
-
-// Default fast and race free locks and condition variables
-#if !defined(OLD_LOCKS)
-
-typedef SRWLOCK Lock;
-typedef CONDITION_VARIABLE WaitCondition;
-
-#  define lock_init(x) InitializeSRWLock(x)
-#  define lock_grab(x) AcquireSRWLockExclusive(x)
-#  define lock_release(x) ReleaseSRWLockExclusive(x)
-#  define lock_destroy(x) (x)
-#  define cond_destroy(x) (x)
-#  define cond_init(x) InitializeConditionVariable(x)
-#  define cond_signal(x) WakeConditionVariable(x)
-#  define cond_wait(x,y) SleepConditionVariableSRW(x, y, INFINITE,0)
-
-// Fallback solution to build for Windows XP and older versions, note that
-// cond_wait() is racy between lock_release() and WaitForSingleObject().
-#else
-
-typedef CRITICAL_SECTION Lock;
-typedef HANDLE WaitCondition;
-
-#  define lock_init(x) InitializeCriticalSection(x)
-#  define lock_grab(x) EnterCriticalSection(x)
-#  define lock_release(x) LeaveCriticalSection(x)
-#  define lock_destroy(x) DeleteCriticalSection(x)
-#  define cond_init(x) { *x = CreateEvent(0, FALSE, FALSE, 0); }
-#  define cond_destroy(x) CloseHandle(*x)
-#  define cond_signal(x) SetEvent(*x)
-#  define cond_wait(x,y) { lock_release(y); WaitForSingleObject(*x, INFINITE); lock_grab(y); }
-#endif
-
-#endif
-
-#endif // !defined(LOCK_H_INCLUDED)

src/main.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,94 +17,36 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-// To profile with callgrind uncomment following line
-//#define USE_CALLGRIND
-
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <iostream>
 #include <string>
 
 #include "bitboard.h"
-#include "bitcount.h"
-#include "endgame.h"
 #include "evaluate.h"
-#include "material.h"
-#include "misc.h"
 #include "position.h"
 #include "search.h"
 #include "thread.h"
+#include "tt.h"
 #include "ucioption.h"
 
-#ifdef USE_CALLGRIND
-#include <valgrind/callgrind.h>
-#endif
-
-using namespace std;
-
-extern bool execute_uci_command(const string& cmd);
-extern void benchmark(int argc, char* argv[]);
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
 int main(int argc, char* argv[]) {
 
-  // Disable IO buffering
+  std::cout << engine_info() << std::endl;
-  cout.rdbuf()->pubsetbuf(NULL, 0);
-  cin.rdbuf()->pubsetbuf(NULL, 0);
 
-  // Startup initializations
+  UCI::init(Options);
-  init_bitboards();
+  Bitboards::init();
-  init_uci_options();
+  Zobrist::init();
-  Position::init_zobrist();
+  Bitbases::init_kpk();
-  Position::init_piece_square_tables();
+  Search::init();
-  init_eval(1);
+  Eval::init();
-  init_bitbases();
+  Threads.init();
-  init_search();
+  TT.set_size(Options["Hash"]);
-  init_threads();
 
-#ifdef USE_CALLGRIND
+  std::string args;
-  CALLGRIND_START_INSTRUMENTATION;
-#endif
 
-  if (argc <= 1)
+  for (int i = 1; i < argc; i++)
-  {
+      args += std::string(argv[i]) + " ";
-      // Print copyright notice
-      cout << engine_name()
-           << " by Tord Romstad, Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski" << endl;
 
-      if (CpuHasPOPCNT)
+  UCI::loop(args);
-          cout << "Good! CPU has hardware POPCNT." << endl;
 
-      // Wait for a command from the user, and passes this command to
+  Threads.exit();
-      // execute_uci_command() and also intercepts EOF from stdin, by
-      // translating EOF to the "quit" command. This ensures that we
-      // exit gracefully if the GUI dies unexpectedly.
-      string cmd;
-
-      do {
-          // Wait for a command from stdin
-          if (!getline(cin, cmd))
-              cmd = "quit";
-
-      } while (execute_uci_command(cmd));
-  }
-  else // Process command line arguments
-  {
-      if (string(argv[1]) != "bench" || argc > 7)
-          cout << "Usage: stockfish bench [hash size = 128] [threads = 1] "
-               << "[limit = 12] [fen positions file = default] "
-               << "[depth, time, perft or node limited = depth]" << endl;
-      else
-          benchmark(argc, argv);
-  }
-
-  exit_threads();
-  quit_eval();
-  return 0;
 }

src/material.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,68 +17,71 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
+#include <algorithm>  // For std::min
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <cassert>
 #include <cstring>
-#include <map>
 
 #include "material.h"
 
 using namespace std;
 
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
-
 namespace {
 
   // Values modified by Joona Kiiski
   const Value MidgameLimit = Value(15581);
   const Value EndgameLimit = Value(3998);
 
+  // Scale factors used when one side has no more pawns
+  const int NoPawnsSF[4] = { 6, 12, 32 };
+
   // Polynomial material balance parameters
   const Value RedundantQueenPenalty = Value(320);
   const Value RedundantRookPenalty  = Value(554);
 
+  //                                  pair  pawn knight bishop rook queen
   const int LinearCoefficients[6] = { 1617, -162, -1172, -190,  105,  26 };
 
-  const int QuadraticCoefficientsSameColor[][8] = {
+  const int QuadraticCoefficientsSameColor[][PIECE_TYPE_NB] = {
-  { 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7 }, { 39, 2, 7, 7, 7, 7 }, { 35, 271, -4, 7, 7, 7 },
+    // pair pawn knight bishop rook queen
-  { 7, 25, 4, 7, 7, 7 }, { -27, -2, 46, 100, 56, 7 }, { 58, 29, 83, 148, -3, -25 } };
+    {   7                               }, // Bishop pair
+    {  39,    2                         }, // Pawn
+    {  35,  271,  -4                    }, // Knight
+    {   7,  105,   4,    7              }, // Bishop
+    { -27,   -2,  46,   100,   56       }, // Rook
+    {  58,   29,  83,   148,   -3,  -25 }  // Queen
+  };
 
-  const int QuadraticCoefficientsOppositeColor[][8] = {
+  const int QuadraticCoefficientsOppositeColor[][PIECE_TYPE_NB] = {
-  { 41, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41 }, { 37, 41, 41, 41, 41, 41 }, { 10, 62, 41, 41, 41, 41 },
+    //           THEIR PIECES
-  { 57, 64, 39, 41, 41, 41 }, { 50, 40, 23, -22, 41, 41 }, { 106, 101, 3, 151, 171, 41 } };
+    // pair pawn knight bishop rook queen
-
+    {  41                               }, // Bishop pair
-  typedef EndgameEvaluationFunctionBase EF;
+    {  37,   41                         }, // Pawn
-  typedef EndgameScalingFunctionBase SF;
+    {  10,   62,  41                    }, // Knight      OUR PIECES
-  typedef map<Key, EF*> EFMap;
+    {  57,   64,  39,    41             }, // Bishop
-  typedef map<Key, SF*> SFMap;
+    {  50,   40,  23,   -22,   41       }, // Rook
+    { 106,  101,   3,   151,  171,   41 }  // Queen
+  };
 
   // Endgame evaluation and scaling functions accessed direcly and not through
   // the function maps because correspond to more then one material hash key.
-  EvaluationFunction<KmmKm> EvaluateKmmKm[] = { EvaluationFunction<KmmKm>(WHITE), EvaluationFunction<KmmKm>(BLACK) };
+  Endgame<KmmKm> EvaluateKmmKm[] = { Endgame<KmmKm>(WHITE), Endgame<KmmKm>(BLACK) };
-  EvaluationFunction<KXK>   EvaluateKXK[]   = { EvaluationFunction<KXK>(WHITE),   EvaluationFunction<KXK>(BLACK) };
+  Endgame<KXK>   EvaluateKXK[]   = { Endgame<KXK>(WHITE),   Endgame<KXK>(BLACK) };
-  ScalingFunction<KBPsK>    ScaleKBPsK[]    = { ScalingFunction<KBPsK>(WHITE),    ScalingFunction<KBPsK>(BLACK) };
+
-  ScalingFunction<KQKRPs>   ScaleKQKRPs[]   = { ScalingFunction<KQKRPs>(WHITE),   ScalingFunction<KQKRPs>(BLACK) };
+  Endgame<KBPsK>  ScaleKBPsK[]  = { Endgame<KBPsK>(WHITE),  Endgame<KBPsK>(BLACK) };
-  ScalingFunction<KPsK>     ScaleKPsK[]     = { ScalingFunction<KPsK>(WHITE),     ScalingFunction<KPsK>(BLACK) };
+  Endgame<KQKRPs> ScaleKQKRPs[] = { Endgame<KQKRPs>(WHITE), Endgame<KQKRPs>(BLACK) };
-  ScalingFunction<KPKP>     ScaleKPKP[]     = { ScalingFunction<KPKP>(WHITE),     ScalingFunction<KPKP>(BLACK) };
+  Endgame<KPsK>   ScaleKPsK[]   = { Endgame<KPsK>(WHITE),   Endgame<KPsK>(BLACK) };
+  Endgame<KPKP>   ScaleKPKP[]   = { Endgame<KPKP>(WHITE),   Endgame<KPKP>(BLACK) };
 
   // Helper templates used to detect a given material distribution
   template<Color Us> bool is_KXK(const Position& pos) {
     const Color Them = (Us == WHITE ? BLACK : WHITE);
     return   pos.non_pawn_material(Them) == VALUE_ZERO
           && pos.piece_count(Them, PAWN) == 0
-          && pos.non_pawn_material(Us)   >= RookValueMidgame;
+          && pos.non_pawn_material(Us)   >= RookValueMg;
   }
 
-  template<Color Us> bool is_KBPsK(const Position& pos) {
+  template<Color Us> bool is_KBPsKs(const Position& pos) {
-    return   pos.non_pawn_material(Us)   == BishopValueMidgame
+    return   pos.non_pawn_material(Us)   == BishopValueMg
           && pos.piece_count(Us, BISHOP) == 1
           && pos.piece_count(Us, PAWN)   >= 1;
   }
@@ -86,144 +89,102 @@ namespace {
   template<Color Us> bool is_KQKRPs(const Position& pos) {
     const Color Them = (Us == WHITE ? BLACK : WHITE);
     return   pos.piece_count(Us, PAWN)    == 0
-          && pos.non_pawn_material(Us)    == QueenValueMidgame
+          && pos.non_pawn_material(Us)    == QueenValueMg
           && pos.piece_count(Us, QUEEN)   == 1
           && pos.piece_count(Them, ROOK)  == 1
           && pos.piece_count(Them, PAWN)  >= 1;
   }
-}
 
+  /// imbalance() calculates imbalance comparing piece count of each
+  /// piece type for both colors.
 
-////
+  template<Color Us>
-//// Classes
+  int imbalance(const int pieceCount[][PIECE_TYPE_NB]) {
-////
 
-/// EndgameFunctions class stores endgame evaluation and scaling functions
+    const Color Them = (Us == WHITE ? BLACK : WHITE);
-/// in two std::map. Because STL library is not guaranteed to be thread
-/// safe even for read access, the maps, although with identical content,
-/// are replicated for each thread. This is faster then using locks.
 
-class EndgameFunctions {
+    int pt1, pt2, pc, v;
-public:
+    int value = 0;
-  EndgameFunctions();
-  ~EndgameFunctions();
-  template<class T> T* get(Key key) const;
 
-private:
+    // Redundancy of major pieces, formula based on Kaufman's paper
-  template<class T> void add(const string& keyCode);
+    // "The Evaluation of Material Imbalances in Chess"
+    if (pieceCount[Us][ROOK] > 0)
+        value -=  RedundantRookPenalty * (pieceCount[Us][ROOK] - 1)
+                + RedundantQueenPenalty * pieceCount[Us][QUEEN];
 
-  static Key buildKey(const string& keyCode);
+    // Second-degree polynomial material imbalance by Tord Romstad
-  static const string swapColors(const string& keyCode);
+    for (pt1 = NO_PIECE_TYPE; pt1 <= QUEEN; pt1++)
-
-  // Here we store two maps, for evaluate and scaling functions...
-  pair<EFMap, SFMap> maps;
-
-  // ...and here is the accessing template function
-  template<typename T> const map<Key, T*>& get() const;
-};
-
-// Explicit specializations of a member function shall be declared in
-// the namespace of which the class template is a member.
-template<> const EFMap& EndgameFunctions::get<EF>() const { return maps.first; }
-template<> const SFMap& EndgameFunctions::get<SF>() const { return maps.second; }
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-/// MaterialInfoTable c'tor and d'tor, called once by each thread
-
-MaterialInfoTable::MaterialInfoTable() {
-
-  entries = new MaterialInfo[MaterialTableSize];
-  funcs = new EndgameFunctions();
-
-  if (!entries || !funcs)
     {
-      cerr << "Failed to allocate " << MaterialTableSize * sizeof(MaterialInfo)
+        pc = pieceCount[Us][pt1];
-           << " bytes for material hash table." << endl;
+        if (!pc)
-      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+            continue;
+
+        v = LinearCoefficients[pt1];
+
+        for (pt2 = NO_PIECE_TYPE; pt2 <= pt1; pt2++)
+            v +=  QuadraticCoefficientsSameColor[pt1][pt2] * pieceCount[Us][pt2]
+                + QuadraticCoefficientsOppositeColor[pt1][pt2] * pieceCount[Them][pt2];
+
+        value += pc * v;
     }
-  memset(entries, 0, MaterialTableSize * sizeof(MaterialInfo));
+    return value;
   }
 
-MaterialInfoTable::~MaterialInfoTable() {
+} // namespace
 
-  delete funcs;
+namespace Material {
-  delete [] entries;
-}
 
+/// Material::probe() takes a position object as input, looks up a MaterialEntry
+/// object, and returns a pointer to it. If the material configuration is not
+/// already present in the table, it is computed and stored there, so we don't
+/// have to recompute everything when the same material configuration occurs again.
 
-/// MaterialInfoTable::game_phase() calculates the phase given the current
+Entry* probe(const Position& pos, Table& entries, Endgames& endgames) {
-/// position. Because the phase is strictly a function of the material, it
-/// is stored in MaterialInfo.
 
-Phase MaterialInfoTable::game_phase(const Position& pos) {
+  Key key = pos.material_key();
+  Entry* e = entries[key];
 
-  Value npm = pos.non_pawn_material(WHITE) + pos.non_pawn_material(BLACK);
+  // If e->key matches the position's material hash key, it means that we
-
-  if (npm >= MidgameLimit)
-      return PHASE_MIDGAME;
-
-  if (npm <= EndgameLimit)
-      return PHASE_ENDGAME;
-
-  return Phase(((npm - EndgameLimit) * 128) / (MidgameLimit - EndgameLimit));
-}
-
-/// MaterialInfoTable::get_material_info() takes a position object as input,
-/// computes or looks up a MaterialInfo object, and returns a pointer to it.
-/// If the material configuration is not already present in the table, it
-/// is stored there, so we don't have to recompute everything when the
-/// same material configuration occurs again.
-
-MaterialInfo* MaterialInfoTable::get_material_info(const Position& pos) {
-
-  Key key = pos.get_material_key();
-  unsigned index = unsigned(key & (MaterialTableSize - 1));
-  MaterialInfo* mi = entries + index;
-
-  // If mi->key matches the position's material hash key, it means that we
   // have analysed this material configuration before, and we can simply
   // return the information we found the last time instead of recomputing it.
-  if (mi->key == key)
+  if (e->key == key)
-      return mi;
+      return e;
 
-  // Clear the MaterialInfo object, and set its key
+  memset(e, 0, sizeof(Entry));
-  memset(mi, 0, sizeof(MaterialInfo));
+  e->key = key;
-  mi->factor[WHITE] = mi->factor[BLACK] = (uint8_t)SCALE_FACTOR_NORMAL;
+  e->factor[WHITE] = e->factor[BLACK] = (uint8_t)SCALE_FACTOR_NORMAL;
-  mi->key = key;
+  e->gamePhase = game_phase(pos);
-
-  // Store game phase
-  mi->gamePhase = MaterialInfoTable::game_phase(pos);
 
   // Let's look if we have a specialized evaluation function for this
   // particular material configuration. First we look for a fixed
   // configuration one, then a generic one if previous search failed.
-  if ((mi->evaluationFunction = funcs->get<EF>(key)) != NULL)
+  if (endgames.probe(key, e->evaluationFunction))
-      return mi;
+      return e;
 
-  if (is_KXK<WHITE>(pos) || is_KXK<BLACK>(pos))
+  if (is_KXK<WHITE>(pos))
   {
-      mi->evaluationFunction = is_KXK<WHITE>(pos) ? &EvaluateKXK[WHITE] : &EvaluateKXK[BLACK];
+      e->evaluationFunction = &EvaluateKXK[WHITE];
-      return mi;
+      return e;
   }
 
-  if (   pos.pieces(PAWN)  == EmptyBoardBB
+  if (is_KXK<BLACK>(pos))
-      && pos.pieces(ROOK)  == EmptyBoardBB
+  {
-      && pos.pieces(QUEEN) == EmptyBoardBB)
+      e->evaluationFunction = &EvaluateKXK[BLACK];
+      return e;
+  }
+
+  if (!pos.pieces(PAWN) && !pos.pieces(ROOK) && !pos.pieces(QUEEN))
   {
       // Minor piece endgame with at least one minor piece per side and
       // no pawns. Note that the case KmmK is already handled by KXK.
-      assert((pos.pieces(KNIGHT, WHITE) | pos.pieces(BISHOP, WHITE)));
+      assert((pos.pieces(WHITE, KNIGHT) | pos.pieces(WHITE, BISHOP)));
-      assert((pos.pieces(KNIGHT, BLACK) | pos.pieces(BISHOP, BLACK)));
+      assert((pos.pieces(BLACK, KNIGHT) | pos.pieces(BLACK, BISHOP)));
 
       if (   pos.piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP) + pos.piece_count(WHITE, KNIGHT) <= 2
           && pos.piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP) + pos.piece_count(BLACK, KNIGHT) <= 2)
       {
-          mi->evaluationFunction = &EvaluateKmmKm[WHITE];
+          e->evaluationFunction = &EvaluateKmmKm[pos.side_to_move()];
-          return mi;
+          return e;
       }
   }
 
@@ -232,204 +193,100 @@ MaterialInfo* MaterialInfoTable::get_material_info(const Position& pos) {
   //
   // We face problems when there are several conflicting applicable
   // scaling functions and we need to decide which one to use.
-  SF* sf;
+  EndgameBase<ScaleFactor>* sf;
 
-  if ((sf = funcs->get<SF>(key)) != NULL)
+  if (endgames.probe(key, sf))
   {
-      mi->scalingFunction[sf->color()] = sf;
+      e->scalingFunction[sf->color()] = sf;
-      return mi;
+      return e;
   }
 
   // Generic scaling functions that refer to more then one material
   // distribution. Should be probed after the specialized ones.
   // Note that these ones don't return after setting the function.
-  if (is_KBPsK<WHITE>(pos))
+  if (is_KBPsKs<WHITE>(pos))
-      mi->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKBPsK[WHITE];
+      e->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKBPsK[WHITE];
 
-  if (is_KBPsK<BLACK>(pos))
+  if (is_KBPsKs<BLACK>(pos))
-      mi->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKBPsK[BLACK];
+      e->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKBPsK[BLACK];
 
   if (is_KQKRPs<WHITE>(pos))
-      mi->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKQKRPs[WHITE];
+      e->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKQKRPs[WHITE];
 
   else if (is_KQKRPs<BLACK>(pos))
-      mi->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKQKRPs[BLACK];
+      e->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKQKRPs[BLACK];
 
-  if (pos.non_pawn_material(WHITE) + pos.non_pawn_material(BLACK) == VALUE_ZERO)
+  Value npm_w = pos.non_pawn_material(WHITE);
+  Value npm_b = pos.non_pawn_material(BLACK);
+
+  if (npm_w + npm_b == VALUE_ZERO)
   {
       if (pos.piece_count(BLACK, PAWN) == 0)
       {
           assert(pos.piece_count(WHITE, PAWN) >= 2);
-          mi->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKPsK[WHITE];
+          e->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKPsK[WHITE];
       }
       else if (pos.piece_count(WHITE, PAWN) == 0)
       {
           assert(pos.piece_count(BLACK, PAWN) >= 2);
-          mi->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKPsK[BLACK];
+          e->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKPsK[BLACK];
       }
       else if (pos.piece_count(WHITE, PAWN) == 1 && pos.piece_count(BLACK, PAWN) == 1)
       {
           // This is a special case because we set scaling functions
           // for both colors instead of only one.
-          mi->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKPKP[WHITE];
+          e->scalingFunction[WHITE] = &ScaleKPKP[WHITE];
-          mi->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKPKP[BLACK];
+          e->scalingFunction[BLACK] = &ScaleKPKP[BLACK];
       }
   }
 
+  // No pawns makes it difficult to win, even with a material advantage
+  if (pos.piece_count(WHITE, PAWN) == 0 && npm_w - npm_b <= BishopValueMg)
+  {
+      e->factor[WHITE] = (uint8_t)
+      (npm_w == npm_b || npm_w < RookValueMg ? 0 : NoPawnsSF[std::min(pos.piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP), 2)]);
+  }
+
+  if (pos.piece_count(BLACK, PAWN) == 0 && npm_b - npm_w <= BishopValueMg)
+  {
+      e->factor[BLACK] = (uint8_t)
+      (npm_w == npm_b || npm_b < RookValueMg ? 0 : NoPawnsSF[std::min(pos.piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP), 2)]);
+  }
+
   // Compute the space weight
-  if (pos.non_pawn_material(WHITE) + pos.non_pawn_material(BLACK) >=
+  if (npm_w + npm_b >= 2 * QueenValueMg + 4 * RookValueMg + 2 * KnightValueMg)
-      2*QueenValueMidgame + 4*RookValueMidgame + 2*KnightValueMidgame)
   {
-      int minorPieceCount =  pos.piece_count(WHITE, KNIGHT)
+      int minorPieceCount =  pos.piece_count(WHITE, KNIGHT) + pos.piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP)
-                           + pos.piece_count(BLACK, KNIGHT)
+                           + pos.piece_count(BLACK, KNIGHT) + pos.piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP);
-                           + pos.piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP)
-                           + pos.piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP);
 
-      mi->spaceWeight = minorPieceCount * minorPieceCount;
+      e->spaceWeight = minorPieceCount * minorPieceCount;
   }
 
-  // Evaluate the material balance
+  // Evaluate the material imbalance. We use PIECE_TYPE_NONE as a place holder
-  const int pieceCount[2][8] = {
+  // for the bishop pair "extended piece", this allow us to be more flexible
+  // in defining bishop pair bonuses.
+  const int pieceCount[COLOR_NB][PIECE_TYPE_NB] = {
   { pos.piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP) > 1, pos.piece_count(WHITE, PAWN), pos.piece_count(WHITE, KNIGHT),
     pos.piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP)    , pos.piece_count(WHITE, ROOK), pos.piece_count(WHITE, QUEEN) },
   { pos.piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP) > 1, pos.piece_count(BLACK, PAWN), pos.piece_count(BLACK, KNIGHT),
     pos.piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP)    , pos.piece_count(BLACK, ROOK), pos.piece_count(BLACK, QUEEN) } };
 
-  Color c, them;
+  e->value = (int16_t)((imbalance<WHITE>(pieceCount) - imbalance<BLACK>(pieceCount)) / 16);
-  int sign, pt1, pt2, pc;
+  return e;
-  int v, vv, matValue = 0;
-
-  for (c = WHITE, sign = 1; c <= BLACK; c++, sign = -sign)
-  {
-    // No pawns makes it difficult to win, even with a material advantage
-    if (   pos.piece_count(c, PAWN) == 0
-        && pos.non_pawn_material(c) - pos.non_pawn_material(opposite_color(c)) <= BishopValueMidgame)
-    {
-        if (   pos.non_pawn_material(c) == pos.non_pawn_material(opposite_color(c))
-            || pos.non_pawn_material(c) < RookValueMidgame)
-            mi->factor[c] = 0;
-        else
-        {
-            switch (pos.piece_count(c, BISHOP)) {
-            case 2:
-                mi->factor[c] = 32;
-                break;
-            case 1:
-                mi->factor[c] = 12;
-                break;
-            case 0:
-                mi->factor[c] = 6;
-                break;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Redundancy of major pieces, formula based on Kaufman's paper
-    // "The Evaluation of Material Imbalances in Chess"
-    // http://mywebpages.comcast.net/danheisman/Articles/evaluation_of_material_imbalance.htm
-    if (pieceCount[c][ROOK] >= 1)
-        matValue -= sign * ((pieceCount[c][ROOK] - 1) * RedundantRookPenalty + pieceCount[c][QUEEN] * RedundantQueenPenalty);
-
-    them = opposite_color(c);
-    v = 0;
-
-    // Second-degree polynomial material imbalance by Tord Romstad
-    //
-    // We use PIECE_TYPE_NONE as a place holder for the bishop pair "extended piece",
-    // this allow us to be more flexible in defining bishop pair bonuses.
-    for (pt1 = PIECE_TYPE_NONE; pt1 <= QUEEN; pt1++)
-    {
-        pc = pieceCount[c][pt1];
-        if (!pc)
-            continue;
-
-        vv = LinearCoefficients[pt1];
-
-        for (pt2 = PIECE_TYPE_NONE; pt2 <= pt1; pt2++)
-            vv +=  pieceCount[c][pt2] * QuadraticCoefficientsSameColor[pt1][pt2]
-                 + pieceCount[them][pt2] * QuadraticCoefficientsOppositeColor[pt1][pt2];
-
-        v += pc * vv;
-    }
-    matValue += sign * v;
-  }
-  mi->value = (int16_t)(matValue / 16);
-  return mi;
 }
 
 
-/// EndgameFunctions member definitions
+/// Material::game_phase() calculates the phase given the current
+/// position. Because the phase is strictly a function of the material, it
+/// is stored in MaterialEntry.
 
-EndgameFunctions::EndgameFunctions() {
+Phase game_phase(const Position& pos) {
 
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KNNK>  >("KNNK");
+  Value npm = pos.non_pawn_material(WHITE) + pos.non_pawn_material(BLACK);
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KPK>   >("KPK");
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KBNK>  >("KBNK");
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KRKP>  >("KRKP");
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KRKB>  >("KRKB");
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KRKN>  >("KRKN");
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KQKR>  >("KQKR");
-  add<EvaluationFunction<KBBKN> >("KBBKN");
 
-  add<ScalingFunction<KNPK>    >("KNPK");
+  return  npm >= MidgameLimit ? PHASE_MIDGAME
-  add<ScalingFunction<KRPKR>   >("KRPKR");
+        : npm <= EndgameLimit ? PHASE_ENDGAME
-  add<ScalingFunction<KBPKB>   >("KBPKB");
+        : Phase(((npm - EndgameLimit) * 128) / (MidgameLimit - EndgameLimit));
-  add<ScalingFunction<KBPPKB>  >("KBPPKB");
-  add<ScalingFunction<KBPKN>   >("KBPKN");
-  add<ScalingFunction<KRPPKRP> >("KRPPKRP");
 }
 
-EndgameFunctions::~EndgameFunctions() {
+} // namespace Material
-
-    for (EFMap::const_iterator it = maps.first.begin(); it != maps.first.end(); ++it)
-        delete it->second;
-
-    for (SFMap::const_iterator it = maps.second.begin(); it != maps.second.end(); ++it)
-        delete it->second;
-}
-
-Key EndgameFunctions::buildKey(const string& keyCode) {
-
-    assert(keyCode.length() > 0 && keyCode.length() < 8);
-    assert(keyCode[0] == 'K');
-
-    string fen;
-    bool upcase = false;
-
-    // Build up a fen string with the given pieces, note that
-    // the fen string could be of an illegal position.
-    for (size_t i = 0; i < keyCode.length(); i++)
-    {
-        if (keyCode[i] == 'K')
-            upcase = !upcase;
-
-        fen += char(upcase ? toupper(keyCode[i]) : tolower(keyCode[i]));
-    }
-    fen += char(8 - keyCode.length() + '0');
-    fen += "/8/8/8/8/8/8/8 w - -";
-    return Position(fen, false, 0).get_material_key();
-}
-
-const string EndgameFunctions::swapColors(const string& keyCode) {
-
-    // Build corresponding key for the opposite color: "KBPKN" -> "KNKBP"
-    size_t idx = keyCode.find('K', 1);
-    return keyCode.substr(idx) + keyCode.substr(0, idx);
-}
-
-template<class T>
-void EndgameFunctions::add(const string& keyCode) {
-
-  typedef typename T::Base F;
-  typedef map<Key, F*> M;
-
-  const_cast<M&>(get<F>()).insert(pair<Key, F*>(buildKey(keyCode), new T(WHITE)));
-  const_cast<M&>(get<F>()).insert(pair<Key, F*>(buildKey(swapColors(keyCode)), new T(BLACK)));
-}
-
-template<class T>
-T* EndgameFunctions::get(Key key) const {
-
-  typename map<Key, T*>::const_iterator it = get<T>().find(key);
-  return it != get<T>().end() ? it->second : NULL;
-}

src/material.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,146 +17,61 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(MATERIAL_H_INCLUDED)
 #define MATERIAL_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include "endgame.h"
+#include "misc.h"
 #include "position.h"
+#include "types.h"
 
+namespace Material {
 
-////
+/// Material::Entry contains various information about a material configuration.
-//// Types
+/// It contains a material balance evaluation, a function pointer to a special
-////
+/// endgame evaluation function (which in most cases is NULL, meaning that the
-
+/// standard evaluation function will be used), and "scale factors".
-const int MaterialTableSize = 1024;
-
-/// MaterialInfo is a class which contains various information about a
-/// material configuration. It contains a material balance evaluation,
-/// a function pointer to a special endgame evaluation function (which in
-/// most cases is NULL, meaning that the standard evaluation function will
-/// be used), and "scale factors" for black and white.
 ///
 /// The scale factors are used to scale the evaluation score up or down.
 /// For instance, in KRB vs KR endgames, the score is scaled down by a factor
 /// of 4, which will result in scores of absolute value less than one pawn.
 
-class MaterialInfo {
+struct Entry {
 
-  friend class MaterialInfoTable;
+  Score material_value() const { return make_score(value, value); }
-
+  int space_weight() const { return spaceWeight; }
-public:
+  Phase game_phase() const { return gamePhase; }
-  Score material_value() const;
+  bool specialized_eval_exists() const { return evaluationFunction != NULL; }
+  Value evaluate(const Position& p) const { return (*evaluationFunction)(p); }
   ScaleFactor scale_factor(const Position& pos, Color c) const;
-  int space_weight() const;
-  Phase game_phase() const;
-  bool specialized_eval_exists() const;
-  Value evaluate(const Position& pos) const;
 
-private:
   Key key;
   int16_t value;
-  uint8_t factor[2];
+  uint8_t factor[COLOR_NB];
-  EndgameEvaluationFunctionBase* evaluationFunction;
+  EndgameBase<Value>* evaluationFunction;
-  EndgameScalingFunctionBase* scalingFunction[2];
+  EndgameBase<ScaleFactor>* scalingFunction[COLOR_NB];
   int spaceWeight;
   Phase gamePhase;
 };
 
-/// The MaterialInfoTable class represents a pawn hash table. It is basically
+typedef HashTable<Entry, 8192> Table;
-/// just an array of MaterialInfo objects and a few methods for accessing these
-/// objects. The most important method is get_material_info, which looks up a
-/// position in the table and returns a pointer to a MaterialInfo object.
-class EndgameFunctions;
 
-class MaterialInfoTable {
+Entry* probe(const Position& pos, Table& entries, Endgames& endgames);
+Phase game_phase(const Position& pos);
 
-  MaterialInfoTable(const MaterialInfoTable&);
+/// Material::scale_factor takes a position and a color as input, and
-  MaterialInfoTable& operator=(const MaterialInfoTable&);
-
-public:
-  MaterialInfoTable();
-  ~MaterialInfoTable();
-  MaterialInfo* get_material_info(const Position& pos);
-
-  static Phase game_phase(const Position& pos);
-
-private:
-  MaterialInfo* entries;
-  EndgameFunctions* funcs;
-};
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-
-/// MaterialInfo::material_value simply returns the material balance
-/// evaluation that is independent from game phase.
-
-inline Score MaterialInfo::material_value() const {
-
-  return make_score(value, value);
-}
-
-/// MaterialInfo::scale_factor takes a position and a color as input, and
 /// returns a scale factor for the given color. We have to provide the
 /// position in addition to the color, because the scale factor need not
 /// to be a constant: It can also be a function which should be applied to
 /// the position. For instance, in KBP vs K endgames, a scaling function
 /// which checks for draws with rook pawns and wrong-colored bishops.
 
-inline ScaleFactor MaterialInfo::scale_factor(const Position& pos, Color c) const {
+inline ScaleFactor Entry::scale_factor(const Position& pos, Color c) const {
 
-  if (scalingFunction[c] != NULL)
+  return !scalingFunction[c] || (*scalingFunction[c])(pos) == SCALE_FACTOR_NONE
-  {
+        ? ScaleFactor(factor[c]) : (*scalingFunction[c])(pos);
-      ScaleFactor sf = scalingFunction[c]->apply(pos);
-      if (sf != SCALE_FACTOR_NONE)
-          return sf;
-  }
-  return ScaleFactor(factor[c]);
 }
 
-
-/// MaterialInfo::space_weight() simply returns the weight for the space
-/// evaluation for this material configuration.
-
-inline int MaterialInfo::space_weight() const {
-
-  return spaceWeight;
-}
-
-/// MaterialInfo::game_phase() returns the game phase according
-/// to this material configuration.
-
-inline Phase MaterialInfo::game_phase() const {
-
-  return gamePhase;
-}
-
-
-/// MaterialInfo::specialized_eval_exists decides whether there is a
-/// specialized evaluation function for the current material configuration,
-/// or if the normal evaluation function should be used.
-
-inline bool MaterialInfo::specialized_eval_exists() const {
-
-  return evaluationFunction != NULL;
-}
-
-
-/// MaterialInfo::evaluate applies a specialized evaluation function
-/// to a given position object. It should only be called when
-/// specialized_eval_exists() returns 'true'.
-
-inline Value MaterialInfo::evaluate(const Position& pos) const {
-
-  return evaluationFunction->apply(pos);
 }
 
 #endif // !defined(MATERIAL_H_INCLUDED)

src/misc.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,274 +17,231 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-#  include <sys/time.h>
-#  include <sys/types.h>
-#  include <unistd.h>
-#  if defined(__hpux)
-#     include <sys/pstat.h>
-#  endif
-
-#else
-
-#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_DEPRECATE
-#include <windows.h>
-#include <sys/timeb.h>
-
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(NO_PREFETCH)
-#  include <xmmintrin.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <cassert>
-#include <cstdio>
 #include <iomanip>
 #include <iostream>
 #include <sstream>
 
-#include "bitcount.h"
 #include "misc.h"
 #include "thread.h"
 
+#if defined(__hpux)
+#    include <sys/pstat.h>
+#endif
+
 using namespace std;
 
-/// Version number. If this is left empty, the current date (in the format
+/// Version number. If Version is left empty, then Tag plus current
-/// YYMMDD) is used as a version number.
+/// date, in the format DD-MM-YY, are used as a version number.
 
-static const string EngineVersion = "2.0.1";
+static const string Version = "3";
-static const string AppName = "Stockfish";
+static const string Tag = "";
-static const string AppTag  = "";
 
 
-////
+/// engine_info() returns the full name of the current Stockfish version. This
-//// Variables
+/// will be either "Stockfish <Tag> DD-MM-YY" (where DD-MM-YY is the date when
-////
+/// the program was compiled) or "Stockfish <Version>", depending on whether
+/// Version is empty.
 
-static uint64_t dbg_cnt0 = 0;
+const string engine_info(bool to_uci) {
-static uint64_t dbg_cnt1 = 0;
-
-bool dbg_show_mean = false;
-bool dbg_show_hit_rate = false;
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-void dbg_hit_on(bool b) {
-
-    assert(!dbg_show_mean);
-    dbg_show_hit_rate = true;
-    dbg_cnt0++;
-    if (b)
-        dbg_cnt1++;
-}
-
-void dbg_hit_on_c(bool c, bool b) {
-
-    if (c)
-        dbg_hit_on(b);
-}
-
-void dbg_before() {
-
-    assert(!dbg_show_mean);
-    dbg_show_hit_rate = true;
-    dbg_cnt0++;
-}
-
-void dbg_after() {
-
-    assert(!dbg_show_mean);
-    dbg_show_hit_rate = true;
-    dbg_cnt1++;
-}
-
-void dbg_mean_of(int v) {
-
-    assert(!dbg_show_hit_rate);
-    dbg_show_mean = true;
-    dbg_cnt0++;
-    dbg_cnt1 += v;
-}
-
-void dbg_print_hit_rate() {
-
-  cout << "Total " << dbg_cnt0 << " Hit " << dbg_cnt1
-       << " hit rate (%) " << (dbg_cnt1*100)/(dbg_cnt0 ? dbg_cnt0 : 1) << endl;
-}
-
-void dbg_print_mean() {
-
-  cout << "Total " << dbg_cnt0 << " Mean "
-       << (float)dbg_cnt1 / (dbg_cnt0 ? dbg_cnt0 : 1) << endl;
-}
-
-
-/// engine_name() returns the full name of the current Stockfish version.
-/// This will be either "Stockfish YYMMDD" (where YYMMDD is the date when
-/// the program was compiled) or "Stockfish <version number>", depending
-/// on whether the constant EngineVersion (defined in misc.h) is empty.
-
-const string engine_name() {
 
   const string months("Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec");
-  const string cpu64(CpuIs64Bit ? " 64bit" : "");
+  const string cpu64(Is64Bit ? " 64bit" : "");
+  const string popcnt(HasPopCnt ? " SSE4.2" : "");
 
-  if (!EngineVersion.empty())
-      return AppName + " " + EngineVersion + cpu64;
-
-  stringstream s, date(__DATE__); // From compiler, format is "Sep 21 2008"
   string month, day, year;
+  stringstream s, date(__DATE__); // From compiler, format is "Sep 21 2008"
 
+  s << "Stockfish " << Version;
+
+  if (Version.empty())
+  {
       date >> month >> day >> year;
 
-  s << setfill('0') << AppName + " " + AppTag + " "
+      s << Tag << string(Tag.empty() ? "" : " ") << setfill('0') << setw(2) << day
-    << year.substr(2, 2) << setw(2)
+        << "-" << setw(2) << (1 + months.find(month) / 4) << "-" << year.substr(2);
-    << (1 + months.find(month) / 4) << setw(2)
+  }
-    << day << cpu64;
+
+  s << cpu64 << popcnt << (to_uci ? "\nid author ": " by ")
+    << "Tord Romstad, Marco Costalba and Joona Kiiski";
 
   return s.str();
 }
 
 
-/// get_system_time() returns the current system time, measured in
+/// Convert system time to milliseconds. That's all we need.
-/// milliseconds.
 
-int get_system_time() {
+Time::point Time::now() {
-
+  sys_time_t t; system_time(&t); return time_to_msec(t);
-#if defined(_MSC_VER)
-    struct _timeb t;
-    _ftime(&t);
-    return int(t.time*1000 + t.millitm);
-#else
-    struct timeval t;
-    gettimeofday(&t, NULL);
-    return t.tv_sec*1000 + t.tv_usec/1000;
-#endif
 }
 
 
-/// cpu_count() tries to detect the number of CPU cores.
+/// Debug functions used mainly to collect run-time statistics
 
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER)
+static uint64_t hits[2], means[2];
+
+void dbg_hit_on(bool b) { hits[0]++; if (b) hits[1]++; }
+void dbg_hit_on_c(bool c, bool b) { if (c) dbg_hit_on(b); }
+void dbg_mean_of(int v) { means[0]++; means[1] += v; }
+
+void dbg_print() {
+
+  if (hits[0])
+      cerr << "Total " << hits[0] << " Hits " << hits[1]
+           << " hit rate (%) " << 100 * hits[1] / hits[0] << endl;
+
+  if (means[0])
+      cerr << "Total " << means[0] << " Mean "
+           << (float)means[1] / means[0] << endl;
+}
+
+
+/// Our fancy logging facility. The trick here is to replace cin.rdbuf() and
+/// cout.rdbuf() with two Tie objects that tie cin and cout to a file stream. We
+/// can toggle the logging of std::cout and std:cin at runtime while preserving
+/// usual i/o functionality and without changing a single line of code!
+/// Idea from http://groups.google.com/group/comp.lang.c++/msg/1d941c0f26ea0d81
+
+struct Tie: public streambuf { // MSVC requires splitted streambuf for cin and cout
+
+  Tie(streambuf* b, ofstream* f) : buf(b), file(f) {}
+
+  int sync() { return file->rdbuf()->pubsync(), buf->pubsync(); }
+  int overflow(int c) { return log(buf->sputc((char)c), "<< "); }
+  int underflow() { return buf->sgetc(); }
+  int uflow() { return log(buf->sbumpc(), ">> "); }
+
+  streambuf* buf;
+  ofstream* file;
+
+  int log(int c, const char* prefix) {
+
+    static int last = '\n';
+
+    if (last == '\n')
+        file->rdbuf()->sputn(prefix, 3);
+
+    return last = file->rdbuf()->sputc((char)c);
+  }
+};
+
+class Logger {
+
+  Logger() : in(cin.rdbuf(), &file), out(cout.rdbuf(), &file) {}
+ ~Logger() { start(false); }
+
+  ofstream file;
+  Tie in, out;
+
+public:
+  static void start(bool b) {
+
+    static Logger l;
+
+    if (b && !l.file.is_open())
+    {
+        l.file.open("io_log.txt", ifstream::out | ifstream::app);
+        cin.rdbuf(&l.in);
+        cout.rdbuf(&l.out);
+    }
+    else if (!b && l.file.is_open())
+    {
+        cout.rdbuf(l.out.buf);
+        cin.rdbuf(l.in.buf);
+        l.file.close();
+    }
+  }
+};
+
+
+/// Used to serialize access to std::cout to avoid multiple threads to write at
+/// the same time.
+
+std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, SyncCout sc) {
+
+  static Mutex m;
+
+  if (sc == io_lock)
+      m.lock();
+
+  if (sc == io_unlock)
+      m.unlock();
+
+  return os;
+}
+
+
+/// Trampoline helper to avoid moving Logger to misc.h
+void start_logger(bool b) { Logger::start(b); }
+
+
+/// cpu_count() tries to detect the number of CPU cores
+
+int cpu_count() {
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64)
+  SYSTEM_INFO s;
+  GetSystemInfo(&s);
+  return s.dwNumberOfProcessors;
+#else
 
 #  if defined(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
-int cpu_count() {
+  return sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN);
-  return Min(sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN), MAX_THREADS);
-}
 #  elif defined(__hpux)
-int cpu_count() {
   struct pst_dynamic psd;
   if (pstat_getdynamic(&psd, sizeof(psd), (size_t)1, 0) == -1)
       return 1;
-
+  return psd.psd_proc_cnt;
-  return Min(psd.psd_proc_cnt, MAX_THREADS);
-}
 #  else
-int cpu_count() {
   return 1;
-}
 #  endif
 
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/// timed_wait() waits for msec milliseconds. It is mainly an helper to wrap
+/// conversion from milliseconds to struct timespec, as used by pthreads.
+
+void timed_wait(WaitCondition& sleepCond, Lock& sleepLock, int msec) {
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) || defined(_WIN64)
+  int tm = msec;
 #else
+  timespec ts, *tm = &ts;
+  uint64_t ms = Time::now() + msec;
 
-int cpu_count() {
+  ts.tv_sec = ms / 1000;
-  SYSTEM_INFO s;
+  ts.tv_nsec = (ms % 1000) * 1000000LL;
-  GetSystemInfo(&s);
-  return Min(s.dwNumberOfProcessors, MAX_THREADS);
-}
-
 #endif
 
-
+  cond_timedwait(sleepCond, sleepLock, tm);
-/// Check for console input. Original code from Beowulf and Olithink
-
-#ifndef _WIN32
-
-int data_available()
-{
-  fd_set readfds;
-  struct timeval  timeout;
-
-  FD_ZERO(&readfds);
-  FD_SET(fileno(stdin), &readfds);
-  timeout.tv_sec = 0; // Set to timeout immediately
-  timeout.tv_usec = 0;
-  select(16, &readfds, 0, 0, &timeout);
-
-  return (FD_ISSET(fileno(stdin), &readfds));
 }
 
-#else
-
-int data_available()
-{
-    static HANDLE inh = NULL;
-    static bool usePipe;
-    INPUT_RECORD rec[256];
-    DWORD dw, recCnt;
-
-    if (!inh)
-    {
-        inh = GetStdHandle(STD_INPUT_HANDLE);
-        usePipe = !GetConsoleMode(inh, &dw);
-        if (!usePipe)
-        {
-            SetConsoleMode(inh, dw & ~(ENABLE_MOUSE_INPUT | ENABLE_WINDOW_INPUT));
-            FlushConsoleInputBuffer(inh);
-        }
-    }
-
-    // If we're running under XBoard then we can't use PeekConsoleInput() as
-    // the input commands are sent to us directly over the internal pipe.
-    if (usePipe)
-        return PeekNamedPipe(inh, NULL, 0, NULL, &dw, NULL) ? dw : 1;
-
-    // Count the number of unread input records, including keyboard,
-    // mouse, and window-resizing input records.
-    GetNumberOfConsoleInputEvents(inh, &dw);
-
-    // Read data from console without removing it from the buffer
-    if (dw <= 0 || !PeekConsoleInput(inh, rec, Min(dw, 256), &recCnt))
-        return 0;
-
-    // Search for at least one keyboard event
-    for (DWORD i = 0; i < recCnt; i++)
-        if (rec[i].EventType == KEY_EVENT)
-            return 1;
-
-    return 0;
-}
-
-#endif
-
 
 /// prefetch() preloads the given address in L1/L2 cache. This is a non
 /// blocking function and do not stalls the CPU waiting for data to be
-/// loaded from RAM, that can be very slow.
+/// loaded from memory, that can be quite slow.
 #if defined(NO_PREFETCH)
+
 void prefetch(char*) {}
+
 #else
 
 void prefetch(char* addr) {
 
-#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__ICL)
+#  if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
    // This hack prevents prefetches to be optimized away by
    // Intel compiler. Both MSVC and gcc seems not affected.
    __asm__ ("");
 #  endif
 
-  _mm_prefetch(addr, _MM_HINT_T2);
+#  if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(_MSC_VER)
-  _mm_prefetch(addr+64, _MM_HINT_T2); // 64 bytes ahead
+  _mm_prefetch(addr, _MM_HINT_T0);
+  _mm_prefetch(addr+64, _MM_HINT_T0); // 64 bytes ahead
+#  else
+  __builtin_prefetch(addr);
+  __builtin_prefetch(addr+64);
+#  endif
 }
 
 #endif
-

src/misc.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,53 +17,53 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(MISC_H_INCLUDED)
 #define MISC_H_INCLUDED
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <fstream>
 #include <string>
+#include <vector>
 
 #include "types.h"
 
-////
+extern const std::string engine_info(bool to_uci = false);
-//// Macros
-////
-
-#define Min(x, y) (((x) < (y))? (x) : (y))
-#define Max(x, y) (((x) < (y))? (y) : (x))
-
-
-////
-//// Prototypes
-////
-
-extern const std::string engine_name();
-extern int get_system_time();
 extern int cpu_count();
-extern int data_available();
+extern void timed_wait(WaitCondition&, Lock&, int);
 extern void prefetch(char* addr);
-extern void prefetchPawn(Key, int);
+extern void start_logger(bool b);
-
-
-////
-//// Debug
-////
-
-extern bool dbg_show_mean;
-extern bool dbg_show_hit_rate;
 
 extern void dbg_hit_on(bool b);
 extern void dbg_hit_on_c(bool c, bool b);
-extern void dbg_before();
-extern void dbg_after();
 extern void dbg_mean_of(int v);
-extern void dbg_print_hit_rate();
+extern void dbg_print();
-extern void dbg_print_mean();
+
+
+struct Log : public std::ofstream {
+  Log(const std::string& f = "log.txt") : std::ofstream(f.c_str(), std::ios::out | std::ios::app) {}
+ ~Log() { if (is_open()) close(); }
+};
+
+
+namespace Time {
+  typedef int64_t point;
+  point now();
+}
+
+
+template<class Entry, int Size>
+struct HashTable {
+  HashTable() : e(Size, Entry()) {}
+  Entry* operator[](Key k) { return &e[(uint32_t)k & (Size - 1)]; }
+
+private:
+  std::vector<Entry> e;
+};
+
+
+enum SyncCout { io_lock, io_unlock };
+std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream&, SyncCout);
+
+#define sync_cout std::cout << io_lock
+#define sync_endl std::endl << io_unlock
 
 #endif // !defined(MISC_H_INCLUDED)

src/move.cpp

@@ -1,152 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cassert>
-#include <cctype>
-
-#include "move.h"
-#include "piece.h"
-#include "position.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-/// move_from_uci() takes a position and a string as input, and attempts to
-/// convert the string to a move, using simple coordinate notation (g1f3,
-/// a7a8q, etc.). In order to correctly parse en passant captures and castling
-/// moves, we need the position. This function is not robust, and expects that
-/// the input move is legal and correctly formatted.
-
-Move move_from_uci(const Position& pos, const std::string& str) {
-
-  Square from, to;
-  Piece piece;
-  Color us = pos.side_to_move();
-
-  if (str.length() < 4)
-      return MOVE_NONE;
-
-  // Read the from and to squares
-  from = make_square(file_from_char(str[0]), rank_from_char(str[1]));
-  to   = make_square(file_from_char(str[2]), rank_from_char(str[3]));
-
-  // Find the moving piece
-  piece = pos.piece_on(from);
-
-  // If the string has more than 4 characters, try to interpret the 5th
-  // character as a promotion.
-  if (str.length() > 4 && piece == piece_of_color_and_type(us, PAWN))
-  {
-      switch (tolower(str[4])) {
-      case 'n':
-          return make_promotion_move(from, to, KNIGHT);
-      case 'b':
-          return make_promotion_move(from, to, BISHOP);
-      case 'r':
-          return make_promotion_move(from, to, ROOK);
-      case 'q':
-          return make_promotion_move(from, to, QUEEN);
-      }
-  }
-
-  // En passant move? We assume that a pawn move is an en passant move
-  // if the destination square is epSquare.
-  if (to == pos.ep_square() && piece == piece_of_color_and_type(us, PAWN))
-      return make_ep_move(from, to);
-
-  // Is this a castling move? A king move is assumed to be a castling move
-  // if the destination square is occupied by a friendly rook, or if the
-  // distance between the source and destination squares is more than 1.
-  if (piece == piece_of_color_and_type(us, KING))
-  {
-      if (pos.piece_on(to) == piece_of_color_and_type(us, ROOK))
-          return make_castle_move(from, to);
-
-      if (square_distance(from, to) > 1)
-      {
-          // This is a castling move, but we have to translate it to the
-          // internal "king captures rook" representation.
-          SquareDelta delta = (to > from ? DELTA_E : DELTA_W);
-          Square s = from;
-
-          do s += delta;
-          while (   pos.piece_on(s) != piece_of_color_and_type(us, ROOK)
-                 && relative_rank(us, s) == RANK_1);
-
-          return relative_rank(us, s) == RANK_1 ? make_castle_move(from, s) : MOVE_NONE;
-      }
-  }
-
-  return make_move(from, to);
-}
-
-
-/// move_to_uci() converts a move to a string in coordinate notation
-/// (g1f3, a7a8q, etc.). The only special case is castling moves, where we
-/// print in the e1g1 notation in normal chess mode, and in e1h1 notation in
-/// Chess960 mode.
-
-const std::string move_to_uci(Move move, bool chess960) {
-
-  std::string str;
-  Square from = move_from(move);
-  Square to = move_to(move);
-
-  if (move == MOVE_NONE)
-      str = "(none)";
-  else if (move == MOVE_NULL)
-      str = "0000";
-  else
-  {
-      if (move_is_short_castle(move) && !chess960)
-          return (from == SQ_E1 ? "e1g1" : "e8g8");
-
-      if (move_is_long_castle(move) && !chess960)
-          return (from == SQ_E1 ? "e1c1" : "e8c8");
-
-      str = square_to_string(from) + square_to_string(to);
-      if (move_is_promotion(move))
-          str += char(tolower(piece_type_to_char(move_promotion_piece(move))));
-  }
-  return str;
-}
-
-
-/// Overload the << operator, to make it easier to print moves.
-
-std::ostream& operator << (std::ostream& os, Move m) {
-
-  bool chess960 = (os.iword(0) != 0); // See set960()
-  return os << move_to_uci(m, chess960);
-}
-
-
-/// move_is_ok(), for debugging.
-
-bool move_is_ok(Move m) {
-
-  return square_is_ok(move_from(m)) && square_is_ok(move_to(m));
-}

src/move.h

@@ -1,211 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(MOVE_H_INCLUDED)
-#define MOVE_H_INCLUDED
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <iostream>
-
-#include "misc.h"
-#include "piece.h"
-#include "square.h"
-
-// Maximum number of allowed moves per position
-const int MOVES_MAX = 256;
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-class Position;
-
-/// A move needs 17 bits to be stored
-///
-/// bit  0- 5: destination square (from 0 to 63)
-/// bit  6-11: origin square (from 0 to 63)
-/// bit 12-14: promotion piece type
-/// bit    15: en passant flag
-/// bit    16: castle flag
-///
-/// Special cases are MOVE_NONE and MOVE_NULL. We can sneak these in
-/// because in any normal move destination square is always different
-/// from origin square while MOVE_NONE and MOVE_NULL have the same
-/// origin and destination square, 0 and 1 respectively.
-
-enum Move {
-  MOVE_NONE = 0,
-  MOVE_NULL = 65
-};
-
-
-struct MoveStack {
-  Move move;
-  int score;
-};
-
-inline bool operator<(const MoveStack& f, const MoveStack& s) { return f.score < s.score; }
-
-// An helper insertion sort implementation, works with pointers and iterators
-template<typename T, typename K>
-inline void insertion_sort(K firstMove, K lastMove)
-{
-    T value;
-    K cur, p, d;
-
-    if (firstMove != lastMove)
-        for (cur = firstMove + 1; cur != lastMove; cur++)
-        {
-            p = d = cur;
-            value = *p--;
-            if (*p < value)
-            {
-                do *d = *p;
-                while (--d != firstMove && *--p < value);
-                *d = value;
-            }
-        }
-}
-
-// Our dedicated sort in range [firstMove, lastMove), first splits
-// positive scores from ramining then order seaprately the two sets.
-template<typename T>
-inline void sort_moves(T* firstMove, T* lastMove, T** lastPositive)
-{
-    T tmp;
-    T *p, *d;
-
-    d = lastMove;
-    p = firstMove - 1;
-
-    d->score = -1; // right guard
-
-    // Split positives vs non-positives
-    do {
-        while ((++p)->score > 0) {}
-
-        if (p != d)
-        {
-            while (--d != p && d->score <= 0) {}
-
-            tmp = *p;
-            *p = *d;
-            *d = tmp;
-        }
-
-    } while (p != d);
-
-    // Sort just positive scored moves, remaining only when we get there
-    insertion_sort<T, T*>(firstMove, p);
-    *lastPositive = p;
-}
-
-// Picks up the best move in range [curMove, lastMove), one per cycle.
-// It is faster then sorting all the moves in advance when moves are few,
-// as normally are the possible captures. Note that is not a stable alghoritm.
-template<typename T>
-inline T pick_best(T* curMove, T* lastMove)
-{
-    T bestMove, tmp;
-
-    bestMove = *curMove;
-    while (++curMove != lastMove)
-    {
-        if (bestMove < *curMove)
-        {
-            tmp = *curMove;
-            *curMove = bestMove;
-            bestMove = tmp;
-        }
-    }
-    return bestMove;
-}
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline Square move_from(Move m) {
-  return Square((int(m) >> 6) & 0x3F);
-}
-
-inline Square move_to(Move m) {
-  return Square(m & 0x3F);
-}
-
-inline PieceType move_promotion_piece(Move m) {
-  return PieceType((int(m) >> 12) & 7);
-}
-
-inline int move_is_special(Move m) {
-  return m & (0x1F << 12);
-}
-
-inline int move_is_promotion(Move m) {
-  return m & (7 << 12);
-}
-
-inline int move_is_ep(Move m) {
-  return m & (1 << 15);
-}
-
-inline int move_is_castle(Move m) {
-  return m & (1 << 16);
-}
-
-inline bool move_is_short_castle(Move m) {
-  return move_is_castle(m) && (move_to(m) > move_from(m));
-}
-
-inline bool move_is_long_castle(Move m) {
-  return move_is_castle(m) && (move_to(m) < move_from(m));
-}
-
-inline Move make_promotion_move(Square from, Square to, PieceType promotion) {
-  return Move(int(to) | (int(from) << 6) | (int(promotion) << 12));
-}
-
-inline Move make_move(Square from, Square to) {
-  return Move(int(to) | (int(from) << 6));
-}
-
-inline Move make_castle_move(Square from, Square to) {
-  return Move(int(to) | (int(from) << 6) | (1 << 16));
-}
-
-inline Move make_ep_move(Square from, Square to) {
-  return Move(int(to) | (int(from) << 6) | (1 << 15));
-}
-
-
-////
-//// Prototypes
-////
-
-extern std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, Move m);
-extern Move move_from_uci(const Position& pos, const std::string &str);
-extern const std::string move_to_uci(Move m, bool chess960);
-extern bool move_is_ok(Move m);
-
-
-#endif // !defined(MOVE_H_INCLUDED)

src/movegen.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,29 +17,43 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(MOVEGEN_H_INCLUDED)
 #define MOVEGEN_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include "types.h"
-//// Includes
-////
 
-#include "position.h"
+enum GenType {
+  CAPTURES,
+  QUIETS,
+  QUIET_CHECKS,
+  EVASIONS,
+  NON_EVASIONS,
+  LEGAL
+};
 
+class Position;
 
-////
+template<GenType>
-//// Prototypes
+MoveStack* generate(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist);
-////
 
-extern MoveStack* generate_captures(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist);
+/// The MoveList struct is a simple wrapper around generate(), sometimes comes
-extern MoveStack* generate_noncaptures(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist);
+/// handy to use this class instead of the low level generate() function.
-extern MoveStack* generate_non_capture_checks(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist);
+template<GenType T>
-extern MoveStack* generate_evasions(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist);
+struct MoveList {
-extern MoveStack* generate_non_evasions(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist);
-extern MoveStack* generate_moves(const Position& pos, MoveStack* mlist, bool pseudoLegal = false);
-extern bool move_is_legal(const Position& pos, const Move m, Bitboard pinned);
-extern bool move_is_legal(const Position& pos, const Move m);
 
+  explicit MoveList(const Position& pos) : cur(mlist), last(generate<T>(pos, mlist)) {}
+  void operator++() { cur++; }
+  bool end() const { return cur == last; }
+  Move move() const { return cur->move; }
+  size_t size() const { return last - mlist; }
+  bool contains(Move m) const {
+    for (const MoveStack* it(mlist); it != last; ++it) if (it->move == m) return true;
+    return false;
+  }
+
+private:
+  MoveStack mlist[MAX_MOVES];
+  MoveStack *cur, *last;
+};
 
 #endif // !defined(MOVEGEN_H_INCLUDED)

src/movepick.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -18,174 +18,145 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <cassert>
 
-#include "history.h"
-#include "movegen.h"
 #include "movepick.h"
-#include "search.h"
+#include "thread.h"
-#include "value.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
 
 namespace {
 
-  enum MovegenPhase {
+  enum Sequencer {
-    PH_TT_MOVES,       // Transposition table move and mate killer
+    MAIN_SEARCH, CAPTURES_S1, KILLERS_S1, QUIETS_1_S1, QUIETS_2_S1, BAD_CAPTURES_S1,
-    PH_GOOD_CAPTURES,  // Queen promotions and captures with SEE values >= 0
+    EVASION,     EVASIONS_S2,
-    PH_KILLERS,        // Killer moves from the current ply
+    QSEARCH_0,   CAPTURES_S3, QUIET_CHECKS_S3,
-    PH_NONCAPTURES,    // Non-captures and underpromotions
+    QSEARCH_1,   CAPTURES_S4,
-    PH_BAD_CAPTURES,   // Queen promotions and captures with SEE values < 0
+    PROBCUT,     CAPTURES_S5,
-    PH_EVASIONS,       // Check evasions
+    RECAPTURE,   CAPTURES_S6,
-    PH_QCAPTURES,      // Captures in quiescence search
+    STOP
-    PH_QCHECKS,        // Non-capture checks in quiescence search
-    PH_STOP
   };
 
-  CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
+  // Our insertion sort, guaranteed to be stable, as is needed
-  const uint8_t MainSearchPhaseTable[] = { PH_TT_MOVES, PH_GOOD_CAPTURES, PH_KILLERS, PH_NONCAPTURES, PH_BAD_CAPTURES, PH_STOP};
+  void insertion_sort(MoveStack* begin, MoveStack* end)
-  const uint8_t EvasionsPhaseTable[] = { PH_TT_MOVES, PH_EVASIONS, PH_STOP};
+  {
-  const uint8_t QsearchWithChecksPhaseTable[] = { PH_TT_MOVES, PH_QCAPTURES, PH_QCHECKS, PH_STOP};
+    MoveStack tmp, *p, *q;
-  const uint8_t QsearchWithoutChecksPhaseTable[] = { PH_TT_MOVES, PH_QCAPTURES, PH_STOP};
+
+    for (p = begin + 1; p < end; ++p)
+    {
+        tmp = *p;
+        for (q = p; q != begin && *(q-1) < tmp; --q)
+            *q = *(q-1);
+        *q = tmp;
+    }
+  }
+
+  // Unary predicate used by std::partition to split positive scores from remaining
+  // ones so to sort separately the two sets, and with the second sort delayed.
+  inline bool has_positive_score(const MoveStack& ms) { return ms.score > 0; }
+
+  // Picks and moves to the front the best move in the range [begin, end),
+  // it is faster than sorting all the moves in advance when moves are few, as
+  // normally are the possible captures.
+  inline MoveStack* pick_best(MoveStack* begin, MoveStack* end)
+  {
+      std::swap(*begin, *std::max_element(begin, end));
+      return begin;
+  }
 }
 
 
-////
+/// Constructors of the MovePicker class. As arguments we pass information
-//// Functions
-////
-
-
-/// Constructor for the MovePicker class. Apart from the position for which
-/// it is asked to pick legal moves, MovePicker also wants some information
 /// to help it to return the presumably good moves first, to decide which
 /// moves to return (in the quiescence search, for instance, we only want to
 /// search captures, promotions and some checks) and about how important good
 /// move ordering is at the current node.
 
 MovePicker::MovePicker(const Position& p, Move ttm, Depth d, const History& h,
-                       SearchStack* ss, Value beta) : pos(p), H(h) {
+                       Search::Stack* s, Value beta) : pos(p), Hist(h), depth(d) {
-  int searchTT = ttm;
-  ttMoves[0].move = ttm;
-  badCaptureThreshold = 0;
-  badCaptures = moves + MOVES_MAX;
 
-  pinned = p.pinned_pieces(pos.side_to_move());
+  assert(d > DEPTH_ZERO);
 
-  if (ss && !p.is_check())
+  captureThreshold = 0;
-  {
+  cur = end = moves;
-      ttMoves[1].move = (ss->mateKiller == ttm) ? MOVE_NONE : ss->mateKiller;
+  endBadCaptures = moves + MAX_MOVES - 1;
-      searchTT |= ttMoves[1].move;
+  ss = s;
-      killers[0].move = ss->killers[0];
-      killers[1].move = ss->killers[1];
-  } else
-      ttMoves[1].move = killers[0].move = killers[1].move = MOVE_NONE;
 
-  if (p.is_check())
+  if (p.checkers())
-      phasePtr = EvasionsPhaseTable;
+      phase = EVASION;
-  else if (d > DEPTH_ZERO)
-  {
-      // Consider sligtly negative captures as good if at low
-      // depth and far from beta.
-      if (ss && ss->eval < beta - PawnValueMidgame && d < 3 * ONE_PLY)
-          badCaptureThreshold = -PawnValueMidgame;
 
-      phasePtr = MainSearchPhaseTable;
-  }
-  else if (d >= DEPTH_QS_CHECKS)
-      phasePtr = QsearchWithChecksPhaseTable;
   else
   {
-      phasePtr = QsearchWithoutChecksPhaseTable;
+      phase = MAIN_SEARCH;
 
-      // Skip TT move if is not a capture or a promotion, this avoids
+      killers[0].move = ss->killers[0];
-      // qsearch tree explosion due to a possible perpetual check or
+      killers[1].move = ss->killers[1];
-      // similar rare cases when TT table is full.
+
-      if (ttm != MOVE_NONE && !pos.move_is_capture_or_promotion(ttm))
+      // Consider sligtly negative captures as good if at low depth and far from beta
-          searchTT = ttMoves[0].move = MOVE_NONE;
+      if (ss && ss->staticEval < beta - PawnValueMg && d < 3 * ONE_PLY)
+          captureThreshold = -PawnValueMg;
+
+      // Consider negative captures as good if still enough to reach beta
+      else if (ss && ss->staticEval > beta)
+          captureThreshold = beta - ss->staticEval;
   }
 
-  phasePtr += int(!searchTT) - 1;
+  ttMove = (ttm && pos.is_pseudo_legal(ttm) ? ttm : MOVE_NONE);
-  go_next_phase();
+  end += (ttMove != MOVE_NONE);
+}
+
+MovePicker::MovePicker(const Position& p, Move ttm, Depth d, const History& h,
+                       Square sq) : pos(p), Hist(h), cur(moves), end(moves) {
+
+  assert(d <= DEPTH_ZERO);
+
+  if (p.checkers())
+      phase = EVASION;
+
+  else if (d > DEPTH_QS_NO_CHECKS)
+      phase = QSEARCH_0;
+
+  else if (d > DEPTH_QS_RECAPTURES)
+  {
+      phase = QSEARCH_1;
+
+      // Skip TT move if is not a capture or a promotion, this avoids qsearch
+      // tree explosion due to a possible perpetual check or similar rare cases
+      // when TT table is full.
+      if (ttm && !pos.is_capture_or_promotion(ttm))
+          ttm = MOVE_NONE;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+      phase = RECAPTURE;
+      recaptureSquare = sq;
+      ttm = MOVE_NONE;
+  }
+
+  ttMove = (ttm && pos.is_pseudo_legal(ttm) ? ttm : MOVE_NONE);
+  end += (ttMove != MOVE_NONE);
+}
+
+MovePicker::MovePicker(const Position& p, Move ttm, const History& h, PieceType pt)
+                       : pos(p), Hist(h), cur(moves), end(moves) {
+
+  assert(!pos.checkers());
+
+  phase = PROBCUT;
+
+  // In ProbCut we generate only captures better than parent's captured piece
+  captureThreshold = PieceValue[MG][pt];
+  ttMove = (ttm && pos.is_pseudo_legal(ttm) ? ttm : MOVE_NONE);
+
+  if (ttMove && (!pos.is_capture(ttMove) ||  pos.see(ttMove) <= captureThreshold))
+      ttMove = MOVE_NONE;
+
+  end += (ttMove != MOVE_NONE);
 }
 
 
-/// MovePicker::go_next_phase() generates, scores and sorts the next bunch
+/// score() assign a numerical move ordering score to each move in a move list.
-/// of moves when there are no more moves to try for the current phase.
+/// The moves with highest scores will be picked first.
-
+template<>
-void MovePicker::go_next_phase() {
+void MovePicker::score<CAPTURES>() {
-
-  curMove = moves;
-  phase = *(++phasePtr);
-  switch (phase) {
-
-  case PH_TT_MOVES:
-      curMove = ttMoves;
-      lastMove = curMove + 2;
-      return;
-
-  case PH_GOOD_CAPTURES:
-      lastMove = generate_captures(pos, moves);
-      score_captures();
-      return;
-
-  case PH_KILLERS:
-      curMove = killers;
-      lastMove = curMove + 2;
-      return;
-
-  case PH_NONCAPTURES:
-      lastMove = generate_noncaptures(pos, moves);
-      score_noncaptures();
-      sort_moves(moves, lastMove, &lastGoodNonCapture);
-      return;
-
-  case PH_BAD_CAPTURES:
-      // Bad captures SEE value is already calculated so just pick
-      // them in order to get SEE move ordering.
-      curMove = badCaptures;
-      lastMove = moves + MOVES_MAX;
-      return;
-
-  case PH_EVASIONS:
-      assert(pos.is_check());
-      lastMove = generate_evasions(pos, moves);
-      score_evasions();
-      return;
-
-  case PH_QCAPTURES:
-      lastMove = generate_captures(pos, moves);
-      score_captures();
-      return;
-
-  case PH_QCHECKS:
-      lastMove = generate_non_capture_checks(pos, moves);
-      return;
-
-  case PH_STOP:
-      lastMove = curMove + 1; // Avoids another go_next_phase() call
-      return;
-
-  default:
-      assert(false);
-      return;
-  }
-}
-
-
-/// MovePicker::score_captures(), MovePicker::score_noncaptures() and
-/// MovePicker::score_evasions() assign a numerical move ordering score
-/// to each move in a move list.  The moves with highest scores will be
-/// picked first by get_next_move().
-
-void MovePicker::score_captures() {
   // Winning and equal captures in the main search are ordered by MVV/LVA.
   // Suprisingly, this appears to perform slightly better than SEE based
   // move ordering. The reason is probably that in a position with a winning
@@ -201,157 +172,206 @@ void MovePicker::score_captures() {
   // some SEE calls in case we get a cutoff (idea from Pablo Vazquez).
   Move m;
 
-  // Use MVV/LVA ordering
+  for (MoveStack* it = moves; it != end; ++it)
-  for (MoveStack* cur = moves; cur != lastMove; cur++)
   {
-      m = cur->move;
+      m = it->move;
-      if (move_is_promotion(m))
+      it->score =  PieceValue[MG][pos.piece_on(to_sq(m))]
-          cur->score = QueenValueMidgame;
+                 - type_of(pos.piece_moved(m));
-      else
+
-          cur->score =  pos.midgame_value_of_piece_on(move_to(m))
+      if (type_of(m) == PROMOTION)
-                      - pos.type_of_piece_on(move_from(m));
+          it->score += PieceValue[MG][promotion_type(m)] - PieceValue[MG][PAWN];
+
+      else if (type_of(m) == ENPASSANT)
+          it->score += PieceValue[MG][PAWN];
   }
 }
 
-void MovePicker::score_noncaptures() {
+template<>
-  // First score by history, when no history is available then use
+void MovePicker::score<QUIETS>() {
-  // piece/square tables values. This seems to be better then a
+
-  // random choice when we don't have an history for any move.
   Move m;
-  Piece piece;
-  Square from, to;
 
-  for (MoveStack* cur = moves; cur != lastMove; cur++)
+  for (MoveStack* it = moves; it != end; ++it)
   {
-      m = cur->move;
+      m = it->move;
-      from = move_from(m);
+      it->score = Hist[pos.piece_moved(m)][to_sq(m)];
-      to = move_to(m);
-      piece = pos.piece_on(from);
-      cur->score = H.value(piece, to) + H.gain(piece, to);
   }
 }
 
-void MovePicker::score_evasions() {
+template<>
-  // Try good captures ordered by MVV/LVA, then non-captures if
+void MovePicker::score<EVASIONS>() {
-  // destination square is not under attack, ordered by history
+  // Try good captures ordered by MVV/LVA, then non-captures if destination square
-  // value, and at the end bad-captures and non-captures with a
+  // is not under attack, ordered by history value, then bad-captures and quiet
-  // negative SEE. This last group is ordered by the SEE score.
+  // moves with a negative SEE. This last group is ordered by the SEE score.
   Move m;
   int seeScore;
 
-  // Skip if we don't have at least two moves to order
+  for (MoveStack* it = moves; it != end; ++it)
-  if (lastMove < moves + 2)
+  {
+      m = it->move;
+      if ((seeScore = pos.see_sign(m)) < 0)
+          it->score = seeScore - History::Max; // At the bottom
+
+      else if (pos.is_capture(m))
+          it->score =  PieceValue[MG][pos.piece_on(to_sq(m))]
+                     - type_of(pos.piece_moved(m)) + History::Max;
+      else
+          it->score = Hist[pos.piece_moved(m)][to_sq(m)];
+  }
+}
+
+
+/// generate_next() generates, scores and sorts the next bunch of moves, when
+/// there are no more moves to try for the current phase.
+
+void MovePicker::generate_next() {
+
+  cur = moves;
+
+  switch (++phase) {
+
+  case CAPTURES_S1: case CAPTURES_S3: case CAPTURES_S4: case CAPTURES_S5: case CAPTURES_S6:
+      end = generate<CAPTURES>(pos, moves);
+      score<CAPTURES>();
       return;
 
-  for (MoveStack* cur = moves; cur != lastMove; cur++)
+  case KILLERS_S1:
-  {
+      cur = killers;
-      m = cur->move;
+      end = cur + 2;
-      if ((seeScore = pos.see_sign(m)) < 0)
+      return;
-          cur->score = seeScore - HistoryMax; // Be sure are at the bottom
+
-      else if (pos.move_is_capture(m))
+  case QUIETS_1_S1:
-          cur->score =  pos.midgame_value_of_piece_on(move_to(m))
+      endQuiets = end = generate<QUIETS>(pos, moves);
-                      - pos.type_of_piece_on(move_from(m)) + HistoryMax;
+      score<QUIETS>();
-      else
+      end = std::partition(cur, end, has_positive_score);
-          cur->score = H.value(pos.piece_on(move_from(m)), move_to(m));
+      insertion_sort(cur, end);
+      return;
+
+  case QUIETS_2_S1:
+      cur = end;
+      end = endQuiets;
+      if (depth >= 3 * ONE_PLY)
+          insertion_sort(cur, end);
+      return;
+
+  case BAD_CAPTURES_S1:
+      // Just pick them in reverse order to get MVV/LVA ordering
+      cur = moves + MAX_MOVES - 1;
+      end = endBadCaptures;
+      return;
+
+  case EVASIONS_S2:
+      end = generate<EVASIONS>(pos, moves);
+      if (end > moves + 1)
+          score<EVASIONS>();
+      return;
+
+  case QUIET_CHECKS_S3:
+      end = generate<QUIET_CHECKS>(pos, moves);
+      return;
+
+  case EVASION: case QSEARCH_0: case QSEARCH_1: case PROBCUT: case RECAPTURE:
+      phase = STOP;
+  case STOP:
+      end = cur + 1; // Avoid another next_phase() call
+      return;
+
+  default:
+      assert(false);
   }
 }
 
-/// MovePicker::get_next_move() is the most important method of the MovePicker
-/// class. It returns a new legal move every time it is called, until there
-/// are no more moves left.
-/// It picks the move with the biggest score from a list of generated moves taking
-/// care not to return the tt move if has already been searched previously.
-/// Note that this function is not thread safe so should be lock protected by
-/// caller when accessed through a shared MovePicker object.
 
-Move MovePicker::get_next_move() {
+/// next_move() is the most important method of the MovePicker class. It returns
+/// a new pseudo legal move every time is called, until there are no more moves
+/// left. It picks the move with the biggest score from a list of generated moves
+/// taking care not returning the ttMove if has already been searched previously.
+template<>
+Move MovePicker::next_move<false>() {
 
   Move move;
 
   while (true)
   {
-      while (curMove != lastMove)
+      while (cur == end)
-      {
+          generate_next();
+
       switch (phase) {
 
-          case PH_TT_MOVES:
+      case MAIN_SEARCH: case EVASION: case QSEARCH_0: case QSEARCH_1: case PROBCUT:
-              move = (curMove++)->move;
+          cur++;
-              if (   move != MOVE_NONE
+          return ttMove;
-                  && move_is_legal(pos, move, pinned))
-                  return move;
-              break;
 
-          case PH_GOOD_CAPTURES:
+      case CAPTURES_S1:
-              move = pick_best(curMove++, lastMove).move;
+          move = pick_best(cur++, end)->move;
-              if (   move != ttMoves[0].move
+          if (move != ttMove)
-                  && move != ttMoves[1].move
-                  && pos.pl_move_is_legal(move, pinned))
           {
-                  // Check for a non negative SEE now
+              assert(captureThreshold <= 0); // Otherwise we cannot use see_sign()
-                  int seeValue = pos.see_sign(move);
+
-                  if (seeValue >= badCaptureThreshold)
+              if (pos.see_sign(move) >= captureThreshold)
                   return move;
 
-                  // Losing capture, move it to the tail of the array, note
+              // Losing capture, move it to the tail of the array
-                  // that move has now been already checked for legality.
+              (endBadCaptures--)->move = move;
-                  (--badCaptures)->move = move;
-                  badCaptures->score = seeValue;
           }
           break;
 
-          case PH_KILLERS:
+      case KILLERS_S1:
-              move = (curMove++)->move;
+          move = (cur++)->move;
           if (    move != MOVE_NONE
-                  && move_is_legal(pos, move, pinned)
+              &&  pos.is_pseudo_legal(move)
-                  && move != ttMoves[0].move
+              &&  move != ttMove
-                  && move != ttMoves[1].move
+              && !pos.is_capture(move))
-                  && !pos.move_is_capture(move))
               return move;
           break;
 
-          case PH_NONCAPTURES:
+      case QUIETS_1_S1: case QUIETS_2_S1:
-
+          move = (cur++)->move;
-              // Sort negative scored moves only when we get there
+          if (   move != ttMove
-              if (curMove == lastGoodNonCapture)
-                  insertion_sort<MoveStack>(lastGoodNonCapture, lastMove);
-
-              move = (curMove++)->move;
-              if (   move != ttMoves[0].move
-                  && move != ttMoves[1].move
               && move != killers[0].move
-                  && move != killers[1].move
+              && move != killers[1].move)
-                  && pos.pl_move_is_legal(move, pinned))
               return move;
           break;
 
-          case PH_BAD_CAPTURES:
+      case BAD_CAPTURES_S1:
-              move = pick_best(curMove++, lastMove).move;
+          return (cur--)->move;
-              return move;
 
-          case PH_EVASIONS:
+      case EVASIONS_S2: case CAPTURES_S3: case CAPTURES_S4:
-          case PH_QCAPTURES:
+          move = pick_best(cur++, end)->move;
-              move = pick_best(curMove++, lastMove).move;
+          if (move != ttMove)
-              if (   move != ttMoves[0].move
-                  && pos.pl_move_is_legal(move, pinned))
               return move;
           break;
 
-          case PH_QCHECKS:
+      case CAPTURES_S5:
-              move = (curMove++)->move;
+           move = pick_best(cur++, end)->move;
-              if (   move != ttMoves[0].move
+           if (move != ttMove && pos.see(move) > captureThreshold)
-                  && pos.pl_move_is_legal(move, pinned))
                return move;
            break;
 
-          case PH_STOP:
+      case CAPTURES_S6:
+          move = pick_best(cur++, end)->move;
+          if (to_sq(move) == recaptureSquare)
+              return move;
+          break;
+
+      case QUIET_CHECKS_S3:
+          move = (cur++)->move;
+          if (move != ttMove)
+              return move;
+          break;
+
+      case STOP:
           return MOVE_NONE;
 
       default:
           assert(false);
-              break;
       }
   }
-      go_next_phase();
-  }
 }
 
+
+/// Version of next_move() to use at split point nodes where the move is grabbed
+/// from the split point's shared MovePicker object. This function is not thread
+/// safe so must be lock protected by the caller.
+template<>
+Move MovePicker::next_move<true>() { return ss->splitPoint->movePicker->next_move<false>(); }

src/movepick.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,71 +17,82 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined MOVEPICK_H_INCLUDED
 #define MOVEPICK_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include <algorithm> // For std::max
-//// Includes
+#include <cstring>   // For memset
-////
 
-#include "depth.h"
+#include "movegen.h"
-#include "history.h"
 #include "position.h"
+#include "search.h"
+#include "types.h"
 
 
-////
+/// The Stats struct stores moves statistics. According to the template parameter
-//// Types
+/// the class can store both History and Gains type statistics. History records
-////
+/// how often different moves have been successful or unsuccessful during the
+/// current search and is used for reduction and move ordering decisions. Gains
+/// records the move's best evaluation gain from one ply to the next and is used
+/// for pruning decisions. Entries are stored according only to moving piece and
+/// destination square, in particular two moves with different origin but same
+/// destination and same piece will be considered identical.
+template<bool Gain>
+struct Stats {
 
-struct SearchStack;
+  static const Value Max = Value(2000);
 
-/// MovePicker is a class which is used to pick one legal move at a time from
+  const Value* operator[](Piece p) const { return &table[p][0]; }
-/// the current position. It is initialized with a Position object and a few
+  void clear() { memset(table, 0, sizeof(table)); }
-/// moves we have reason to believe are good. The most important method is
+
-/// MovePicker::pick_next_move(), which returns a new legal move each time it
+  void update(Piece p, Square to, Value v) {
-/// is called, until there are no legal moves left, when MOVE_NONE is returned.
+
-/// In order to improve the efficiency of the alpha beta algorithm, MovePicker
+    if (Gain)
-/// attempts to return the moves which are most likely to be strongest first.
+        table[p][to] = std::max(v, table[p][to] - 1);
+
+    else if (abs(table[p][to] + v) < Max)
+        table[p][to] +=  v;
+  }
+
+private:
+  Value table[PIECE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+};
+
+typedef Stats<false> History;
+typedef Stats<true> Gains;
+
+
+/// MovePicker class is used to pick one pseudo legal move at a time from the
+/// current position. The most important method is next_move(), which returns a
+/// new pseudo legal move each time it is called, until there are no moves left,
+/// when MOVE_NONE is returned. In order to improve the efficiency of the alpha
+/// beta algorithm, MovePicker attempts to return the moves which are most likely
+/// to get a cut-off first.
 
 class MovePicker {
 
-  MovePicker& operator=(const MovePicker&); // silence a warning under MSVC
+  MovePicker& operator=(const MovePicker&); // Silence a warning under MSVC
 
 public:
-  MovePicker(const Position& p, Move ttm, Depth d, const History& h, SearchStack* ss = NULL, Value beta = -VALUE_INFINITE);
+  MovePicker(const Position&, Move, Depth, const History&, Search::Stack*, Value);
-  Move get_next_move();
+  MovePicker(const Position&, Move, Depth, const History&, Square);
-  int number_of_evasions() const;
+  MovePicker(const Position&, Move, const History&, PieceType);
+  template<bool SpNode> Move next_move();
 
 private:
-  void score_captures();
+  template<GenType> void score();
-  void score_noncaptures();
+  void generate_next();
-  void score_evasions();
-  void go_next_phase();
 
   const Position& pos;
-  const History& H;
+  const History& Hist;
-  Bitboard pinned;
+  Search::Stack* ss;
-  MoveStack ttMoves[2], killers[2];
+  Depth depth;
-  int badCaptureThreshold, phase;
+  Move ttMove;
-  const uint8_t* phasePtr;
+  MoveStack killers[2];
-  MoveStack *curMove, *lastMove, *lastGoodNonCapture, *badCaptures;
+  Square recaptureSquare;
-  MoveStack moves[MOVES_MAX];
+  int captureThreshold, phase;
+  MoveStack *cur, *end, *endQuiets, *endBadCaptures;
+  MoveStack moves[MAX_MOVES];
 };
 
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-/// MovePicker::number_of_evasions() simply returns the number of moves in
-/// evasions phase. It is intended to be used in positions where the side to
-/// move is in check, for detecting checkmates or situations where there is
-/// only a single reply to check.
-/// WARNING: It works as long as PH_EVASIONS is the _only_ phase for evasions.
-
-inline int MovePicker::number_of_evasions() const {
-  return int(lastMove - moves);
-}
-
 #endif // !defined(MOVEPICK_H_INCLUDED)

src/notation.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,263 @@
+/*
+  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
+  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+
+  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <cassert>
+#include <iomanip>
+#include <sstream>
+#include <stack>
+
+#include "movegen.h"
+#include "notation.h"
+#include "position.h"
+
+using namespace std;
+
+static const char* PieceToChar[COLOR_NB] = { " PNBRQK", " pnbrqk" };
+
+
+/// score_to_uci() converts a value to a string suitable for use with the UCI
+/// protocol specifications:
+///
+/// cp <x>     The score from the engine's point of view in centipawns.
+/// mate <y>   Mate in y moves, not plies. If the engine is getting mated
+///            use negative values for y.
+
+string score_to_uci(Value v, Value alpha, Value beta) {
+
+  stringstream s;
+
+  if (abs(v) < VALUE_MATE_IN_MAX_PLY)
+      s << "cp " << v * 100 / int(PawnValueMg);
+  else
+      s << "mate " << (v > 0 ? VALUE_MATE - v + 1 : -VALUE_MATE - v) / 2;
+
+  s << (v >= beta ? " lowerbound" : v <= alpha ? " upperbound" : "");
+
+  return s.str();
+}
+
+
+/// move_to_uci() converts a move to a string in coordinate notation
+/// (g1f3, a7a8q, etc.). The only special case is castling moves, where we print
+/// in the e1g1 notation in normal chess mode, and in e1h1 notation in chess960
+/// mode. Internally castle moves are always coded as "king captures rook".
+
+const string move_to_uci(Move m, bool chess960) {
+
+  Square from = from_sq(m);
+  Square to = to_sq(m);
+
+  if (m == MOVE_NONE)
+      return "(none)";
+
+  if (m == MOVE_NULL)
+      return "0000";
+
+  if (type_of(m) == CASTLE && !chess960)
+      to = (to > from ? FILE_G : FILE_C) | rank_of(from);
+
+  string move = square_to_string(from) + square_to_string(to);
+
+  if (type_of(m) == PROMOTION)
+      move += PieceToChar[BLACK][promotion_type(m)]; // Lower case
+
+  return move;
+}
+
+
+/// move_from_uci() takes a position and a string representing a move in
+/// simple coordinate notation and returns an equivalent legal Move if any.
+
+Move move_from_uci(const Position& pos, string& str) {
+
+  if (str.length() == 5) // Junior could send promotion piece in uppercase
+      str[4] = char(tolower(str[4]));
+
+  for (MoveList<LEGAL> ml(pos); !ml.end(); ++ml)
+      if (str == move_to_uci(ml.move(), pos.is_chess960()))
+          return ml.move();
+
+  return MOVE_NONE;
+}
+
+
+/// move_to_san() takes a position and a legal Move as input and returns its
+/// short algebraic notation representation.
+
+const string move_to_san(Position& pos, Move m) {
+
+  if (m == MOVE_NONE)
+      return "(none)";
+
+  if (m == MOVE_NULL)
+      return "(null)";
+
+  assert(MoveList<LEGAL>(pos).contains(m));
+
+  Bitboard others, b;
+  string san;
+  Color us = pos.side_to_move();
+  Square from = from_sq(m);
+  Square to = to_sq(m);
+  Piece pc = pos.piece_on(from);
+  PieceType pt = type_of(pc);
+
+  if (type_of(m) == CASTLE)
+      san = to > from ? "O-O" : "O-O-O";
+  else
+  {
+      if (pt != PAWN)
+      {
+          san = PieceToChar[WHITE][pt]; // Upper case
+
+          // Disambiguation if we have more then one piece of type 'pt' that can
+          // reach 'to' with a legal move.
+          others = b = (pos.attacks_from(pc, to) & pos.pieces(us, pt)) ^ from;
+
+          while (b)
+          {
+              Move move = make_move(pop_lsb(&b), to);
+              if (!pos.pl_move_is_legal(move, pos.pinned_pieces()))
+                  others ^= from_sq(move);
+          }
+
+          if (others)
+          {
+              if (!(others & file_bb(from)))
+                  san += file_to_char(file_of(from));
+
+              else if (!(others & rank_bb(from)))
+                  san += rank_to_char(rank_of(from));
+
+              else
+                  san += square_to_string(from);
+          }
+      }
+      else if (pos.is_capture(m))
+          san = file_to_char(file_of(from));
+
+      if (pos.is_capture(m))
+          san += 'x';
+
+      san += square_to_string(to);
+
+      if (type_of(m) == PROMOTION)
+          san += string("=") + PieceToChar[WHITE][promotion_type(m)];
+  }
+
+  if (pos.move_gives_check(m, CheckInfo(pos)))
+  {
+      StateInfo st;
+      pos.do_move(m, st);
+      san += MoveList<LEGAL>(pos).size() ? "+" : "#";
+      pos.undo_move(m);
+  }
+
+  return san;
+}
+
+
+/// pretty_pv() formats human-readable search information, typically to be
+/// appended to the search log file. It uses the two helpers below to pretty
+/// format time and score respectively.
+
+static string time_to_string(int64_t msecs) {
+
+  const int MSecMinute = 1000 * 60;
+  const int MSecHour   = 1000 * 60 * 60;
+
+  int64_t hours   =   msecs / MSecHour;
+  int64_t minutes =  (msecs % MSecHour) / MSecMinute;
+  int64_t seconds = ((msecs % MSecHour) % MSecMinute) / 1000;
+
+  stringstream s;
+
+  if (hours)
+      s << hours << ':';
+
+  s << setfill('0') << setw(2) << minutes << ':' << setw(2) << seconds;
+
+  return s.str();
+}
+
+static string score_to_string(Value v) {
+
+  stringstream s;
+
+  if (v >= VALUE_MATE_IN_MAX_PLY)
+      s << "#" << (VALUE_MATE - v + 1) / 2;
+
+  else if (v <= VALUE_MATED_IN_MAX_PLY)
+      s << "-#" << (VALUE_MATE + v) / 2;
+
+  else
+      s << setprecision(2) << fixed << showpos << float(v) / PawnValueMg;
+
+  return s.str();
+}
+
+string pretty_pv(Position& pos, int depth, Value value, int64_t msecs, Move pv[]) {
+
+  const int64_t K = 1000;
+  const int64_t M = 1000000;
+
+  std::stack<StateInfo> st;
+  Move* m = pv;
+  string san, padding;
+  size_t length;
+  stringstream s;
+
+  s << setw(2) << depth
+    << setw(8) << score_to_string(value)
+    << setw(8) << time_to_string(msecs);
+
+  if (pos.nodes_searched() < M)
+      s << setw(8) << pos.nodes_searched() / 1 << "  ";
+
+  else if (pos.nodes_searched() < K * M)
+      s << setw(7) << pos.nodes_searched() / K << "K  ";
+
+  else
+      s << setw(7) << pos.nodes_searched() / M << "M  ";
+
+  padding = string(s.str().length(), ' ');
+  length = padding.length();
+
+  while (*m != MOVE_NONE)
+  {
+      san = move_to_san(pos, *m);
+
+      if (length + san.length() > 80)
+      {
+          s << "\n" + padding;
+          length = padding.length();
+      }
+
+      s << san << ' ';
+      length += san.length() + 1;
+
+      st.push(StateInfo());
+      pos.do_move(*m++, st.top());
+  }
+
+  while (m != pv)
+      pos.undo_move(*--m);
+
+  return s.str();
+}

src/notation.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,40 +17,19 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
+#if !defined(NOTATION_H_INCLUDED)
+#define NOTATION_H_INCLUDED
 
-#if !defined(COLOR_H_INCLUDED)
+#include <string>
-#define COLOR_H_INCLUDED
 
 #include "types.h"
 
-////
+class Position;
-//// Types
-////
 
-enum Color {
+std::string score_to_uci(Value v, Value alpha = -VALUE_INFINITE, Value beta = VALUE_INFINITE);
-  WHITE,
+Move move_from_uci(const Position& pos, std::string& str);
-  BLACK,
+const std::string move_to_uci(Move m, bool chess960);
-  COLOR_NONE
+const std::string move_to_san(Position& pos, Move m);
-};
+std::string pretty_pv(Position& pos, int depth, Value score, int64_t msecs, Move pv[]);
 
-enum SquareColor {
+#endif // !defined(NOTATION_H_INCLUDED)
-  DARK,
-  LIGHT
-};
-
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Color)
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline Color opposite_color(Color c) {
-  return Color(int(c) ^ 1);
-}
-
-inline bool color_is_ok(Color c) {
-  return c == WHITE || c == BLACK;
-}
-
-#endif // !defined(COLOR_H_INCLUDED)

src/pawns.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,181 +17,119 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <cassert>
-#include <cstring>
 
+#include "bitboard.h"
 #include "bitcount.h"
 #include "pawns.h"
 #include "position.h"
 
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
-
 namespace {
 
-  /// Constants and variables
+  #define V Value
-
   #define S(mg, eg) make_score(mg, eg)
 
   // Doubled pawn penalty by opposed flag and file
-  const Score DoubledPawnPenalty[2][8] = {
+  const Score DoubledPawnPenalty[2][FILE_NB] = {
   { S(13, 43), S(20, 48), S(23, 48), S(23, 48),
     S(23, 48), S(23, 48), S(20, 48), S(13, 43) },
   { S(13, 43), S(20, 48), S(23, 48), S(23, 48),
     S(23, 48), S(23, 48), S(20, 48), S(13, 43) }};
 
   // Isolated pawn penalty by opposed flag and file
-  const Score IsolatedPawnPenalty[2][8] = {
+  const Score IsolatedPawnPenalty[2][FILE_NB] = {
   { S(37, 45), S(54, 52), S(60, 52), S(60, 52),
     S(60, 52), S(60, 52), S(54, 52), S(37, 45) },
   { S(25, 30), S(36, 35), S(40, 35), S(40, 35),
     S(40, 35), S(40, 35), S(36, 35), S(25, 30) }};
 
   // Backward pawn penalty by opposed flag and file
-  const Score BackwardPawnPenalty[2][8] = {
+  const Score BackwardPawnPenalty[2][FILE_NB] = {
   { S(30, 42), S(43, 46), S(49, 46), S(49, 46),
     S(49, 46), S(49, 46), S(43, 46), S(30, 42) },
   { S(20, 28), S(29, 31), S(33, 31), S(33, 31),
     S(33, 31), S(33, 31), S(29, 31), S(20, 28) }};
 
   // Pawn chain membership bonus by file
-  const Score ChainBonus[8] = {
+  const Score ChainBonus[FILE_NB] = {
     S(11,-1), S(13,-1), S(13,-1), S(14,-1),
     S(14,-1), S(13,-1), S(13,-1), S(11,-1)
   };
 
   // Candidate passed pawn bonus by rank
-  const Score CandidateBonus[8] = {
+  const Score CandidateBonus[RANK_NB] = {
     S( 0, 0), S( 6, 13), S(6,13), S(14,29),
     S(34,68), S(83,166), S(0, 0), S( 0, 0)
   };
 
+  const Score PawnStructureWeight = S(233, 201);
+
+  // Weakness of our pawn shelter in front of the king indexed by [king pawn][rank]
+  const Value ShelterWeakness[2][RANK_NB] =
+  { { V(141), V(0), V(38), V(102), V(128), V(141), V(141) },
+    { V( 61), V(0), V(16), V( 44), V( 56), V( 61), V( 61) } };
+
+  // Danger of enemy pawns moving toward our king indexed by [pawn blocked][rank]
+  const Value StormDanger[2][RANK_NB] =
+  { { V(26), V(0), V(128), V(51), V(26) },
+    { V(13), V(0), V( 64), V(25), V(13) } };
+
+  // Max bonus for king safety. Corresponds to start position with all the pawns
+  // in front of the king and no enemy pawn on the horizont.
+  const Value MaxSafetyBonus = V(263);
+
   #undef S
-}
+  #undef V
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-/// PawnInfoTable c'tor and d'tor instantiated one each thread
-
-PawnInfoTable::PawnInfoTable() {
-
-  entries = new PawnInfo[PawnTableSize];
-
-  if (!entries)
-  {
-      std::cerr << "Failed to allocate " << (PawnTableSize * sizeof(PawnInfo))
-                << " bytes for pawn hash table." << std::endl;
-      exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
-  }
-  memset(entries, 0, PawnTableSize * sizeof(PawnInfo));
-}
-
-
-PawnInfoTable::~PawnInfoTable() {
-
-  delete [] entries;
-}
-
-
-/// PawnInfoTable::get_pawn_info() takes a position object as input, computes
-/// a PawnInfo object, and returns a pointer to it. The result is also stored
-/// in a hash table, so we don't have to recompute everything when the same
-/// pawn structure occurs again.
-
-PawnInfo* PawnInfoTable::get_pawn_info(const Position& pos) const {
-
-  assert(pos.is_ok());
-
-  Key key = pos.get_pawn_key();
-  unsigned index = unsigned(key & (PawnTableSize - 1));
-  PawnInfo* pi = entries + index;
-
-  // If pi->key matches the position's pawn hash key, it means that we
-  // have analysed this pawn structure before, and we can simply return
-  // the information we found the last time instead of recomputing it.
-  if (pi->key == key)
-      return pi;
-
-  // Clear the PawnInfo object, and set the key
-  memset(pi, 0, sizeof(PawnInfo));
-  pi->halfOpenFiles[WHITE] = pi->halfOpenFiles[BLACK] = 0xFF;
-  pi->kingSquares[WHITE] = pi->kingSquares[BLACK] = SQ_NONE;
-  pi->key = key;
-
-  // Calculate pawn attacks
-  Bitboard wPawns = pos.pieces(PAWN, WHITE);
-  Bitboard bPawns = pos.pieces(PAWN, BLACK);
-  pi->pawnAttacks[WHITE] = ((wPawns << 9) & ~FileABB) | ((wPawns << 7) & ~FileHBB);
-  pi->pawnAttacks[BLACK] = ((bPawns >> 7) & ~FileABB) | ((bPawns >> 9) & ~FileHBB);
-
-  // Evaluate pawns for both colors
-  pi->value =  evaluate_pawns<WHITE>(pos, wPawns, bPawns, pi)
-             - evaluate_pawns<BLACK>(pos, bPawns, wPawns, pi);
-  return pi;
-}
-
-
-/// PawnInfoTable::evaluate_pawns() evaluates each pawn of the given color
 
   template<Color Us>
-Score PawnInfoTable::evaluate_pawns(const Position& pos, Bitboard ourPawns,
+  Score evaluate_pawns(const Position& pos, Bitboard ourPawns,
-                                    Bitboard theirPawns, PawnInfo* pi) const {
+                       Bitboard theirPawns, Pawns::Entry* e) {
+
+    const Color Them = (Us == WHITE ? BLACK : WHITE);
+
     Bitboard b;
     Square s;
     File f;
     Rank r;
     bool passed, isolated, doubled, opposed, chain, backward, candidate;
     Score value = SCORE_ZERO;
-  const BitCountType Max15 = CpuIs64Bit ? CNT64_MAX15 : CNT32_MAX15;
+    const Square* pl = pos.piece_list(Us, PAWN);
-  const Square* ptr = pos.piece_list_begin(Us, PAWN);
 
     // Loop through all pawns of the current color and score each pawn
-  while ((s = *ptr++) != SQ_NONE)
+    while ((s = *pl++) != SQ_NONE)
     {
-      assert(pos.piece_on(s) == piece_of_color_and_type(Us, PAWN));
+        assert(pos.piece_on(s) == make_piece(Us, PAWN));
 
-      f = square_file(s);
+        f = file_of(s);
-      r = square_rank(s);
+        r = rank_of(s);
 
         // This file cannot be half open
-      pi->halfOpenFiles[Us] &= ~(1 << f);
+        e->halfOpenFiles[Us] &= ~(1 << f);
 
-      // Our rank plus previous one. Used for chain detection.
+        // Our rank plus previous one. Used for chain detection
         b = rank_bb(r) | rank_bb(Us == WHITE ? r - Rank(1) : r + Rank(1));
 
-      // Passed, isolated, doubled or member of a pawn
+        // Flag the pawn as passed, isolated, doubled or member of a pawn
-      // chain (but not the backward one) ?
+        // chain (but not the backward one).
+        chain    =   ourPawns   & adjacent_files_bb(f) & b;
+        isolated = !(ourPawns   & adjacent_files_bb(f));
+        doubled  =   ourPawns   & forward_bb(Us, s);
+        opposed  =   theirPawns & forward_bb(Us, s);
         passed   = !(theirPawns & passed_pawn_mask(Us, s));
-      doubled  =   ourPawns   & squares_in_front_of(Us, s);
-      opposed  =   theirPawns & squares_in_front_of(Us, s);
-      isolated = !(ourPawns   & neighboring_files_bb(f));
-      chain    =   ourPawns   & neighboring_files_bb(f) & b;
 
         // Test for backward pawn
-      //
         backward = false;
 
-      // If the pawn is passed, isolated, or member of a pawn chain
+        // If the pawn is passed, isolated, or member of a pawn chain it cannot
-      // it cannot be backward. If can capture an enemy pawn or if
+        // be backward. If there are friendly pawns behind on adjacent files
-      // there are friendly pawns behind on neighboring files it cannot
+        // or if can capture an enemy pawn it cannot be backward either.
-      // be backward either.
         if (   !(passed | isolated | chain)
-          && !(ourPawns & attack_span_mask(opposite_color(Us), s))
+            && !(ourPawns & attack_span_mask(Them, s))
             && !(pos.attacks_from<PAWN>(s, Us) & theirPawns))
         {
             // We now know that there are no friendly pawns beside or behind this
-          // pawn on neighboring files. We now check whether the pawn is
+            // pawn on adjacent files. We now check whether the pawn is
-          // backward by looking in the forward direction on the neighboring
+            // backward by looking in the forward direction on the adjacent
             // files, and seeing whether we meet a friendly or an enemy pawn first.
             b = pos.attacks_from<PAWN>(s, Us);
 
@@ -200,23 +138,26 @@ Score PawnInfoTable::evaluate_pawns(const Position& pos, Bitboard ourPawns,
             while (!(b & (ourPawns | theirPawns)))
                 Us == WHITE ? b <<= 8 : b >>= 8;
 
-          // The friendly pawn needs to be at least two ranks closer than the enemy
+            // The friendly pawn needs to be at least two ranks closer than the
-          // pawn in order to help the potentially backward pawn advance.
+            // enemy pawn in order to help the potentially backward pawn advance.
             backward = (b | (Us == WHITE ? b << 8 : b >> 8)) & theirPawns;
         }
 
-      assert(passed | opposed | (attack_span_mask(Us, s) & theirPawns));
+        assert(opposed | passed | (attack_span_mask(Us, s) & theirPawns));
 
-      // Test for candidate passed pawn
+        // A not passed pawn is a candidate to become passed if it is free to
-      candidate =   !(opposed | passed)
+        // advance and if the number of friendly pawns beside or behind this
-                 && (b = attack_span_mask(opposite_color(Us), s + pawn_push(Us)) & ourPawns) != EmptyBoardBB
+        // pawn on adjacent files is higher or equal than the number of
-                 &&  count_1s<Max15>(b) >= count_1s<Max15>(attack_span_mask(Us, s) & theirPawns);
+        // enemy pawns in the forward direction on the adjacent files.
+        candidate =   !(opposed | passed | backward | isolated)
+                   && (b = attack_span_mask(Them, s + pawn_push(Us)) & ourPawns) != 0
+                   &&  popcount<Max15>(b) >= popcount<Max15>(attack_span_mask(Us, s) & theirPawns);
 
-      // Mark the pawn as passed. Pawn will be properly scored in evaluation
+        // Passed pawns will be properly scored in evaluation because we need
-      // because we need full attack info to evaluate passed pawns. Only the
+        // full attack info to evaluate passed pawns. Only the frontmost passed
-      // frontmost passed pawn on each file is considered a true passed pawn.
+        // pawn on each file is considered a true passed pawn.
         if (passed && !doubled)
-          set_bit(&(pi->passedPawns[Us]), s);
+            e->passedPawns[Us] |= s;
 
         // Score this pawn
         if (isolated)
@@ -234,5 +175,118 @@ Score PawnInfoTable::evaluate_pawns(const Position& pos, Bitboard ourPawns,
         if (candidate)
             value += CandidateBonus[relative_rank(Us, s)];
     }
+
+    e->pawnsOnSquares[Us][BLACK] = popcount<Max15>(ourPawns & BlackSquares);
+    e->pawnsOnSquares[Us][WHITE] = pos.piece_count(Us, PAWN) - e->pawnsOnSquares[Us][BLACK];
+
+    e->pawnsOnSquares[Them][BLACK] = popcount<Max15>(theirPawns & BlackSquares);
+    e->pawnsOnSquares[Them][WHITE] = pos.piece_count(Them, PAWN) - e->pawnsOnSquares[Them][BLACK];
+
     return value;
   }
+}
+
+namespace Pawns {
+
+/// probe() takes a position object as input, computes a Entry object, and returns
+/// a pointer to it. The result is also stored in a hash table, so we don't have
+/// to recompute everything when the same pawn structure occurs again.
+
+Entry* probe(const Position& pos, Table& entries) {
+
+  Key key = pos.pawn_key();
+  Entry* e = entries[key];
+
+  // If e->key matches the position's pawn hash key, it means that we
+  // have analysed this pawn structure before, and we can simply return
+  // the information we found the last time instead of recomputing it.
+  if (e->key == key)
+      return e;
+
+  e->key = key;
+  e->passedPawns[WHITE] = e->passedPawns[BLACK] = 0;
+  e->kingSquares[WHITE] = e->kingSquares[BLACK] = SQ_NONE;
+  e->halfOpenFiles[WHITE] = e->halfOpenFiles[BLACK] = 0xFF;
+
+  Bitboard wPawns = pos.pieces(WHITE, PAWN);
+  Bitboard bPawns = pos.pieces(BLACK, PAWN);
+  e->pawnAttacks[WHITE] = ((wPawns & ~FileHBB) << 9) | ((wPawns & ~FileABB) << 7);
+  e->pawnAttacks[BLACK] = ((bPawns & ~FileHBB) >> 7) | ((bPawns & ~FileABB) >> 9);
+
+  e->value =  evaluate_pawns<WHITE>(pos, wPawns, bPawns, e)
+            - evaluate_pawns<BLACK>(pos, bPawns, wPawns, e);
+
+  e->value = apply_weight(e->value, PawnStructureWeight);
+
+  return e;
+}
+
+
+/// Entry::shelter_storm() calculates shelter and storm penalties for the file
+/// the king is on, as well as the two adjacent files.
+
+template<Color Us>
+Value Entry::shelter_storm(const Position& pos, Square ksq) {
+
+  const Color Them = (Us == WHITE ? BLACK : WHITE);
+
+  Value safety = MaxSafetyBonus;
+  Bitboard b = pos.pieces(PAWN) & (in_front_bb(Us, ksq) | rank_bb(ksq));
+  Bitboard ourPawns = b & pos.pieces(Us) & ~rank_bb(ksq);
+  Bitboard theirPawns = b & pos.pieces(Them);
+  Rank rkUs, rkThem;
+  File kf = file_of(ksq);
+
+  kf = (kf == FILE_A) ? FILE_B : (kf == FILE_H) ? FILE_G : kf;
+
+  for (int f = kf - 1; f <= kf + 1; f++)
+  {
+      // Shelter penalty is higher for the pawn in front of the king
+      b = ourPawns & FileBB[f];
+      rkUs = b ? rank_of(Us == WHITE ? lsb(b) : ~msb(b)) : RANK_1;
+      safety -= ShelterWeakness[f != kf][rkUs];
+
+      // Storm danger is smaller if enemy pawn is blocked
+      b  = theirPawns & FileBB[f];
+      rkThem = b ? rank_of(Us == WHITE ? lsb(b) : ~msb(b)) : RANK_1;
+      safety -= StormDanger[rkThem == rkUs + 1][rkThem];
+  }
+
+  return safety;
+}
+
+
+/// Entry::update_safety() calculates and caches a bonus for king safety. It is
+/// called only when king square changes, about 20% of total king_safety() calls.
+
+template<Color Us>
+Score Entry::update_safety(const Position& pos, Square ksq) {
+
+  kingSquares[Us] = ksq;
+  castleRights[Us] = pos.can_castle(Us);
+  minKPdistance[Us] = 0;
+
+  Bitboard pawns = pos.pieces(Us, PAWN);
+  if (pawns)
+      while (!(DistanceRingsBB[ksq][minKPdistance[Us]++] & pawns)) {}
+
+  if (relative_rank(Us, ksq) > RANK_4)
+      return kingSafety[Us] = make_score(0, -16 * minKPdistance[Us]);
+
+  Value bonus = shelter_storm<Us>(pos, ksq);
+
+  // If we can castle use the bonus after the castle if is bigger
+  if (pos.can_castle(make_castle_right(Us, KING_SIDE)))
+      bonus = std::max(bonus, shelter_storm<Us>(pos, relative_square(Us, SQ_G1)));
+
+  if (pos.can_castle(make_castle_right(Us, QUEEN_SIDE)))
+      bonus = std::max(bonus, shelter_storm<Us>(pos, relative_square(Us, SQ_C1)));
+
+  return kingSafety[Us] = make_score(bonus, -16 * minKPdistance[Us]);
+}
+
+// Explicit template instantiation
+template Score Entry::update_safety<WHITE>(const Position& pos, Square ksq);
+template Score Entry::update_safety<BLACK>(const Position& pos, Square ksq);
+
+} // namespace Pawns

src/pawns.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,147 +17,60 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(PAWNS_H_INCLUDED)
 #define PAWNS_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include "misc.h"
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include "bitboard.h"
 #include "position.h"
-#include "value.h"
+#include "types.h"
 
-////
+namespace Pawns {
-//// Types
-////
 
-const int PawnTableSize = 16384;
+/// Pawns::Entry contains various information about a pawn structure. Currently,
+/// it only includes a middle game and end game pawn structure evaluation, and a
+/// bitboard of passed pawns. We may want to add further information in the future.
+/// A lookup to the pawn hash table (performed by calling the probe function)
+/// returns a pointer to an Entry object.
 
-/// PawnInfo is a class which contains various information about a pawn
+struct Entry {
-/// structure. Currently, it only includes a middle game and an end game
-/// pawn structure evaluation, and a bitboard of passed pawns. We may want
-/// to add further information in the future. A lookup to the pawn hash table
-/// (performed by calling the get_pawn_info method in a PawnInfoTable object)
-/// returns a pointer to a PawnInfo object.
-class PawnInfo {
 
-  friend class PawnInfoTable;
+  Score pawns_value() const { return value; }
-
+  Bitboard pawn_attacks(Color c) const { return pawnAttacks[c]; }
-public:
+  Bitboard passed_pawns(Color c) const { return passedPawns[c]; }
-  Score pawns_value() const;
+  int file_is_half_open(Color c, File f) const { return halfOpenFiles[c] & (1 << int(f)); }
-  Bitboard pawn_attacks(Color c) const;
+  int has_open_file_to_left(Color c, File f) const { return halfOpenFiles[c] & ((1 << int(f)) - 1); }
-  Bitboard passed_pawns(Color c) const;
+  int has_open_file_to_right(Color c, File f) const { return halfOpenFiles[c] & ~((1 << int(f+1)) - 1); }
-  int file_is_half_open(Color c, File f) const;
+  int pawns_on_same_color_squares(Color c, Square s) const { return pawnsOnSquares[c][!!(BlackSquares & s)]; }
-  int has_open_file_to_left(Color c, File f) const;
-  int has_open_file_to_right(Color c, File f) const;
 
   template<Color Us>
-  Score king_shelter(const Position& pos, Square ksq);
+  Score king_safety(const Position& pos, Square ksq)  {
+
+    return kingSquares[Us] == ksq && castleRights[Us] == pos.can_castle(Us)
+         ? kingSafety[Us] : update_safety<Us>(pos, ksq);
+  }
 
-private:
   template<Color Us>
-  Score updateShelter(const Position& pos, Square ksq);
+  Score update_safety(const Position& pos, Square ksq);
+
+  template<Color Us>
+  Value shelter_storm(const Position& pos, Square ksq);
 
   Key key;
-  Bitboard passedPawns[2];
+  Bitboard passedPawns[COLOR_NB];
-  Bitboard pawnAttacks[2];
+  Bitboard pawnAttacks[COLOR_NB];
-  Square kingSquares[2];
+  Square kingSquares[COLOR_NB];
+  int minKPdistance[COLOR_NB];
+  int castleRights[COLOR_NB];
   Score value;
-  int halfOpenFiles[2];
+  int halfOpenFiles[COLOR_NB];
-  Score kingShelters[2];
+  Score kingSafety[COLOR_NB];
+  int pawnsOnSquares[COLOR_NB][COLOR_NB];
 };
 
-/// The PawnInfoTable class represents a pawn hash table.  It is basically
+typedef HashTable<Entry, 16384> Table;
-/// just an array of PawnInfo objects and a few methods for accessing these
-/// objects.  The most important method is get_pawn_info, which looks up a
-/// position in the table and returns a pointer to a PawnInfo object.
 
-class PawnInfoTable {
+Entry* probe(const Position& pos, Table& entries);
 
-  enum SideType { KingSide, QueenSide };
-
-  PawnInfoTable(const PawnInfoTable&);
-  PawnInfoTable& operator=(const PawnInfoTable&);
-
-public:
-  PawnInfoTable();
-  ~PawnInfoTable();
-  PawnInfo* get_pawn_info(const Position& pos) const;
-  void prefetch(Key key) const;
-
-private:
-  template<Color Us>
-  Score evaluate_pawns(const Position& pos, Bitboard ourPawns, Bitboard theirPawns, PawnInfo* pi) const;
-
-  PawnInfo* entries;
-};
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline void PawnInfoTable::prefetch(Key key) const {
-
-    unsigned index = unsigned(key & (PawnTableSize - 1));
-    PawnInfo* pi = entries + index;
-    ::prefetch((char*) pi);
-}
-
-inline Score PawnInfo::pawns_value() const {
-  return value;
-}
-
-inline Bitboard PawnInfo::pawn_attacks(Color c) const {
-  return pawnAttacks[c];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard PawnInfo::passed_pawns(Color c) const {
-  return passedPawns[c];
-}
-
-inline int PawnInfo::file_is_half_open(Color c, File f) const {
-  return (halfOpenFiles[c] & (1 << int(f)));
-}
-
-inline int PawnInfo::has_open_file_to_left(Color c, File f) const {
-  return halfOpenFiles[c] & ((1 << int(f)) - 1);
-}
-
-inline int PawnInfo::has_open_file_to_right(Color c, File f) const {
-  return halfOpenFiles[c] & ~((1 << int(f+1)) - 1);
-}
-
-/// PawnInfo::updateShelter() calculates and caches king shelter. It is called
-/// only when king square changes, about 20% of total king_shelter() calls.
-template<Color Us>
-Score PawnInfo::updateShelter(const Position& pos, Square ksq) {
-
-  const int Shift = (Us == WHITE ? 8 : -8);
-
-  Bitboard pawns;
-  int r, shelter = 0;
-
-  if (relative_rank(Us, ksq) <= RANK_4)
-  {
-      pawns = pos.pieces(PAWN, Us) & this_and_neighboring_files_bb(ksq);
-      r = square_rank(ksq) * 8;
-      for (int i = 1; i < 4; i++)
-      {
-          r += Shift;
-          shelter += BitCount8Bit[(pawns >> r) & 0xFF] * (128 >> i);
-      }
-  }
-  kingSquares[Us] = ksq;
-  kingShelters[Us] = make_score(shelter, 0);
-  return kingShelters[Us];
-}
-
-template<Color Us>
-inline Score PawnInfo::king_shelter(const Position& pos, Square ksq) {
-  return kingSquares[Us] == ksq ? kingShelters[Us] : updateShelter<Us>(pos, ksq);
 }
 
 #endif // !defined(PAWNS_H_INCLUDED)

src/piece.h

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(PIECE_H_INCLUDED)
-#define PIECE_H_INCLUDED
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <string>
-
-#include "color.h"
-#include "square.h"
-#include "value.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-enum PieceType {
-  PIECE_TYPE_NONE = 0,
-  PAWN = 1, KNIGHT = 2, BISHOP = 3, ROOK = 4, QUEEN = 5, KING = 6
-};
-
-enum Piece {
-  PIECE_NONE_DARK_SQ = 0, WP = 1, WN = 2, WB = 3, WR = 4, WQ = 5, WK = 6,
-  BP = 9, BN = 10, BB = 11, BR = 12, BQ = 13, BK = 14, PIECE_NONE = 16
-};
-
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(PieceType)
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Piece)
-
-
-////
-//// Constants
-////
-
-/// Important: If the material values are changed, one must also
-/// adjust the piece square tables, and the method game_phase() in the
-/// Position class!
-///
-/// Values modified by Joona Kiiski
-
-const Value PawnValueMidgame   = Value(0x0C6);
-const Value PawnValueEndgame   = Value(0x102);
-const Value KnightValueMidgame = Value(0x331);
-const Value KnightValueEndgame = Value(0x34E);
-const Value BishopValueMidgame = Value(0x344);
-const Value BishopValueEndgame = Value(0x359);
-const Value RookValueMidgame   = Value(0x4F6);
-const Value RookValueEndgame   = Value(0x4FE);
-const Value QueenValueMidgame  = Value(0x9D9);
-const Value QueenValueEndgame  = Value(0x9FE);
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline PieceType type_of_piece(Piece p)  {
-  return PieceType(int(p) & 7);
-}
-
-inline Color color_of_piece(Piece p) {
-  return Color(int(p) >> 3);
-}
-
-inline Piece piece_of_color_and_type(Color c, PieceType pt) {
-  return Piece((int(c) << 3) | int(pt));
-}
-
-inline SquareDelta pawn_push(Color c) {
-    return (c == WHITE ? DELTA_N : DELTA_S);
-}
-
-inline bool piece_type_is_ok(PieceType pt) {
-  return pt >= PAWN && pt <= KING;
-}
-
-inline bool piece_is_ok(Piece p) {
-  return piece_type_is_ok(type_of_piece(p)) && color_is_ok(color_of_piece(p));
-}
-
-inline char piece_type_to_char(PieceType pt) {
-  return std::string(" PNBRQK")[pt];
-}
-
-inline PieceType piece_type_from_char(char c) {
-  return PieceType(std::string(" PNBRQK").find(c));
-}
-
-#endif // !defined(PIECE_H_INCLUDED)

src/platform.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/*
+  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
+  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+
+  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#if !defined(PLATFORM_H_INCLUDED)
+#define PLATFORM_H_INCLUDED
+
+#if defined(_MSC_VER)
+
+// Disable some silly and noisy warning from MSVC compiler
+#pragma warning(disable: 4127) // Conditional expression is constant
+#pragma warning(disable: 4146) // Unary minus operator applied to unsigned type
+#pragma warning(disable: 4800) // Forcing value to bool 'true' or 'false'
+#pragma warning(disable: 4996) // Function _ftime() may be unsafe
+
+// MSVC does not support <inttypes.h>
+typedef   signed __int8    int8_t;
+typedef unsigned __int8   uint8_t;
+typedef   signed __int16  int16_t;
+typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
+typedef   signed __int32  int32_t;
+typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
+typedef   signed __int64  int64_t;
+typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
+
+#else
+#  include <inttypes.h>
+#  include <unistd.h>  // Used by sysconf(_SC_NPROCESSORS_ONLN)
+#endif
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WIN64) // Linux - Unix
+
+#  include <sys/time.h>
+typedef timeval sys_time_t;
+
+inline void system_time(sys_time_t* t) { gettimeofday(t, NULL); }
+inline int64_t time_to_msec(const sys_time_t& t) { return t.tv_sec * 1000LL + t.tv_usec / 1000; }
+
+#  include <pthread.h>
+typedef pthread_mutex_t Lock;
+typedef pthread_cond_t WaitCondition;
+typedef pthread_t NativeHandle;
+typedef void*(*pt_start_fn)(void*);
+
+#  define lock_init(x) pthread_mutex_init(&(x), NULL)
+#  define lock_grab(x) pthread_mutex_lock(&(x))
+#  define lock_release(x) pthread_mutex_unlock(&(x))
+#  define lock_destroy(x) pthread_mutex_destroy(&(x))
+#  define cond_destroy(x) pthread_cond_destroy(&(x))
+#  define cond_init(x) pthread_cond_init(&(x), NULL)
+#  define cond_signal(x) pthread_cond_signal(&(x))
+#  define cond_wait(x,y) pthread_cond_wait(&(x),&(y))
+#  define cond_timedwait(x,y,z) pthread_cond_timedwait(&(x),&(y),z)
+#  define thread_create(x,f,t) !pthread_create(&(x),NULL,(pt_start_fn)f,t)
+#  define thread_join(x) pthread_join(x, NULL)
+
+#else // Windows and MinGW
+
+#  include <sys/timeb.h>
+typedef _timeb sys_time_t;
+
+inline void system_time(sys_time_t* t) { _ftime(t); }
+inline int64_t time_to_msec(const sys_time_t& t) { return t.time * 1000LL + t.millitm; }
+
+#if !defined(NOMINMAX)
+#  define NOMINMAX // disable macros min() and max()
+#endif
+
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#include <windows.h>
+#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#undef NOMINMAX
+
+// We use critical sections on Windows to support Windows XP and older versions,
+// unfortunatly cond_wait() is racy between lock_release() and WaitForSingleObject()
+// but apart from this they have the same speed performance of SRW locks.
+typedef CRITICAL_SECTION Lock;
+typedef HANDLE WaitCondition;
+typedef HANDLE NativeHandle;
+
+// On Windows 95 and 98 parameter lpThreadId my not be null
+inline DWORD* dwWin9xKludge() { static DWORD dw; return &dw; }
+
+#  define lock_init(x) InitializeCriticalSection(&(x))
+#  define lock_grab(x) EnterCriticalSection(&(x))
+#  define lock_release(x) LeaveCriticalSection(&(x))
+#  define lock_destroy(x) DeleteCriticalSection(&(x))
+#  define cond_init(x) { x = CreateEvent(0, FALSE, FALSE, 0); }
+#  define cond_destroy(x) CloseHandle(x)
+#  define cond_signal(x) SetEvent(x)
+#  define cond_wait(x,y) { lock_release(y); WaitForSingleObject(x, INFINITE); lock_grab(y); }
+#  define cond_timedwait(x,y,z) { lock_release(y); WaitForSingleObject(x,z); lock_grab(y); }
+#  define thread_create(x,f,t) (x = CreateThread(NULL,0,(LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE)f,t,0,dwWin9xKludge()), x != NULL)
+#  define thread_join(x) { WaitForSingleObject(x, INFINITE); CloseHandle(x); }
+
+#endif
+
+#endif // !defined(PLATFORM_H_INCLUDED)

src/position.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,85 +17,56 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(POSITION_H_INCLUDED)
 #define POSITION_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include <cassert>
-//// Includes
+#include <cstddef>
-////
 
 #include "bitboard.h"
-#include "color.h"
+#include "types.h"
-#include "move.h"
-#include "piece.h"
-#include "square.h"
-#include "value.h"
 
 
-////
+/// The checkInfo struct is initialized at c'tor time and keeps info used
-//// Constants
+/// to detect if a move gives check.
-////
+class Position;
-
+struct Thread;
-/// Maximum number of plies per game (220 should be enough, because the
-/// maximum search depth is 100, and during position setup we reset the
-/// move counter for every non-reversible move).
-const int MaxGameLength = 220;
-
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-/// struct checkInfo is initialized at c'tor time and keeps
-/// info used to detect if a move gives check.
 
 struct CheckInfo {
 
   explicit CheckInfo(const Position&);
 
   Bitboard dcCandidates;
-    Bitboard checkSq[8];
+  Bitboard pinned;
+  Bitboard checkSq[PIECE_TYPE_NB];
   Square ksq;
 };
 
-/// Castle rights, encoded as bit fields
-
-enum CastleRights {
-  CASTLES_NONE = 0,
-  WHITE_OO     = 1,
-  BLACK_OO     = 2,
-  WHITE_OOO    = 4,
-  BLACK_OOO    = 8,
-  ALL_CASTLES  = 15
-};
-
-/// Game phase
-enum Phase {
-  PHASE_ENDGAME = 0,
-  PHASE_MIDGAME = 128
-};
-
 
 /// The StateInfo struct stores information we need to restore a Position
 /// object to its previous state when we retract a move. Whenever a move
-/// is made on the board (by calling Position::do_move), an StateInfo object
+/// is made on the board (by calling Position::do_move), a StateInfo object
 /// must be passed as a parameter.
 
 struct StateInfo {
   Key pawnKey, materialKey;
-  int castleRights, rule50, gamePly, pliesFromNull;
+  Value npMaterial[COLOR_NB];
+  int castleRights, rule50, pliesFromNull;
+  Score psqScore;
   Square epSquare;
-  Score value;
-  Value npMaterial[2];
 
-  PieceType capturedType;
   Key key;
   Bitboard checkersBB;
+  PieceType capturedType;
   StateInfo* previous;
 };
 
 
+/// When making a move the current StateInfo up to 'key' excluded is copied to
+/// the new one. Here we calculate the quad words (64bits) needed to be copied.
+const size_t StateCopySize64 = offsetof(StateInfo, key) / sizeof(uint64_t) + 1;
+
+
 /// The position data structure. A position consists of the following data:
 ///
 ///    * For each piece type, a bitboard representing the squares occupied
@@ -119,108 +90,67 @@ struct StateInfo {
 ///    * A counter for detecting 50 move rule draws.
 
 class Position {
-
-  friend class MaterialInfo;
-  friend class EndgameFunctions;
-
-  Position(); // No default or copy c'tor allowed
-  Position(const Position& pos);
-
 public:
-  enum GamePhase {
+  Position() {}
-      MidGame,
+  Position(const Position& p, Thread* t) { *this = p; thisThread = t; }
-      EndGame
+  Position(const std::string& f, bool c960, Thread* t) { set(f, c960, t); }
-  };
+  Position& operator=(const Position&);
-
-  // Constructors
-  Position(const Position& pos, int threadID);
-  Position(const std::string& fen, bool isChess960, int threadID);
 
   // Text input/output
-  void from_fen(const std::string& fen, bool isChess960);
+  void set(const std::string& fen, bool isChess960, Thread* th);
-  const std::string to_fen() const;
+  const std::string fen() const;
-  void print(Move m = MOVE_NONE) const;
+  const std::string pretty(Move m = MOVE_NONE) const;
 
-  // Copying
+  // Position representation
-  void flipped_copy(const Position& pos);
+  Bitboard pieces() const;
-
-  // The piece on a given square
-  Piece piece_on(Square s) const;
-  PieceType type_of_piece_on(Square s) const;
-  Color color_of_piece_on(Square s) const;
-  bool square_is_empty(Square s) const;
-  bool square_is_occupied(Square s) const;
-  Value midgame_value_of_piece_on(Square s) const;
-  Value endgame_value_of_piece_on(Square s) const;
-
-  // Side to move
-  Color side_to_move() const;
-
-  // Bitboard representation of the position
-  Bitboard empty_squares() const;
-  Bitboard occupied_squares() const;
-  Bitboard pieces_of_color(Color c) const;
   Bitboard pieces(PieceType pt) const;
-  Bitboard pieces(PieceType pt, Color c) const;
   Bitboard pieces(PieceType pt1, PieceType pt2) const;
-  Bitboard pieces(PieceType pt1, PieceType pt2, Color c) const;
+  Bitboard pieces(Color c) const;
-
+  Bitboard pieces(Color c, PieceType pt) const;
-  // Number of pieces of each color and type
+  Bitboard pieces(Color c, PieceType pt1, PieceType pt2) const;
+  Piece piece_on(Square s) const;
+  Square king_square(Color c) const;
+  Square ep_square() const;
+  bool is_empty(Square s) const;
+  const Square* piece_list(Color c, PieceType pt) const;
   int piece_count(Color c, PieceType pt) const;
 
-  // The en passant square
+  // Castling
-  Square ep_square() const;
+  int can_castle(CastleRight f) const;
+  int can_castle(Color c) const;
+  bool castle_impeded(Color c, CastlingSide s) const;
+  Square castle_rook_square(Color c, CastlingSide s) const;
 
-  // Current king position for each color
+  // Checking
-  Square king_square(Color c) const;
-
-  // Castling rights
-  bool can_castle_kingside(Color c) const;
-  bool can_castle_queenside(Color c) const;
-  bool can_castle(Color c) const;
-  Square initial_kr_square(Color c) const;
-  Square initial_qr_square(Color c) const;
-
-  // Bitboards for pinned pieces and discovered check candidates
-  Bitboard discovered_check_candidates(Color c) const;
-  Bitboard pinned_pieces(Color c) const;
-
-  // Checking pieces and under check information
   Bitboard checkers() const;
-  bool is_check() const;
+  Bitboard discovered_check_candidates() const;
+  Bitboard pinned_pieces() const;
 
-  // Piece lists
+  // Attacks to/from a given square
-  Square piece_list(Color c, PieceType pt, int index) const;
-  const Square* piece_list_begin(Color c, PieceType pt) const;
-
-  // Information about attacks to or from a given square
   Bitboard attackers_to(Square s) const;
+  Bitboard attackers_to(Square s, Bitboard occ) const;
   Bitboard attacks_from(Piece p, Square s) const;
   static Bitboard attacks_from(Piece p, Square s, Bitboard occ);
   template<PieceType> Bitboard attacks_from(Square s) const;
   template<PieceType> Bitboard attacks_from(Square s, Color c) const;
 
   // Properties of moves
+  bool move_gives_check(Move m, const CheckInfo& ci) const;
   bool pl_move_is_legal(Move m, Bitboard pinned) const;
-  bool pl_move_is_evasion(Move m, Bitboard pinned) const;
+  bool is_pseudo_legal(const Move m) const;
-  bool move_is_check(Move m) const;
+  bool is_capture(Move m) const;
-  bool move_is_check(Move m, const CheckInfo& ci) const;
+  bool is_capture_or_promotion(Move m) const;
-  bool move_is_capture(Move m) const;
+  bool is_passed_pawn_push(Move m) const;
-  bool move_is_capture_or_promotion(Move m) const;
+  Piece piece_moved(Move m) const;
-  bool move_is_passed_pawn_push(Move m) const;
-  bool move_attacks_square(Move m, Square s) const;
-
-  // Piece captured with previous moves
   PieceType captured_piece_type() const;
 
-  // Information about pawns
+  // Piece specific
   bool pawn_is_passed(Color c, Square s) const;
-
+  bool pawn_on_7th(Color c) const;
-  // Weak squares
+  bool opposite_bishops() const;
-  bool square_is_weak(Square s, Color c) const;
+  bool bishop_pair(Color c) const;
 
   // Doing and undoing moves
-  void detach();
   void do_move(Move m, StateInfo& st);
   void do_move(Move m, StateInfo& st, const CheckInfo& ci, bool moveIsCheck);
   void undo_move(Move m);
@@ -228,71 +158,42 @@ public:
   void undo_null_move();
 
   // Static exchange evaluation
-  int see(Square from, Square to) const;
+  int see(Move m, int asymmThreshold = 0) const;
-  int see(Move m) const;
   int see_sign(Move m) const;
 
   // Accessing hash keys
-  Key get_key() const;
+  Key key() const;
-  Key get_exclusion_key() const;
+  Key exclusion_key() const;
-  Key get_pawn_key() const;
+  Key pawn_key() const;
-  Key get_material_key() const;
+  Key material_key() const;
 
-  // Incremental evaluation
+  // Incremental piece-square evaluation
-  Score value() const;
+  Score psq_score() const;
+  Score psq_delta(Piece p, Square from, Square to) const;
   Value non_pawn_material(Color c) const;
-  static Score pst_delta(Piece piece, Square from, Square to);
-
-  // Game termination checks
-  bool is_mate() const;
-  bool is_draw() const;
-
-  // Check if side to move could be mated in one
-  bool has_mate_threat();
-
-  // Number of plies since the last non-reversible move
-  int rule_50_counter() const;
-
-  int startpos_ply_counter() const;
 
   // Other properties of the position
-  bool opposite_colored_bishops() const;
+  Color side_to_move() const;
-  bool has_pawn_on_7th(Color c) const;
+  int game_ply() const;
   bool is_chess960() const;
-
+  Thread* this_thread() const;
-  // Current thread ID searching on the position
-  int thread() const;
-
-  // Reset the gamePly variable to 0
-  void reset_game_ply();
-  void inc_startpos_ply_counter();
   int64_t nodes_searched() const;
   void set_nodes_searched(int64_t n);
+  bool is_draw() const;
 
   // Position consistency check, for debugging
-  bool is_ok(int* failedStep = NULL) const;
+  bool pos_is_ok(int* failedStep = NULL) const;
-
+  void flip();
-  // Static member functions
-  static void init_zobrist();
-  static void init_piece_square_tables();
 
 private:
-
+  // Initialization helpers (used while setting up a position)
-  // Initialization helper functions (used while setting up a position)
   void clear();
   void put_piece(Piece p, Square s);
-  void do_allow_oo(Color c);
+  void set_castle_right(Color c, Square rfrom);
-  void do_allow_ooo(Color c);
-  bool set_castling_rights(char token);
 
-  // Helper functions for doing and undoing moves
+  // Helper functions
-  void do_capture_move(Key& key, PieceType capture, Color them, Square to, bool ep);
+  void do_castle(Square kfrom, Square kto, Square rfrom, Square rto);
-  void do_castle_move(Move m);
+  template<bool FindPinned> Bitboard hidden_checkers() const;
-  void undo_castle_move(Move m);
-  void find_checkers();
-
-  template<bool FindPinned>
-  Bitboard hidden_checkers(Color c) const;
 
   // Computing hash keys from scratch (for initialization and debugging)
   Key compute_key() const;
@@ -300,52 +201,30 @@ private:
   Key compute_material_key() const;
 
   // Computing incremental evaluation scores and material counts
-  static Score pst(Color c, PieceType pt, Square s);
+  Score compute_psq_score() const;
-  Score compute_value() const;
   Value compute_non_pawn_material(Color c) const;
 
-  // Board
+  // Board and pieces
-  Piece board[64];
+  Piece board[SQUARE_NB];
-
+  Bitboard byTypeBB[PIECE_TYPE_NB];
-  // Bitboards
+  Bitboard byColorBB[COLOR_NB];
-  Bitboard byTypeBB[8], byColorBB[2];
+  int pieceCount[COLOR_NB][PIECE_TYPE_NB];
-
+  Square pieceList[COLOR_NB][PIECE_TYPE_NB][16];
-  // Piece counts
+  int index[SQUARE_NB];
-  int pieceCount[2][8]; // [color][pieceType]
-
-  // Piece lists
-  Square pieceList[2][8][16]; // [color][pieceType][index]
-  int index[64]; // [square]
 
   // Other info
-  Color sideToMove;
+  int castleRightsMask[SQUARE_NB];
-  Key history[MaxGameLength];
+  Square castleRookSquare[COLOR_NB][CASTLING_SIDE_NB];
-  int castleRightsMask[64];
+  Bitboard castlePath[COLOR_NB][CASTLING_SIDE_NB];
   StateInfo startState;
-  File initialKFile, initialKRFile, initialQRFile;
-  bool isChess960;
-  int startPosPlyCounter;
-  int threadID;
   int64_t nodes;
+  int gamePly;
+  Color sideToMove;
+  Thread* thisThread;
   StateInfo* st;
-
+  int chess960;
-  // Static variables
-  static Key zobrist[2][8][64];
-  static Key zobEp[64];
-  static Key zobCastle[16];
-  static Key zobSideToMove;
-  static Score PieceSquareTable[16][64];
-  static Key zobExclusion;
-  static const Value seeValues[8];
-  static const Value PieceValueMidgame[17];
-  static const Value PieceValueEndgame[17];
 };
 
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
 inline int64_t Position::nodes_searched() const {
   return nodes;
 }
@@ -358,71 +237,47 @@ inline Piece Position::piece_on(Square s) const {
   return board[s];
 }
 
-inline Color Position::color_of_piece_on(Square s) const {
+inline Piece Position::piece_moved(Move m) const {
-  return color_of_piece(piece_on(s));
+  return board[from_sq(m)];
 }
 
-inline PieceType Position::type_of_piece_on(Square s) const {
+inline bool Position::is_empty(Square s) const {
-  return type_of_piece(piece_on(s));
+  return board[s] == NO_PIECE;
-}
-
-inline bool Position::square_is_empty(Square s) const {
-  return piece_on(s) == PIECE_NONE;
-}
-
-inline bool Position::square_is_occupied(Square s) const {
-  return !square_is_empty(s);
-}
-
-inline Value Position::midgame_value_of_piece_on(Square s) const {
-  return PieceValueMidgame[piece_on(s)];
-}
-
-inline Value Position::endgame_value_of_piece_on(Square s) const {
-  return PieceValueEndgame[piece_on(s)];
 }
 
 inline Color Position::side_to_move() const {
   return sideToMove;
 }
 
-inline Bitboard Position::occupied_squares() const {
+inline Bitboard Position::pieces() const {
-  return byTypeBB[0];
+  return byTypeBB[ALL_PIECES];
-}
-
-inline Bitboard Position::empty_squares() const {
-  return ~occupied_squares();
-}
-
-inline Bitboard Position::pieces_of_color(Color c) const {
-  return byColorBB[c];
 }
 
 inline Bitboard Position::pieces(PieceType pt) const {
   return byTypeBB[pt];
 }
 
-inline Bitboard Position::pieces(PieceType pt, Color c) const {
-  return byTypeBB[pt] & byColorBB[c];
-}
-
 inline Bitboard Position::pieces(PieceType pt1, PieceType pt2) const {
   return byTypeBB[pt1] | byTypeBB[pt2];
 }
 
-inline Bitboard Position::pieces(PieceType pt1, PieceType pt2, Color c) const {
+inline Bitboard Position::pieces(Color c) const {
-  return (byTypeBB[pt1] | byTypeBB[pt2]) & byColorBB[c];
+  return byColorBB[c];
+}
+
+inline Bitboard Position::pieces(Color c, PieceType pt) const {
+  return byColorBB[c] & byTypeBB[pt];
+}
+
+inline Bitboard Position::pieces(Color c, PieceType pt1, PieceType pt2) const {
+  return byColorBB[c] & (byTypeBB[pt1] | byTypeBB[pt2]);
 }
 
 inline int Position::piece_count(Color c, PieceType pt) const {
   return pieceCount[c][pt];
 }
 
-inline Square Position::piece_list(Color c, PieceType pt, int idx) const {
+inline const Square* Position::piece_list(Color c, PieceType pt) const {
-  return pieceList[c][pt][idx];
-}
-
-inline const Square* Position::piece_list_begin(Color c, PieceType pt) const {
   return pieceList[c][pt];
 }
 
@@ -434,155 +289,137 @@ inline Square Position::king_square(Color c) const {
   return pieceList[c][KING][0];
 }
 
-inline bool Position::can_castle_kingside(Color side) const {
+inline int Position::can_castle(CastleRight f) const {
-  return st->castleRights & (1+int(side));
+  return st->castleRights & f;
 }
 
-inline bool Position::can_castle_queenside(Color side) const {
+inline int Position::can_castle(Color c) const {
-  return st->castleRights & (4+4*int(side));
+  return st->castleRights & ((WHITE_OO | WHITE_OOO) << (2 * c));
 }
 
-inline bool Position::can_castle(Color side) const {
+inline bool Position::castle_impeded(Color c, CastlingSide s) const {
-  return can_castle_kingside(side) || can_castle_queenside(side);
+  return byTypeBB[ALL_PIECES] & castlePath[c][s];
 }
 
-inline Square Position::initial_kr_square(Color c) const {
+inline Square Position::castle_rook_square(Color c, CastlingSide s) const {
-  return relative_square(c, make_square(initialKRFile, RANK_1));
+  return castleRookSquare[c][s];
 }
 
-inline Square Position::initial_qr_square(Color c) const {
+template<PieceType Pt>
-  return relative_square(c, make_square(initialQRFile, RANK_1));
+inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from(Square s) const {
+
+  return  Pt == BISHOP || Pt == ROOK ? attacks_bb<Pt>(s, pieces())
+        : Pt == QUEEN  ? attacks_from<ROOK>(s) | attacks_from<BISHOP>(s)
+        : StepAttacksBB[Pt][s];
 }
 
 template<>
 inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from<PAWN>(Square s, Color c) const {
-  return StepAttackBB[piece_of_color_and_type(c, PAWN)][s];
+  return StepAttacksBB[make_piece(c, PAWN)][s];
 }
 
-template<PieceType Piece> // Knight and King and white pawns
+inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from(Piece p, Square s) const {
-inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from(Square s) const {
+  return attacks_from(p, s, byTypeBB[ALL_PIECES]);
-  return StepAttackBB[Piece][s];
 }
 
-template<>
+inline Bitboard Position::attackers_to(Square s) const {
-inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from<BISHOP>(Square s) const {
+  return attackers_to(s, byTypeBB[ALL_PIECES]);
-  return bishop_attacks_bb(s, occupied_squares());
-}
-
-template<>
-inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from<ROOK>(Square s) const {
-  return rook_attacks_bb(s, occupied_squares());
-}
-
-template<>
-inline Bitboard Position::attacks_from<QUEEN>(Square s) const {
-  return attacks_from<ROOK>(s) | attacks_from<BISHOP>(s);
 }
 
 inline Bitboard Position::checkers() const {
   return st->checkersBB;
 }
 
-inline bool Position::is_check() const {
+inline Bitboard Position::discovered_check_candidates() const {
-  return st->checkersBB != EmptyBoardBB;
+  return hidden_checkers<false>();
+}
+
+inline Bitboard Position::pinned_pieces() const {
+  return hidden_checkers<true>();
 }
 
 inline bool Position::pawn_is_passed(Color c, Square s) const {
-  return !(pieces(PAWN, opposite_color(c)) & passed_pawn_mask(c, s));
+  return !(pieces(~c, PAWN) & passed_pawn_mask(c, s));
 }
 
-inline bool Position::square_is_weak(Square s, Color c) const {
+inline Key Position::key() const {
-  return !(pieces(PAWN, opposite_color(c)) & attack_span_mask(c, s));
-}
-
-inline Key Position::get_key() const {
   return st->key;
 }
 
-inline Key Position::get_exclusion_key() const {
+inline Key Position::exclusion_key() const {
-  return st->key ^ zobExclusion;
+  return st->key ^ Zobrist::exclusion;
 }
 
-inline Key Position::get_pawn_key() const {
+inline Key Position::pawn_key() const {
   return st->pawnKey;
 }
 
-inline Key Position::get_material_key() const {
+inline Key Position::material_key() const {
   return st->materialKey;
 }
 
-inline Score Position::pst(Color c, PieceType pt, Square s) {
+inline Score Position::psq_delta(Piece p, Square from, Square to) const {
-  return PieceSquareTable[piece_of_color_and_type(c, pt)][s];
+  return pieceSquareTable[p][to] - pieceSquareTable[p][from];
 }
 
-inline Score Position::pst_delta(Piece piece, Square from, Square to) {
+inline Score Position::psq_score() const {
-  return PieceSquareTable[piece][to] - PieceSquareTable[piece][from];
+  return st->psqScore;
-}
-
-inline Score Position::value() const {
-  return st->value;
 }
 
 inline Value Position::non_pawn_material(Color c) const {
   return st->npMaterial[c];
 }
 
-inline bool Position::move_is_passed_pawn_push(Move m) const {
+inline bool Position::is_passed_pawn_push(Move m) const {
 
-  Color c = side_to_move();
+  return   type_of(piece_moved(m)) == PAWN
-  return   piece_on(move_from(m)) == piece_of_color_and_type(c, PAWN)
+        && pawn_is_passed(sideToMove, to_sq(m));
-        && pawn_is_passed(c, move_to(m));
 }
 
-inline int Position::rule_50_counter() const {
+inline int Position::game_ply() const {
-  return st->rule50;
+  return gamePly;
 }
 
-inline int Position::startpos_ply_counter() const {
+inline bool Position::opposite_bishops() const {
-  return startPosPlyCounter;
+
+  return   pieceCount[WHITE][BISHOP] == 1
+        && pieceCount[BLACK][BISHOP] == 1
+        && opposite_colors(pieceList[WHITE][BISHOP][0], pieceList[BLACK][BISHOP][0]);
 }
 
-inline bool Position::opposite_colored_bishops() const {
+inline bool Position::bishop_pair(Color c) const {
 
-  return   piece_count(WHITE, BISHOP) == 1
+  return   pieceCount[c][BISHOP] >= 2
-        && piece_count(BLACK, BISHOP) == 1
+        && opposite_colors(pieceList[c][BISHOP][0], pieceList[c][BISHOP][1]);
-        && !same_color_squares(piece_list(WHITE, BISHOP, 0), piece_list(BLACK, BISHOP, 0));
 }
 
-inline bool Position::has_pawn_on_7th(Color c) const {
+inline bool Position::pawn_on_7th(Color c) const {
-  return pieces(PAWN, c) & relative_rank_bb(c, RANK_7);
+  return pieces(c, PAWN) & rank_bb(relative_rank(c, RANK_7));
 }
 
 inline bool Position::is_chess960() const {
-  return isChess960;
+  return chess960;
 }
 
-inline bool Position::move_is_capture(Move m) const {
+inline bool Position::is_capture_or_promotion(Move m) const {
 
-  // Move must not be MOVE_NONE !
+  assert(is_ok(m));
-  return (m & (3 << 15)) ? !move_is_castle(m) : !square_is_empty(move_to(m));
+  return type_of(m) ? type_of(m) != CASTLE : !is_empty(to_sq(m));
 }
 
-inline bool Position::move_is_capture_or_promotion(Move m) const {
+inline bool Position::is_capture(Move m) const {
 
-  // Move must not be MOVE_NONE !
+  // Note that castle is coded as "king captures the rook"
-  return (m & (0x1F << 12)) ? !move_is_castle(m) : !square_is_empty(move_to(m));
+  assert(is_ok(m));
+  return (!is_empty(to_sq(m)) && type_of(m) != CASTLE) || type_of(m) == ENPASSANT;
 }
 
 inline PieceType Position::captured_piece_type() const {
   return st->capturedType;
 }
 
-inline int Position::thread() const {
+inline Thread* Position::this_thread() const {
-  return threadID;
+  return thisThread;
-}
-
-inline void Position::do_allow_oo(Color c) {
-  st->castleRights |= (1 + int(c));
-}
-
-inline void Position::do_allow_ooo(Color c) {
-  st->castleRights |= (4 + 4*int(c));
 }
 
 #endif // !defined(POSITION_H_INCLUDED)

src/psqtab.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,174 +17,82 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(PSQTAB_H_INCLUDED)
 #define PSQTAB_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include "types.h"
-//// Includes
-////
 
-#include "value.h"
+#define S(mg, eg) make_score(mg, eg)
 
-namespace {
 
-////
+/// PSQT[PieceType][Square] contains Piece-Square scores. For each piece type on
-//// Constants modified by Joona Kiiski
+/// a given square a (midgame, endgame) score pair is assigned. PSQT is defined
-////
+/// for white side, for black side the tables are symmetric.
 
-const Value MP = PawnValueMidgame;
+static const Score PSQT[][SQUARE_NB] = {
-const Value MK = KnightValueMidgame;
-const Value MB = BishopValueMidgame;
-const Value MR = RookValueMidgame;
-const Value MQ = QueenValueMidgame;
-
-const Value EP = PawnValueEndgame;
-const Value EK = KnightValueEndgame;
-const Value EB = BishopValueEndgame;
-const Value ER = RookValueEndgame;
-const Value EQ = QueenValueEndgame;
-
-const int MgPST[][64] = {
   { },
   { // Pawn
-   // A      B      C     D      E      F      G     H
+   S(  0, 0), S( 0, 0), S( 0, 0), S( 0, 0), S(0,  0), S( 0, 0), S( 0, 0), S(  0, 0),
-        0,    0,     0,     0,     0,     0,    0,     0,
+   S(-28,-8), S(-6,-8), S( 4,-8), S(14,-8), S(14,-8), S( 4,-8), S(-6,-8), S(-28,-8),
-    MP-28, MP-6, MP+ 4, MP+14, MP+14, MP+ 4, MP-6, MP-28,
+   S(-28,-8), S(-6,-8), S( 9,-8), S(36,-8), S(36,-8), S( 9,-8), S(-6,-8), S(-28,-8),
-    MP-28, MP-6, MP+ 9, MP+36, MP+36, MP+ 9, MP-6, MP-28,
+   S(-28,-8), S(-6,-8), S(17,-8), S(58,-8), S(58,-8), S(17,-8), S(-6,-8), S(-28,-8),
-    MP-28, MP-6, MP+17, MP+58, MP+58, MP+17, MP-6, MP-28,
+   S(-28,-8), S(-6,-8), S(17,-8), S(36,-8), S(36,-8), S(17,-8), S(-6,-8), S(-28,-8),
-    MP-28, MP-6, MP+17, MP+36, MP+36, MP+17, MP-6, MP-28,
+   S(-28,-8), S(-6,-8), S( 9,-8), S(14,-8), S(14,-8), S( 9,-8), S(-6,-8), S(-28,-8),
-    MP-28, MP-6, MP+ 9, MP+14, MP+14, MP+ 9, MP-6, MP-28,
+   S(-28,-8), S(-6,-8), S( 4,-8), S(14,-8), S(14,-8), S( 4,-8), S(-6,-8), S(-28,-8),
-    MP-28, MP-6, MP+ 4, MP+14, MP+14, MP+ 4, MP-6, MP-28,
+   S(  0, 0), S( 0, 0), S( 0, 0), S( 0, 0), S(0,  0), S( 0, 0), S( 0, 0), S(  0, 0)
-        0,    0,     0,     0,     0,     0,    0,     0
   },
   { // Knight
-   //  A      B       C      D      E      F      G       H
+   S(-135,-104), S(-107,-79), S(-80,-55), S(-67,-42), S(-67,-42), S(-80,-55), S(-107,-79), S(-135,-104),
-    MK-135, MK-107, MK-80, MK-67, MK-67, MK-80, MK-107, MK-135,
+   S( -93, -79), S( -67,-55), S(-39,-30), S(-25,-17), S(-25,-17), S(-39,-30), S( -67,-55), S( -93, -79),
-    MK- 93, MK- 67, MK-39, MK-25, MK-25, MK-39, MK- 67, MK- 93,
+   S( -53, -55), S( -25,-30), S(  1, -6), S( 13,  5), S( 13,  5), S(  1, -6), S( -25,-30), S( -53, -55),
-    MK- 53, MK- 25, MK+ 1, MK+13, MK+13, MK+ 1, MK- 25, MK- 53,
+   S( -25, -42), S(   1,-17), S( 27,  5), S( 41, 18), S( 41, 18), S( 27,  5), S(   1,-17), S( -25, -42),
-    MK- 25, MK+  1, MK+27, MK+41, MK+41, MK+27, MK+  1, MK- 25,
+   S( -11, -42), S(  13,-17), S( 41,  5), S( 55, 18), S( 55, 18), S( 41,  5), S(  13,-17), S( -11, -42),
-    MK- 11, MK+ 13, MK+41, MK+55, MK+55, MK+41, MK+ 13, MK- 11,
+   S( -11, -55), S(  13,-30), S( 41, -6), S( 55,  5), S( 55,  5), S( 41, -6), S(  13,-30), S( -11, -55),
-    MK- 11, MK+ 13, MK+41, MK+55, MK+55, MK+41, MK+ 13, MK- 11,
+   S( -53, -79), S( -25,-55), S(  1,-30), S( 13,-17), S( 13,-17), S(  1,-30), S( -25,-55), S( -53, -79),
-    MK- 53, MK- 25, MK+ 1, MK+13, MK+13, MK+ 1, MK- 25, MK- 53,
+   S(-193,-104), S( -67,-79), S(-39,-55), S(-25,-42), S(-25,-42), S(-39,-55), S( -67,-79), S(-193,-104)
-    MK-193, MK- 67, MK-39, MK-25, MK-25, MK-39, MK- 67, MK-193
   },
   { // Bishop
-   // A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H
+   S(-40,-59), S(-40,-42), S(-35,-35), S(-30,-26), S(-30,-26), S(-35,-35), S(-40,-42), S(-40,-59),
-    MB-40, MB-40, MB-35, MB-30, MB-30, MB-35, MB-40, MB-40,
+   S(-17,-42), S(  0,-26), S( -4,-18), S(  0,-11), S(  0,-11), S( -4,-18), S(  0,-26), S(-17,-42),
-    MB-17, MB+ 0, MB- 4, MB+ 0, MB+ 0, MB- 4, MB+ 0, MB-17,
+   S(-13,-35), S( -4,-18), S(  8,-11), S(  4, -4), S(  4, -4), S(  8,-11), S( -4,-18), S(-13,-35),
-    MB-13, MB- 4, MB+ 8, MB+ 4, MB+ 4, MB+ 8, MB- 4, MB-13,
+   S( -8,-26), S(  0,-11), S(  4, -4), S( 17,  4), S( 17,  4), S(  4, -4), S(  0,-11), S( -8,-26),
-    MB- 8, MB+ 0, MB+ 4, MB+17, MB+17, MB+ 4, MB+ 0, MB- 8,
+   S( -8,-26), S(  0,-11), S(  4, -4), S( 17,  4), S( 17,  4), S(  4, -4), S(  0,-11), S( -8,-26),
-    MB- 8, MB+ 0, MB+ 4, MB+17, MB+17, MB+ 4, MB+ 0, MB- 8,
+   S(-13,-35), S( -4,-18), S(  8,-11), S(  4, -4), S(  4, -4), S(  8,-11), S( -4,-18), S(-13,-35),
-    MB-13, MB- 4, MB+ 8, MB+ 4, MB+ 4, MB+ 8, MB- 4, MB-13,
+   S(-17,-42), S(  0,-26), S( -4,-18), S(  0,-11), S(  0,-11), S( -4,-18), S(  0,-26), S(-17,-42),
-    MB-17, MB+ 0, MB- 4, MB+ 0, MB+ 0, MB- 4, MB+ 0, MB-17,
+   S(-17,-59), S(-17,-42), S(-13,-35), S( -8,-26), S( -8,-26), S(-13,-35), S(-17,-42), S(-17,-59)
-    MB-17, MB-17, MB-13, MB- 8, MB- 8, MB-13, MB-17, MB-17
   },
   { // Rook
-   // A      B     C     D     E     F     G     H
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3),
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12,
+   S(-12, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-2, 3), S(2, 3), S(2, 3), S(-2, 3), S(-7, 3), S(-12, 3)
-    MR-12, MR-7, MR-2, MR+2, MR+2, MR-2, MR-7, MR-12
   },
   { // Queen
-   // A     B     C     D     E     F     G     H
+   S(8,-80), S(8,-54), S(8,-42), S(8,-30), S(8,-30), S(8,-42), S(8,-54), S(8,-80),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-54), S(8,-30), S(8,-18), S(8, -6), S(8, -6), S(8,-18), S(8,-30), S(8,-54),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-42), S(8,-18), S(8, -6), S(8,  6), S(8,  6), S(8, -6), S(8,-18), S(8,-42),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-30), S(8, -6), S(8,  6), S(8, 18), S(8, 18), S(8,  6), S(8, -6), S(8,-30),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-30), S(8, -6), S(8,  6), S(8, 18), S(8, 18), S(8,  6), S(8, -6), S(8,-30),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-42), S(8,-18), S(8, -6), S(8,  6), S(8,  6), S(8, -6), S(8,-18), S(8,-42),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-54), S(8,-30), S(8,-18), S(8, -6), S(8, -6), S(8,-18), S(8,-30), S(8,-54),
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8,
+   S(8,-80), S(8,-54), S(8,-42), S(8,-30), S(8,-30), S(8,-42), S(8,-54), S(8,-80)
-    MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8, MQ+8
   },
   { // King
-   //A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H
+   S(287, 18), S(311, 77), S(262,105), S(214,135), S(214,135), S(262,105), S(311, 77), S(287, 18),
-    287, 311, 262, 214, 214, 262, 311, 287,
+   S(262, 77), S(287,135), S(238,165), S(190,193), S(190,193), S(238,165), S(287,135), S(262, 77),
-    262, 287, 238, 190, 190, 238, 287, 262,
+   S(214,105), S(238,165), S(190,193), S(142,222), S(142,222), S(190,193), S(238,165), S(214,105),
-    214, 238, 190, 142, 142, 190, 238, 214,
+   S(190,135), S(214,193), S(167,222), S(119,251), S(119,251), S(167,222), S(214,193), S(190,135),
-    190, 214, 167, 119, 119, 167, 214, 190,
+   S(167,135), S(190,193), S(142,222), S( 94,251), S( 94,251), S(142,222), S(190,193), S(167,135),
-    167, 190, 142,  94,  94, 142, 190, 167,
+   S(142,105), S(167,165), S(119,193), S( 69,222), S( 69,222), S(119,193), S(167,165), S(142,105),
-    142, 167, 119,  69,  69, 119, 167, 142,
+   S(119, 77), S(142,135), S( 94,165), S( 46,193), S( 46,193), S( 94,165), S(142,135), S(119, 77),
-    119, 142,  94,  46,  46,  94, 142, 119,
+   S(94,  18), S(119, 77), S( 69,105), S( 21,135), S( 21,135), S( 69,105), S(119, 77), S( 94, 18)
-     94, 119,  69,  21,  21,  69, 119,  94
   }
 };
 
-const int EgPST[][64] = {
+#undef S
-  { },
-  {// Pawn
-   // A     B     C     D     E     F     G     H
-       0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,
-    EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8,
-    EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8,
-    EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8,
-    EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8,
-    EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8,
-    EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8, EP-8,
-       0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0,    0
-  },
-  {// Knight
-   // A       B      C      D      E      F      G      H
-    EK-104, EK-79, EK-55, EK-42, EK-42, EK-55, EK-79, EK-104,
-    EK- 79, EK-55, EK-30, EK-17, EK-17, EK-30, EK-55, EK- 79,
-    EK- 55, EK-30, EK- 6, EK+ 5, EK+ 5, EK- 6, EK-30, EK- 55,
-    EK- 42, EK-17, EK+ 5, EK+18, EK+18, EK+ 5, EK-17, EK- 42,
-    EK- 42, EK-17, EK+ 5, EK+18, EK+18, EK+ 5, EK-17, EK- 42,
-    EK- 55, EK-30, EK- 6, EK+ 5, EK+ 5, EK- 6, EK-30, EK- 55,
-    EK- 79, EK-55, EK-30, EK-17, EK-17, EK-30, EK-55, EK- 79,
-    EK-104, EK-79, EK-55, EK-42, EK-42, EK-55, EK-79, EK-104
-  },
-  {// Bishop
-   // A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H
-    EB-59, EB-42, EB-35, EB-26, EB-26, EB-35, EB-42, EB-59,
-    EB-42, EB-26, EB-18, EB-11, EB-11, EB-18, EB-26, EB-42,
-    EB-35, EB-18, EB-11, EB- 4, EB- 4, EB-11, EB-18, EB-35,
-    EB-26, EB-11, EB- 4, EB+ 4, EB+ 4, EB- 4, EB-11, EB-26,
-    EB-26, EB-11, EB- 4, EB+ 4, EB+ 4, EB- 4, EB-11, EB-26,
-    EB-35, EB-18, EB-11, EB- 4, EB- 4, EB-11, EB-18, EB-35,
-    EB-42, EB-26, EB-18, EB-11, EB-11, EB-18, EB-26, EB-42,
-    EB-59, EB-42, EB-35, EB-26, EB-26, EB-35, EB-42, EB-59
-  },
-  {// Rook
-   // A     B     C     D     E     F     G     H
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3,
-    ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3, ER+3
-  },
-  {// Queen
-   // A      B      C      D      E      F      G      H
-    EQ-80, EQ-54, EQ-42, EQ-30, EQ-30, EQ-42, EQ-54, EQ-80,
-    EQ-54, EQ-30, EQ-18, EQ- 6, EQ- 6, EQ-18, EQ-30, EQ-54,
-    EQ-42, EQ-18, EQ- 6, EQ+ 6, EQ+ 6, EQ- 6, EQ-18, EQ-42,
-    EQ-30, EQ- 6, EQ+ 6, EQ+18, EQ+18, EQ+ 6, EQ- 6, EQ-30,
-    EQ-30, EQ- 6, EQ+ 6, EQ+18, EQ+18, EQ+ 6, EQ- 6, EQ-30,
-    EQ-42, EQ-18, EQ- 6, EQ+ 6, EQ+ 6, EQ- 6, EQ-18, EQ-42,
-    EQ-54, EQ-30, EQ-18, EQ- 6, EQ- 6, EQ-18, EQ-30, EQ-54,
-    EQ-80, EQ-54, EQ-42, EQ-30, EQ-30, EQ-42, EQ-54, EQ-80
-  },
-  {// King
-   //A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H
-     18,  77, 105, 135, 135, 105,  77,  18,
-     77, 135, 165, 193, 193, 165, 135,  77,
-    105, 165, 193, 222, 222, 193, 165, 105,
-    135, 193, 222, 251, 251, 222, 193, 135,
-    135, 193, 222, 251, 251, 222, 193, 135,
-    105, 165, 193, 222, 222, 193, 165, 105,
-     77, 135, 165, 193, 193, 165, 135,  77,
-     18,  77, 105, 135, 135, 105,  77,  18
-  }
-};
-
-} // namespace
 
 #endif // !defined(PSQTAB_H_INCLUDED)

src/rkiss.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,64 +20,56 @@
   available under the GNU General Public License as published by
   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
   (at your option) any later version.
-
- ** A small "keep it simple and stupid" RNG with some fancy merits:
- **
- ** Quite platform independent
- ** Passes ALL dieharder tests! Here *nix sys-rand() e.g. fails miserably:-)
- ** ~12 times faster than my *nix sys-rand()
- ** ~4 times faster than SSE2-version of Mersenne twister
- ** Average cycle length: ~2^126
- ** 64 bit seed
- ** Return doubles with a full 53 bit mantissa
- ** Thread safe
- **
- ** (c) Heinz van Saanen
-
 */
 
 #if !defined(RKISS_H_INCLUDED)
 #define RKISS_H_INCLUDED
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include "types.h"
 
-
+/// RKISS is our pseudo random number generator (PRNG) used to compute hash keys.
-////
+/// George Marsaglia invented the RNG-Kiss-family in the early 90's. This is a
-//// Types
+/// specific version that Heinz van Saanen derived from some public domain code
-////
+/// by Bob Jenkins. Following the feature list, as tested by Heinz.
+///
+/// - Quite platform independent
+/// - Passes ALL dieharder tests! Here *nix sys-rand() e.g. fails miserably:-)
+/// - ~12 times faster than my *nix sys-rand()
+/// - ~4 times faster than SSE2-version of Mersenne twister
+/// - Average cycle length: ~2^126
+/// - 64 bit seed
+/// - Return doubles with a full 53 bit mantissa
+/// - Thread safe
 
 class RKISS {
 
   // Keep variables always together
   struct S { uint64_t a, b, c, d; } s;
 
+  uint64_t rotate(uint64_t x, uint64_t k) const {
+    return (x << k) | (x >> (64 - k));
+  }
+
   // Return 64 bit unsigned integer in between [0, 2^64 - 1]
   uint64_t rand64() {
 
     const uint64_t
-        e = s.a - ((s.b <<  7) | (s.b >> 57));
+      e = s.a - rotate(s.b,  7);
-      s.a = s.b ^ ((s.c << 13) | (s.c >> 51));
+    s.a = s.b ^ rotate(s.c, 13);
-      s.b = s.c + ((s.d << 37) | (s.d >> 27));
+    s.b = s.c + rotate(s.d, 37);
     s.c = s.d + e;
     return s.d = e + s.a;
   }
 
-  // Init seed and scramble a few rounds
+public:
-  void raninit() {
+  RKISS(int seed = 73) {
 
     s.a = 0xf1ea5eed;
     s.b = s.c = s.d = 0xd4e12c77;
-      for (int i = 0; i < 73; i++)
+    for (int i = 0; i < seed; i++) // Scramble a few rounds
         rand64();
   }
 
-public:
-  RKISS() { raninit(); }
   template<typename T> T rand() { return T(rand64()); }
 };
 

src/san.cpp

@@ -1,439 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cassert>
-#include <cstring>
-#include <iomanip>
-#include <string>
-#include <sstream>
-
-#include "movegen.h"
-#include "san.h"
-
-using std::string;
-
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
-
-namespace {
-
-  enum Ambiguity {
-    AMBIGUITY_NONE, AMBIGUITY_FILE, AMBIGUITY_RANK, AMBIGUITY_BOTH
-  };
-
-  Ambiguity move_ambiguity(const Position& pos, Move m);
-  const string time_string(int milliseconds);
-  const string score_string(Value v);
-}
-
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-/// move_to_san() takes a position and a move as input, where it is assumed
-/// that the move is a legal move from the position. The return value is
-/// a string containing the move in short algebraic notation.
-
-const string move_to_san(Position& pos, Move m) {
-
-  assert(pos.is_ok());
-  assert(move_is_ok(m));
-
-  string san;
-  Square from = move_from(m);
-  Square to = move_to(m);
-  PieceType pt = type_of_piece(pos.piece_on(from));
-
-  if (m == MOVE_NONE)
-      return "(none)";
-
-  if (m == MOVE_NULL)
-      return "(null)";
-
-  if (move_is_long_castle(m))
-      san = "O-O-O";
-  else if (move_is_short_castle(m))
-      san = "O-O";
-  else
-  {
-      if (pt != PAWN)
-      {
-          san += piece_type_to_char(pt);
-
-          switch (move_ambiguity(pos, m)) {
-          case AMBIGUITY_NONE:
-            break;
-          case AMBIGUITY_FILE:
-            san += file_to_char(square_file(from));
-            break;
-          case AMBIGUITY_RANK:
-            san += rank_to_char(square_rank(from));
-            break;
-          case AMBIGUITY_BOTH:
-            san += square_to_string(from);
-            break;
-          default:
-            assert(false);
-          }
-      }
-
-      if (pos.move_is_capture(m))
-      {
-          if (pt == PAWN)
-              san += file_to_char(square_file(from));
-
-          san += 'x';
-      }
-      san += square_to_string(to);
-
-      if (move_is_promotion(m))
-      {
-          san += '=';
-          san += piece_type_to_char(move_promotion_piece(m));
-      }
-  }
-
-  // The move gives check ? We don't use pos.move_is_check() here
-  // because we need to test for mate after the move is done.
-  StateInfo st;
-  pos.do_move(m, st);
-  if (pos.is_check())
-      san += pos.is_mate() ? "#" : "+";
-  pos.undo_move(m);
-
-  return san;
-}
-
-
-/// move_from_san() takes a position and a string as input, and tries to
-/// interpret the string as a move in short algebraic notation. On success,
-/// the move is returned.  On failure (i.e. if the string is unparsable, or
-/// if the move is illegal or ambiguous), MOVE_NONE is returned.
-
-Move move_from_san(const Position& pos, const string& movestr) {
-
-  assert(pos.is_ok());
-
-  enum { START, TO_FILE, TO_RANK, PROMOTION_OR_CHECK, PROMOTION, CHECK, END };
-  static const string pieceLetters = "KQRBN";
-
-  MoveStack mlist[MOVES_MAX], *last;
-  PieceType pt = PIECE_TYPE_NONE, promotion = PIECE_TYPE_NONE;
-  File fromFile = FILE_NONE, toFile = FILE_NONE;
-  Rank fromRank = RANK_NONE, toRank = RANK_NONE;
-  Move move = MOVE_NONE;
-  Square from, to;
-  int matches, state = START;
-
-  // Generate all legal moves for the given position
-  last = generate_moves(pos, mlist);
-
-  // Castling moves
-  if (movestr == "O-O-O" || movestr == "O-O-O+")
-  {
-     for (MoveStack* cur = mlist; cur != last; cur++)
-          if (move_is_long_castle(cur->move))
-              return cur->move;
-
-      return MOVE_NONE;
-  }
-  else if (movestr == "O-O" || movestr == "O-O+")
-  {
-      for (MoveStack* cur = mlist; cur != last; cur++)
-           if (move_is_short_castle(cur->move))
-               return cur->move;
-
-    return MOVE_NONE;
-  }
-
-  // Normal moves. We use a simple FSM to parse the san string
-  for (size_t i = 0; i < movestr.length(); i++)
-  {
-      char type, c = movestr[i];
-
-      if (pieceLetters.find(c) != string::npos)
-          type = 'P';
-      else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'h')
-          type = 'F';
-      else if (c >= '1' && c <= '8')
-          type = 'R';
-      else
-          type = c;
-
-      switch (type) {
-      case 'P':
-          if (state == START)
-          {
-              pt = piece_type_from_char(c);
-              state = TO_FILE;
-          }
-          else if (state == PROMOTION)
-          {
-              promotion = piece_type_from_char(c);
-              state = (i < movestr.length() - 1 ? CHECK : END);
-          }
-          else
-              return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      case 'F':
-          if (state == START)
-          {
-              pt = PAWN;
-              fromFile = toFile = file_from_char(c);
-              state = TO_RANK;
-          }
-          else if (state == TO_FILE)
-          {
-              toFile = file_from_char(c);
-              state = TO_RANK;
-          }
-          else if (state == TO_RANK && toFile != FILE_NONE)
-          {
-              // Previous file was for disambiguation
-              fromFile = toFile;
-              toFile = file_from_char(c);
-          }
-          else
-              return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      case 'R':
-          if (state == TO_RANK)
-          {
-              toRank = rank_from_char(c);
-              state = (i < movestr.length() - 1) ? PROMOTION_OR_CHECK : END;
-          }
-          else if (state == TO_FILE && fromRank == RANK_NONE)
-          {
-              // It's a disambiguation rank instead of a file
-              fromRank = rank_from_char(c);
-          }
-          else
-              return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      case 'x':
-      case 'X':
-          if (state == TO_RANK)
-          {
-              // Previous file was for disambiguation, or it's a pawn capture
-              fromFile = toFile;
-              state = TO_FILE;
-          }
-          else if (state != TO_FILE)
-              return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      case '=':
-          if (state == PROMOTION_OR_CHECK)
-              state = PROMOTION;
-          else
-              return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      case '+':
-      case '#':
-          if (state == PROMOTION_OR_CHECK || state == CHECK)
-              state = END;
-          else
-              return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      default:
-          return MOVE_NONE;
-          break;
-      }
-  }
-
-  if (state != END)
-      return MOVE_NONE;
-
-  // Look for an unambiguous matching move
-  to = make_square(toFile, toRank);
-  matches = 0;
-
-  for (MoveStack* cur = mlist; cur != last; cur++)
-  {
-      from = move_from(cur->move);
-
-      if (   pos.type_of_piece_on(from) == pt
-          && move_to(cur->move) == to
-          && move_promotion_piece(cur->move) == promotion
-          && (fromFile == FILE_NONE || fromFile == square_file(from))
-          && (fromRank == RANK_NONE || fromRank == square_rank(from)))
-      {
-          move = cur->move;
-          matches++;
-      }
-  }
-  return matches == 1 ? move : MOVE_NONE;
-}
-
-
-/// line_to_san() takes a position and a line (an array of moves representing
-/// a sequence of legal moves from the position) as input, and returns a
-/// string containing the line in short algebraic notation.  If the boolean
-/// parameter 'breakLines' is true, line breaks are inserted, with a line
-/// length of 80 characters.  After a line break, 'startColumn' spaces are
-/// inserted at the beginning of the new line.
-
-const string line_to_san(const Position& pos, Move line[], int startColumn, bool breakLines) {
-
-  StateInfo st;
-  std::stringstream s;
-  string moveStr;
-  size_t length = 0;
-  size_t maxLength = 80 - startColumn;
-  Position p(pos, pos.thread());
-
-  for (Move* m = line; *m != MOVE_NONE; m++)
-  {
-      moveStr = move_to_san(p, *m);
-      length += moveStr.length() + 1;
-      if (breakLines && length > maxLength)
-      {
-          s << "\n" << std::setw(startColumn) << " ";
-          length = moveStr.length() + 1;
-      }
-      s << moveStr << ' ';
-
-      if (*m == MOVE_NULL)
-          p.do_null_move(st);
-      else
-          p.do_move(*m, st);
-  }
-  return s.str();
-}
-
-
-/// pretty_pv() creates a human-readable string from a position and a PV.
-/// It is used to write search information to the log file (which is created
-/// when the UCI parameter "Use Search Log" is "true").
-
-const string pretty_pv(const Position& pos, int time, int depth,
-                       Value score, ValueType type, Move pv[]) {
-
-  const int64_t K = 1000;
-  const int64_t M = 1000000;
-
-  std::stringstream s;
-
-  // Depth
-  s << std::setw(2) << depth << "  ";
-
-  // Score
-  s << (type == VALUE_TYPE_LOWER ? ">" : type == VALUE_TYPE_UPPER ? "<" : " ")
-    << std::setw(7) << score_string(score);
-
-  // Time
-  s << std::setw(8) << time_string(time) << " ";
-
-  // Nodes
-  if (pos.nodes_searched() < M)
-      s << std::setw(8) << pos.nodes_searched() / 1 << " ";
-  else if (pos.nodes_searched() < K * M)
-      s << std::setw(7) << pos.nodes_searched() / K << "K ";
-  else
-      s << std::setw(7) << pos.nodes_searched() / M << "M ";
-
-  // PV
-  s << line_to_san(pos, pv, 30, true);
-
-  return s.str();
-}
-
-
-namespace {
-
-  Ambiguity move_ambiguity(const Position& pos, Move m) {
-
-    MoveStack mlist[MOVES_MAX], *last;
-    Move candidates[8];
-    Square from = move_from(m);
-    Square to = move_to(m);
-    Piece pc = pos.piece_on(from);
-    int matches = 0, f = 0, r = 0;
-
-    // If there is only one piece 'pc' then move cannot be ambiguous
-    if (pos.piece_count(pos.side_to_move(), type_of_piece(pc)) == 1)
-        return AMBIGUITY_NONE;
-
-    // Collect all legal moves of piece 'pc' with destination 'to'
-    last = generate_moves(pos, mlist);
-    for (MoveStack* cur = mlist; cur != last; cur++)
-        if (move_to(cur->move) == to && pos.piece_on(move_from(cur->move)) == pc)
-            candidates[matches++] = cur->move;
-
-    if (matches == 1)
-        return AMBIGUITY_NONE;
-
-    for (int i = 0; i < matches; i++)
-    {
-        if (square_file(move_from(candidates[i])) == square_file(from))
-            f++;
-
-        if (square_rank(move_from(candidates[i])) == square_rank(from))
-            r++;
-    }
-
-    return f == 1 ? AMBIGUITY_FILE : r == 1 ? AMBIGUITY_RANK : AMBIGUITY_BOTH;
-  }
-
-
-  const string time_string(int millisecs) {
-
-    const int MSecMinute = 1000 * 60;
-    const int MSecHour   = 1000 * 60 * 60;
-
-    std::stringstream s;
-    s << std::setfill('0');
-
-    int hours = millisecs / MSecHour;
-    int minutes = (millisecs - hours * MSecHour) / MSecMinute;
-    int seconds = (millisecs - hours * MSecHour - minutes * MSecMinute) / 1000;
-
-    if (hours)
-        s << hours << ':';
-
-    s << std::setw(2) << minutes << ':' << std::setw(2) << seconds;
-    return s.str();
-  }
-
-
-  const string score_string(Value v) {
-
-    std::stringstream s;
-
-    if (v >= VALUE_MATE - 200)
-        s << "#" << (VALUE_MATE - v + 1) / 2;
-    else if (v <= -VALUE_MATE + 200)
-        s << "-#" << (VALUE_MATE + v) / 2;
-    else
-    {
-        float floatScore = float(v) / float(PawnValueMidgame);
-        if (v >= 0)
-            s << '+';
-
-        s << std::setprecision(2) << std::fixed << floatScore;
-    }
-    return s.str();
-  }
-}

src/san.h

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(SAN_H_INCLUDED)
-#define SAN_H_INCLUDED
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <string>
-
-#include "move.h"
-#include "position.h"
-#include "value.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Prototypes
-////
-
-extern const std::string move_to_san(Position& pos, Move m);
-extern Move move_from_san(const Position& pos, const std::string& str);
-extern const std::string line_to_san(const Position& pos, Move line[], int startColumn, bool breakLines);
-extern const std::string pretty_pv(const Position& pos, int time, int depth, Value score, ValueType type, Move pv[]);
-
-#endif // !defined(SAN_H_INCLUDED)

src/search.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,61 +17,96 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(SEARCH_H_INCLUDED)
 #define SEARCH_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include <cstring>
-//// Includes
+#include <memory>
-////
+#include <stack>
+#include <vector>
 
-#include "depth.h"
+#include "misc.h"
-#include "move.h"
+#include "position.h"
-#include "value.h"
+#include "types.h"
 
-
-////
-//// Constants
-////
-
-const int PLY_MAX = 100;
-const int PLY_MAX_PLUS_2 = PLY_MAX + 2;
-
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-/// The SearchStack struct keeps track of the information we need to remember
-/// from nodes shallower and deeper in the tree during the search.  Each
-/// search thread has its own array of SearchStack objects, indexed by the
-/// current ply.
-struct EvalInfo;
 struct SplitPoint;
 
-struct SearchStack {
+namespace Search {
+
+/// The Stack struct keeps track of the information we need to remember from
+/// nodes shallower and deeper in the tree during the search. Each search thread
+/// has its own array of Stack objects, indexed by the current ply.
+
+struct Stack {
+  SplitPoint* splitPoint;
+  int ply;
   Move currentMove;
-  Move mateKiller;
   Move excludedMove;
-  Move bestMove;
   Move killers[2];
   Depth reduction;
-  Value eval;
+  Value staticEval;
   Value evalMargin;
-  bool skipNullMove;
+  int skipNullMove;
-  SplitPoint* sp;
+  int futilityMoveCount;
 };
 
 
-////
+/// RootMove struct is used for moves at the root of the tree. For each root
-//// Prototypes
+/// move we store a score, a node count, and a PV (really a refutation in the
-////
+/// case of moves which fail low). Score is normally set at -VALUE_INFINITE for
+/// all non-pv moves.
+struct RootMove {
 
-extern void init_search();
+  RootMove(Move m) : score(-VALUE_INFINITE), prevScore(-VALUE_INFINITE) {
-extern void init_threads();
+    pv.push_back(m); pv.push_back(MOVE_NONE);
-extern void exit_threads();
+  }
-extern int perft(Position& pos, Depth depth);
+
-extern bool think(Position& pos, bool infinite, bool ponder, int time[], int increment[],
+  bool operator<(const RootMove& m) const { return score > m.score; } // Ascending sort
-                  int movesToGo, int maxDepth, int maxNodes, int maxTime, Move searchMoves[]);
+  bool operator==(const Move& m) const { return pv[0] == m; }
+
+  void extract_pv_from_tt(Position& pos);
+  void insert_pv_in_tt(Position& pos);
+
+  Value score;
+  Value prevScore;
+  std::vector<Move> pv;
+};
+
+
+/// The LimitsType struct stores information sent by GUI about available time
+/// to search the current move, maximum depth/time, if we are in analysis mode
+/// or if we have to ponder while is our opponent's side to move.
+
+struct LimitsType {
+
+  LimitsType() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(LimitsType)); }
+  bool use_time_management() const { return !(mate | movetime | depth | nodes | infinite); }
+
+  int time[COLOR_NB], inc[COLOR_NB], movestogo, depth, nodes, movetime, mate, infinite, ponder;
+};
+
+
+/// The SignalsType struct stores volatile flags updated during the search
+/// typically in an async fashion, for instance to stop the search by the GUI.
+
+struct SignalsType {
+  bool stopOnPonderhit, firstRootMove, stop, failedLowAtRoot;
+};
+
+typedef std::auto_ptr<std::stack<StateInfo> > StateStackPtr;
+
+extern volatile SignalsType Signals;
+extern LimitsType Limits;
+extern std::vector<RootMove> RootMoves;
+extern Position RootPos;
+extern Color RootColor;
+extern Time::point SearchTime;
+extern StateStackPtr SetupStates;
+
+extern void init();
+extern size_t perft(Position& pos, Depth depth);
+extern void think();
+
+} // namespace Search
 
 #endif // !defined(SEARCH_H_INCLUDED)

src/square.h

@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(SQUARE_H_INCLUDED)
-#define SQUARE_H_INCLUDED
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cstdlib> // for abs()
-#include <string>
-
-#include "color.h"
-#include "misc.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-enum Square {
-  SQ_A1, SQ_B1, SQ_C1, SQ_D1, SQ_E1, SQ_F1, SQ_G1, SQ_H1,
-  SQ_A2, SQ_B2, SQ_C2, SQ_D2, SQ_E2, SQ_F2, SQ_G2, SQ_H2,
-  SQ_A3, SQ_B3, SQ_C3, SQ_D3, SQ_E3, SQ_F3, SQ_G3, SQ_H3,
-  SQ_A4, SQ_B4, SQ_C4, SQ_D4, SQ_E4, SQ_F4, SQ_G4, SQ_H4,
-  SQ_A5, SQ_B5, SQ_C5, SQ_D5, SQ_E5, SQ_F5, SQ_G5, SQ_H5,
-  SQ_A6, SQ_B6, SQ_C6, SQ_D6, SQ_E6, SQ_F6, SQ_G6, SQ_H6,
-  SQ_A7, SQ_B7, SQ_C7, SQ_D7, SQ_E7, SQ_F7, SQ_G7, SQ_H7,
-  SQ_A8, SQ_B8, SQ_C8, SQ_D8, SQ_E8, SQ_F8, SQ_G8, SQ_H8,
-  SQ_NONE
-};
-
-enum File {
-  FILE_A, FILE_B, FILE_C, FILE_D, FILE_E, FILE_F, FILE_G, FILE_H, FILE_NONE
-};
-
-enum Rank {
-  RANK_1, RANK_2, RANK_3, RANK_4, RANK_5, RANK_6, RANK_7, RANK_8, RANK_NONE
-};
-
-enum SquareDelta {
-
-  DELTA_N = 8, DELTA_E = 1, DELTA_S = -8, DELTA_W = -1, DELTA_NONE = 0,
-
-  DELTA_NN = DELTA_N + DELTA_N,
-  DELTA_NE = DELTA_N + DELTA_E,
-  DELTA_SE = DELTA_S + DELTA_E,
-  DELTA_SS = DELTA_S + DELTA_S,
-  DELTA_SW = DELTA_S + DELTA_W,
-  DELTA_NW = DELTA_N + DELTA_W
-};
-
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Square)
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(File)
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Rank)
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(SquareDelta)
-
-
-////
-//// Constants
-////
-
-const int FlipMask = 56;
-const int FlopMask =  7;
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline Square operator+ (Square x, SquareDelta i) { return x + Square(i); }
-inline void operator+= (Square& x, SquareDelta i) { x = x + Square(i); }
-inline Square operator- (Square x, SquareDelta i) { return x - Square(i); }
-inline void operator-= (Square& x, SquareDelta i) { x = x - Square(i); }
-
-inline Square make_square(File f, Rank r) {
-  return Square(int(f) | (int(r) << 3));
-}
-
-inline File square_file(Square s) {
-  return File(int(s) & 7);
-}
-
-inline Rank square_rank(Square s) {
-  return Rank(int(s) >> 3);
-}
-
-inline Square flip_square(Square s) {
-  return Square(int(s) ^ FlipMask);
-}
-
-inline Square flop_square(Square s) {
-  return Square(int(s) ^ FlopMask);
-}
-
-inline Square relative_square(Color c, Square s) {
-  return Square(int(s) ^ (int(c) * FlipMask));
-}
-
-inline Rank relative_rank(Color c, Square s) {
-  return square_rank(relative_square(c, s));
-}
-
-inline SquareColor square_color(Square s) {
-  return SquareColor((int(square_file(s)) + int(square_rank(s))) & 1);
-}
-
-inline bool same_color_squares(Square s1, Square s2) {
-  int s = int(s1) ^ int(s2);
-  return (((s >> 3) ^ s) & 1) == 0;
-}
-
-inline int file_distance(File f1, File f2) {
-  return abs(int(f1) - int(f2));
-}
-
-inline int file_distance(Square s1, Square s2) {
-  return file_distance(square_file(s1), square_file(s2));
-}
-
-inline int rank_distance(Rank r1, Rank r2) {
-  return abs(int(r1) - int(r2));
-}
-
-inline int rank_distance(Square s1, Square s2) {
-  return rank_distance(square_rank(s1), square_rank(s2));
-}
-
-inline int square_distance(Square s1, Square s2) {
-  return Max(file_distance(s1, s2), rank_distance(s1, s2));
-}
-
-inline File file_from_char(char c) {
-  return File(c - 'a') + FILE_A;
-}
-
-inline char file_to_char(File f) {
-  return char(f - FILE_A + int('a'));
-}
-
-inline Rank rank_from_char(char c) {
-  return Rank(c - '1') + RANK_1;
-}
-
-inline char rank_to_char(Rank r) {
-  return char(r - RANK_1 + int('1'));
-}
-
-inline const std::string square_to_string(Square s) {
-  return  std::string(1, file_to_char(square_file(s)))
-        + std::string(1, rank_to_char(square_rank(s)));
-}
-
-inline bool file_is_ok(File f) {
-  return f >= FILE_A && f <= FILE_H;
-}
-
-inline bool rank_is_ok(Rank r) {
-  return r >= RANK_1 && r <= RANK_8;
-}
-
-inline bool square_is_ok(Square s) {
-  return file_is_ok(square_file(s)) && rank_is_ok(square_rank(s));
-}
-
-#endif // !defined(SQUARE_H_INCLUDED)

src/thread.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,381 @@
+/*
+  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
+  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+
+  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+  (at your option) any later version.
+
+  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+  GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+*/
+
+#include <algorithm> // For std::count
+#include <cassert>
+#include <iostream>
+
+#include "movegen.h"
+#include "search.h"
+#include "thread.h"
+#include "ucioption.h"
+
+using namespace Search;
+
+ThreadPool Threads; // Global object
+
+namespace { extern "C" {
+
+ // start_routine() is the C function which is called when a new thread
+ // is launched. It is a wrapper to the virtual function idle_loop().
+
+ long start_routine(Thread* th) { th->idle_loop(); return 0; }
+
+} }
+
+
+// Thread c'tor starts a newly-created thread of execution that will call
+// the the virtual function idle_loop(), going immediately to sleep.
+
+Thread::Thread() /* : splitPoints() */ { // Value-initialization bug in MSVC
+
+  searching = exit = false;
+  maxPly = splitPointsSize = 0;
+  activeSplitPoint = NULL;
+  activePosition = NULL;
+  idx = Threads.size();
+
+  if (!thread_create(handle, start_routine, this))
+  {
+      std::cerr << "Failed to create thread number " << idx << std::endl;
+      ::exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
+  }
+}
+
+
+// Thread d'tor waits for thread termination before to return
+
+Thread::~Thread() {
+
+  exit = true; // Search must be already finished
+  notify_one();
+  thread_join(handle); // Wait for thread termination
+}
+
+
+// TimerThread::idle_loop() is where the timer thread waits msec milliseconds
+// and then calls check_time(). If msec is 0 thread sleeps until is woken up.
+extern void check_time();
+
+void TimerThread::idle_loop() {
+
+  while (!exit)
+  {
+      mutex.lock();
+
+      if (!exit)
+          sleepCondition.wait_for(mutex, msec ? msec : INT_MAX);
+
+      mutex.unlock();
+
+      if (msec)
+          check_time();
+  }
+}
+
+
+// MainThread::idle_loop() is where the main thread is parked waiting to be started
+// when there is a new search. Main thread will launch all the slave threads.
+
+void MainThread::idle_loop() {
+
+  while (true)
+  {
+      mutex.lock();
+
+      thinking = false;
+
+      while (!thinking && !exit)
+      {
+          Threads.sleepCondition.notify_one(); // Wake up UI thread if needed
+          sleepCondition.wait(mutex);
+      }
+
+      mutex.unlock();
+
+      if (exit)
+          return;
+
+      searching = true;
+
+      Search::think();
+
+      assert(searching);
+
+      searching = false;
+  }
+}
+
+
+// Thread::notify_one() wakes up the thread when there is some search to do
+
+void Thread::notify_one() {
+
+  mutex.lock();
+  sleepCondition.notify_one();
+  mutex.unlock();
+}
+
+
+// Thread::wait_for() set the thread to sleep until condition 'b' turns true
+
+void Thread::wait_for(volatile const bool& b) {
+
+  mutex.lock();
+  while (!b) sleepCondition.wait(mutex);
+  mutex.unlock();
+}
+
+
+// Thread::cutoff_occurred() checks whether a beta cutoff has occurred in the
+// current active split point, or in some ancestor of the split point.
+
+bool Thread::cutoff_occurred() const {
+
+  for (SplitPoint* sp = activeSplitPoint; sp; sp = sp->parentSplitPoint)
+      if (sp->cutoff)
+          return true;
+
+  return false;
+}
+
+
+// Thread::is_available_to() checks whether the thread is available to help the
+// thread 'master' at a split point. An obvious requirement is that thread must
+// be idle. With more than two threads, this is not sufficient: If the thread is
+// the master of some split point, it is only available as a slave to the slaves
+// which are busy searching the split point at the top of slaves split point
+// stack (the "helpful master concept" in YBWC terminology).
+
+bool Thread::is_available_to(Thread* master) const {
+
+  if (searching)
+      return false;
+
+  // Make a local copy to be sure doesn't become zero under our feet while
+  // testing next condition and so leading to an out of bound access.
+  int size = splitPointsSize;
+
+  // No split points means that the thread is available as a slave for any
+  // other thread otherwise apply the "helpful master" concept if possible.
+  return !size || (splitPoints[size - 1].slavesMask & (1ULL << master->idx));
+}
+
+
+// init() is called at startup to create and launch requested threads, that will
+// go immediately to sleep due to 'sleepWhileIdle' set to true. We cannot use
+// a c'tor becuase Threads is a static object and we need a fully initialized
+// engine at this point due to allocation of Endgames in Thread c'tor.
+
+void ThreadPool::init() {
+
+  sleepWhileIdle = true;
+  timer = new TimerThread();
+  push_back(new MainThread());
+  read_uci_options();
+}
+
+
+// exit() cleanly terminates the threads before the program exits
+
+void ThreadPool::exit() {
+
+  delete timer; // As first because check_time() accesses threads data
+
+  for (iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it)
+      delete *it;
+}
+
+
+// read_uci_options() updates internal threads parameters from the corresponding
+// UCI options and creates/destroys threads to match the requested number. Thread
+// objects are dynamically allocated to avoid creating in advance all possible
+// threads, with included pawns and material tables, if only few are used.
+
+void ThreadPool::read_uci_options() {
+
+  maxThreadsPerSplitPoint = Options["Max Threads per Split Point"];
+  minimumSplitDepth       = Options["Min Split Depth"] * ONE_PLY;
+  size_t requested        = Options["Threads"];
+
+  assert(requested > 0);
+
+  while (size() < requested)
+      push_back(new Thread());
+
+  while (size() > requested)
+  {
+      delete back();
+      pop_back();
+  }
+}
+
+
+// slave_available() tries to find an idle thread which is available as a slave
+// for the thread 'master'.
+
+Thread* ThreadPool::available_slave(Thread* master) const {
+
+  for (const_iterator it = begin(); it != end(); ++it)
+      if ((*it)->is_available_to(master))
+          return *it;
+
+  return NULL;
+}
+
+
+// split() does the actual work of distributing the work at a node between
+// several available threads. If it does not succeed in splitting the node
+// (because no idle threads are available), the function immediately returns.
+// If splitting is possible, a SplitPoint object is initialized with all the
+// data that must be copied to the helper threads and then helper threads are
+// told that they have been assigned work. This will cause them to instantly
+// leave their idle loops and call search(). When all threads have returned from
+// search() then split() returns.
+
+template <bool Fake>
+void Thread::split(Position& pos, Stack* ss, Value alpha, Value beta, Value* bestValue,
+                   Move* bestMove, Depth depth, Move threatMove, int moveCount,
+                   MovePicker* movePicker, int nodeType) {
+
+  assert(pos.pos_is_ok());
+  assert(*bestValue <= alpha && alpha < beta && beta <= VALUE_INFINITE);
+  assert(*bestValue > -VALUE_INFINITE);
+  assert(depth >= Threads.minimumSplitDepth);
+  assert(searching);
+  assert(splitPointsSize < MAX_SPLITPOINTS_PER_THREAD);
+
+  // Pick the next available split point from the split point stack
+  SplitPoint& sp = splitPoints[splitPointsSize];
+
+  sp.masterThread = this;
+  sp.parentSplitPoint = activeSplitPoint;
+  sp.slavesMask = 1ULL << idx;
+  sp.depth = depth;
+  sp.bestValue = *bestValue;
+  sp.bestMove = *bestMove;
+  sp.threatMove = threatMove;
+  sp.alpha = alpha;
+  sp.beta = beta;
+  sp.nodeType = nodeType;
+  sp.movePicker = movePicker;
+  sp.moveCount = moveCount;
+  sp.pos = &pos;
+  sp.nodes = 0;
+  sp.cutoff = false;
+  sp.ss = ss;
+
+  // Try to allocate available threads and ask them to start searching setting
+  // 'searching' flag. This must be done under lock protection to avoid concurrent
+  // allocation of the same slave by another master.
+  Threads.mutex.lock();
+  sp.mutex.lock();
+
+  splitPointsSize++;
+  activeSplitPoint = &sp;
+  activePosition = NULL;
+
+  size_t slavesCnt = 1; // This thread is always included
+  Thread* slave;
+
+  while (    (slave = Threads.available_slave(this)) != NULL
+         && ++slavesCnt <= Threads.maxThreadsPerSplitPoint && !Fake)
+  {
+      sp.slavesMask |= 1ULL << slave->idx;
+      slave->activeSplitPoint = &sp;
+      slave->searching = true; // Slave leaves idle_loop()
+      slave->notify_one(); // Could be sleeping
+  }
+
+  // Everything is set up. The master thread enters the idle loop, from which
+  // it will instantly launch a search, because its 'searching' flag is set.
+  // The thread will return from the idle loop when all slaves have finished
+  // their work at this split point.
+  if (slavesCnt > 1 || Fake)
+  {
+      sp.mutex.unlock();
+      Threads.mutex.unlock();
+
+      Thread::idle_loop(); // Force a call to base class idle_loop()
+
+      // In helpful master concept a master can help only a sub-tree of its split
+      // point, and because here is all finished is not possible master is booked.
+      assert(!searching);
+      assert(!activePosition);
+
+      // We have returned from the idle loop, which means that all threads are
+      // finished. Note that setting 'searching' and decreasing splitPointsSize is
+      // done under lock protection to avoid a race with Thread::is_available_to().
+      Threads.mutex.lock();
+      sp.mutex.lock();
+  }
+
+  searching = true;
+  splitPointsSize--;
+  activeSplitPoint = sp.parentSplitPoint;
+  activePosition = &pos;
+  pos.set_nodes_searched(pos.nodes_searched() + sp.nodes);
+  *bestMove = sp.bestMove;
+  *bestValue = sp.bestValue;
+
+  sp.mutex.unlock();
+  Threads.mutex.unlock();
+}
+
+// Explicit template instantiations
+template void Thread::split<false>(Position&, Stack*, Value, Value, Value*, Move*, Depth, Move, int, MovePicker*, int);
+template void Thread::split< true>(Position&, Stack*, Value, Value, Value*, Move*, Depth, Move, int, MovePicker*, int);
+
+
+// wait_for_think_finished() waits for main thread to go to sleep then returns
+
+void ThreadPool::wait_for_think_finished() {
+
+  MainThread* t = main_thread();
+  t->mutex.lock();
+  while (t->thinking) sleepCondition.wait(t->mutex);
+  t->mutex.unlock();
+}
+
+
+// start_thinking() wakes up the main thread sleeping in MainThread::idle_loop()
+// so to start a new search, then returns immediately.
+
+void ThreadPool::start_thinking(const Position& pos, const LimitsType& limits,
+                                const std::vector<Move>& searchMoves, StateStackPtr& states) {
+  wait_for_think_finished();
+
+  SearchTime = Time::now(); // As early as possible
+
+  Signals.stopOnPonderhit = Signals.firstRootMove = false;
+  Signals.stop = Signals.failedLowAtRoot = false;
+
+  RootPos = pos;
+  Limits = limits;
+  SetupStates = states; // Ownership transfer here
+  RootMoves.clear();
+
+  for (MoveList<LEGAL> ml(pos); !ml.end(); ++ml)
+      if (   searchMoves.empty()
+          || std::count(searchMoves.begin(), searchMoves.end(), ml.move()))
+          RootMoves.push_back(RootMove(ml.move()));
+
+  main_thread()->thinking = true;
+  main_thread()->notify_one(); // Starts main thread
+}

src/thread.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,80 +17,151 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(THREAD_H_INCLUDED)
 #define THREAD_H_INCLUDED
 
+#include <vector>
 
-////
+#include "material.h"
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cstring>
-
-#include "lock.h"
 #include "movepick.h"
+#include "pawns.h"
 #include "position.h"
 #include "search.h"
 
+const int MAX_THREADS = 64; // Because SplitPoint::slavesMask is a uint64_t
+const int MAX_SPLITPOINTS_PER_THREAD = 8;
 
-////
+struct Mutex {
-//// Constants and variables
+  Mutex() { lock_init(l); }
-////
+ ~Mutex() { lock_destroy(l); }
 
-const int MAX_THREADS = 16;
+  void lock() { lock_grab(l); }
-const int MAX_ACTIVE_SPLIT_POINTS = 8;
+  void unlock() { lock_release(l); }
 
+private:
+  friend struct ConditionVariable;
 
-////
+  Lock l;
-//// Types
+};
-////
+
+struct ConditionVariable {
+  ConditionVariable() { cond_init(c); }
+ ~ConditionVariable() { cond_destroy(c); }
+
+  void wait(Mutex& m) { cond_wait(c, m.l); }
+  void wait_for(Mutex& m, int ms) { timed_wait(c, m.l, ms); }
+  void notify_one() { cond_signal(c); }
+
+private:
+  WaitCondition c;
+};
+
+struct Thread;
 
 struct SplitPoint {
 
-  // Const data after splitPoint has been setup
+  // Const data after split point has been setup
-  SplitPoint* parent;
   const Position* pos;
+  const Search::Stack* ss;
+  Thread* masterThread;
   Depth depth;
-  bool pvNode, mateThreat;
   Value beta;
-  int ply;
+  int nodeType;
-  int master;
   Move threatMove;
-  SearchStack sstack[MAX_THREADS][PLY_MAX_PLUS_2];
 
   // Const pointers to shared data
-  MovePicker* mp;
+  MovePicker* movePicker;
-  SearchStack* parentSstack;
+  SplitPoint* parentSplitPoint;
 
   // Shared data
-  Lock lock;
+  Mutex mutex;
+  volatile uint64_t slavesMask;
   volatile int64_t nodes;
   volatile Value alpha;
   volatile Value bestValue;
+  volatile Move bestMove;
   volatile int moveCount;
-  volatile bool betaCutoff;
+  volatile bool cutoff;
-  volatile int slaves[MAX_THREADS];
 };
 
-// ThreadState type is used to represent thread's current state
 
-enum ThreadState
+/// Thread struct keeps together all the thread related stuff like locks, state
-{
+/// and especially split points. We also use per-thread pawn and material hash
-  THREAD_INITIALIZING,  // thread is initializing itself
+/// tables so that once we get a pointer to an entry its life time is unlimited
-  THREAD_SEARCHING,     // thread is performing work
+/// and we don't have to care about someone changing the entry under our feet.
-  THREAD_AVAILABLE,     // thread is waiting for work
-  THREAD_BOOKED,        // other thread (master) has booked us as a slave
-  THREAD_WORKISWAITING, // master has ordered us to start
-  THREAD_TERMINATED     // we are quitting and thread is terminated
-};
 
 struct Thread {
-  volatile ThreadState state;
+
-  SplitPoint* volatile splitPoint;
+  Thread();
-  volatile int activeSplitPoints;
+  virtual ~Thread();
-  SplitPoint splitPoints[MAX_ACTIVE_SPLIT_POINTS];
+
+  virtual void idle_loop();
+  void notify_one();
+  bool cutoff_occurred() const;
+  bool is_available_to(Thread* master) const;
+  void wait_for(volatile const bool& b);
+
+  template <bool Fake>
+  void split(Position& pos, Search::Stack* ss, Value alpha, Value beta, Value* bestValue, Move* bestMove,
+             Depth depth, Move threatMove, int moveCount, MovePicker* movePicker, int nodeType);
+
+  SplitPoint splitPoints[MAX_SPLITPOINTS_PER_THREAD];
+  Material::Table materialTable;
+  Endgames endgames;
+  Pawns::Table pawnsTable;
+  Position* activePosition;
+  size_t idx;
+  int maxPly;
+  Mutex mutex;
+  ConditionVariable sleepCondition;
+  NativeHandle handle;
+  SplitPoint* volatile activeSplitPoint;
+  volatile int splitPointsSize;
+  volatile bool searching;
+  volatile bool exit;
 };
 
 
+/// MainThread and TimerThread are sublassed from Thread to characterize the two
+/// special threads: the main one and the recurring timer.
+
+struct MainThread : public Thread {
+  MainThread() : thinking(true) {} // Avoid a race with start_thinking()
+  virtual void idle_loop();
+  volatile bool thinking;
+};
+
+struct TimerThread : public Thread {
+  TimerThread() : msec(0) {}
+  virtual void idle_loop();
+  int msec;
+};
+
+
+/// ThreadPool struct handles all the threads related stuff like init, starting,
+/// parking and, the most important, launching a slave thread at a split point.
+/// All the access to shared thread data is done through this class.
+
+struct ThreadPool : public std::vector<Thread*> {
+
+  void init(); // No c'tor and d'tor, threads rely on globals that should
+  void exit(); // be initialized and valid during the whole thread lifetime.
+
+  MainThread* main_thread() { return static_cast<MainThread*>((*this)[0]); }
+  void read_uci_options();
+  Thread* available_slave(Thread* master) const;
+  void wait_for_think_finished();
+  void start_thinking(const Position&, const Search::LimitsType&,
+                      const std::vector<Move>&, Search::StateStackPtr&);
+
+  bool sleepWhileIdle;
+  Depth minimumSplitDepth;
+  size_t maxThreadsPerSplitPoint;
+  Mutex mutex;
+  ConditionVariable sleepCondition;
+  TimerThread* timer;
+};
+
+extern ThreadPool Threads;
+
 #endif // !defined(THREAD_H_INCLUDED)

src/timeman.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,27 +17,19 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
 #include <cmath>
+#include <algorithm>
 
-#include "misc.h"
+#include "search.h"
 #include "timeman.h"
 #include "ucioption.h"
 
-////
-//// Local definitions
-////
-
 namespace {
 
   /// Constants
 
   const int MoveHorizon  = 50;    // Plan time management at most this many moves ahead
-  const float MaxRatio   = 3.0f;  // When in trouble, we can step over reserved time with this ratio
+  const float MaxRatio   = 7.0f;  // When in trouble, we can step over reserved time with this ratio
   const float StealRatio = 0.33f; // However we must not steal time from remaining moves over this ratio
 
 
@@ -72,7 +64,7 @@ namespace {
     4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 3, 3, 2, 2, 2, 2,
     2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 };
 
-  int move_importance(int ply) { return MoveImportance[Min(ply, 511)]; }
+  int move_importance(int ply) { return MoveImportance[std::min(ply, 511)]; }
 
 
   /// Function Prototypes
@@ -80,28 +72,25 @@ namespace {
   enum TimeType { OptimumTime, MaxTime };
 
   template<TimeType>
-  int remaining(int myTime, int movesToGo, int currentPly);
+  int remaining(int myTime, int movesToGo, int fullMoveNumber, int slowMover);
 }
 
 
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
 void TimeManager::pv_instability(int curChanges, int prevChanges) {
 
   unstablePVExtraTime =  curChanges  * (optimumSearchTime / 2)
                        + prevChanges * (optimumSearchTime / 3);
 }
 
-void TimeManager::init(int myTime, int myInc, int movesToGo, int currentPly)
+
+void TimeManager::init(const Search::LimitsType& limits, int currentPly, Color us)
 {
   /* We support four different kind of time controls:
 
-      Inc == 0 && movesToGo == 0 means: x basetime  [sudden death!]
+      increment == 0 && movesToGo == 0 means: x basetime  [sudden death!]
-      Inc == 0 && movesToGo != 0 means: (x moves) / (y minutes)
+      increment == 0 && movesToGo != 0 means: x moves in y minutes
-      Inc > 0  && movesToGo == 0 means: x basetime + z inc.
+      increment >  0 && movesToGo == 0 means: x basetime + z increment
-      Inc > 0  && movesToGo != 0 means: (x moves) / (y minutes) + z inc
+      increment >  0 && movesToGo != 0 means: x moves in y minutes + z increment
 
     Time management is adjusted by following UCI parameters:
 
@@ -114,49 +103,52 @@ void TimeManager::init(int myTime, int myInc, int movesToGo, int currentPly)
   int hypMTG, hypMyTime, t1, t2;
 
   // Read uci parameters
-  int emergencyMoveHorizon = Options["Emergency Move Horizon"].value<int>();
+  int emergencyMoveHorizon = Options["Emergency Move Horizon"];
-  int emergencyBaseTime    = Options["Emergency Base Time"].value<int>();
+  int emergencyBaseTime    = Options["Emergency Base Time"];
-  int emergencyMoveTime    = Options["Emergency Move Time"].value<int>();
+  int emergencyMoveTime    = Options["Emergency Move Time"];
-  int minThinkingTime      = Options["Minimum Thinking Time"].value<int>();
+  int minThinkingTime      = Options["Minimum Thinking Time"];
+  int slowMover            = Options["Slow Mover"];
 
   // Initialize to maximum values but unstablePVExtraTime that is reset
   unstablePVExtraTime = 0;
-  optimumSearchTime = maximumSearchTime = myTime;
+  optimumSearchTime = maximumSearchTime = limits.time[us];
 
   // We calculate optimum time usage for different hypothetic "moves to go"-values and choose the
   // minimum of calculated search time values. Usually the greatest hypMTG gives the minimum values.
-  for (hypMTG = 1; hypMTG <= (movesToGo ? Min(movesToGo, MoveHorizon) : MoveHorizon); hypMTG++)
+  for (hypMTG = 1; hypMTG <= (limits.movestogo ? std::min(limits.movestogo, MoveHorizon) : MoveHorizon); hypMTG++)
   {
       // Calculate thinking time for hypothetic "moves to go"-value
-      hypMyTime = Max(myTime + (hypMTG - 1) * myInc - emergencyBaseTime - Min(hypMTG, emergencyMoveHorizon) * emergencyMoveTime, 0);
+      hypMyTime =  limits.time[us]
+                 + limits.inc[us] * (hypMTG - 1)
+                 - emergencyBaseTime
+                 - emergencyMoveTime * std::min(hypMTG, emergencyMoveHorizon);
 
-      t1 = minThinkingTime + remaining<OptimumTime>(hypMyTime, hypMTG, currentPly);
+      hypMyTime = std::max(hypMyTime, 0);
-      t2 = minThinkingTime + remaining<MaxTime>(hypMyTime, hypMTG, currentPly);
 
-      optimumSearchTime = Min(optimumSearchTime, t1);
+      t1 = minThinkingTime + remaining<OptimumTime>(hypMyTime, hypMTG, currentPly, slowMover);
-      maximumSearchTime = Min(maximumSearchTime, t2);
+      t2 = minThinkingTime + remaining<MaxTime>(hypMyTime, hypMTG, currentPly, slowMover);
+
+      optimumSearchTime = std::min(optimumSearchTime, t1);
+      maximumSearchTime = std::min(maximumSearchTime, t2);
   }
 
-  if (Options["Ponder"].value<bool>())
+  if (Options["Ponder"])
       optimumSearchTime += optimumSearchTime / 4;
 
   // Make sure that maxSearchTime is not over absoluteMaxSearchTime
-  optimumSearchTime = Min(optimumSearchTime, maximumSearchTime);
+  optimumSearchTime = std::min(optimumSearchTime, maximumSearchTime);
 }
 
-////
-//// Local functions
-////
 
 namespace {
 
   template<TimeType T>
-  int remaining(int myTime, int movesToGo, int currentPly)
+  int remaining(int myTime, int movesToGo, int currentPly, int slowMover)
   {
     const float TMaxRatio   = (T == OptimumTime ? 1 : MaxRatio);
     const float TStealRatio = (T == OptimumTime ? 0 : StealRatio);
 
-    int thisMoveImportance = move_importance(currentPly);
+    int thisMoveImportance = move_importance(currentPly) * slowMover / 100;
     int otherMovesImportance = 0;
 
     for (int i = 1; i < movesToGo; i++)
@@ -165,6 +157,6 @@ namespace {
     float ratio1 = (TMaxRatio * thisMoveImportance) / float(TMaxRatio * thisMoveImportance + otherMovesImportance);
     float ratio2 = (thisMoveImportance + TStealRatio * otherMovesImportance) / float(thisMoveImportance + otherMovesImportance);
 
-    return int(floor(myTime * Min(ratio1, ratio2)));
+    return int(floor(myTime * std::min(ratio1, ratio2)));
   }
 }

src/timeman.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,18 +17,15 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(TIMEMAN_H_INCLUDED)
 #define TIMEMAN_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+/// The TimeManager class computes the optimal time to think depending on the
-//// Prototypes
+/// maximum available time, the move game number and other parameters.
-////
 
 class TimeManager {
 public:
-
+  void init(const Search::LimitsType& limits, int currentPly, Color us);
-  void init(int myTime, int myInc, int movesToGo, int currentPly);
   void pv_instability(int curChanges, int prevChanges);
   int available_time() const { return optimumSearchTime + unstablePVExtraTime; }
   int maximum_time() const { return maximumSearchTime; }

src/tt.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,142 +17,105 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cassert>
 #include <cstring>
+#include <iostream>
 
+#include "bitboard.h"
 #include "tt.h"
 
-// The main transposition table
+TranspositionTable TT; // Our global transposition table
-TranspositionTable TT;
-
-////
-//// Functions
-////
-
-TranspositionTable::TranspositionTable() {
-
-  size = 0;
-  entries = 0;
-  generation = 0;
-}
-
-TranspositionTable::~TranspositionTable() {
-
-  delete [] entries;
-}
 
 
-/// TranspositionTable::set_size sets the size of the transposition table,
+/// TranspositionTable::set_size() sets the size of the transposition table,
-/// measured in megabytes.
+/// measured in megabytes. Transposition table consists of a power of 2 number
+/// of clusters and each cluster consists of ClusterSize number of TTEntry.
 
 void TranspositionTable::set_size(size_t mbSize) {
 
-  size_t newSize = 1024;
+  assert(msb((mbSize << 20) / sizeof(TTEntry)) < 32);
 
-  // Transposition table consists of clusters and
+  uint32_t size = ClusterSize << msb((mbSize << 20) / sizeof(TTEntry[ClusterSize]));
-  // each cluster consists of ClusterSize number of TTEntries.
-  // Each non-empty entry contains information of exactly one position.
-  // newSize is the number of clusters we are going to allocate.
-  while ((2 * newSize) * sizeof(TTCluster) <= (mbSize << 20))
-      newSize *= 2;
 
-  if (newSize != size)
+  if (hashMask == size - ClusterSize)
-  {
+      return;
-      size = newSize;
+
-      delete [] entries;
+  hashMask = size - ClusterSize;
-      entries = new TTCluster[size];
+  delete [] table;
-      if (!entries)
+  table = new (std::nothrow) TTEntry[size];
+
+  if (!table)
   {
       std::cerr << "Failed to allocate " << mbSize
                 << "MB for transposition table." << std::endl;
       exit(EXIT_FAILURE);
   }
-      clear();
+
-  }
+  clear(); // Operator new is not guaranteed to initialize memory to zero
 }
 
 
-/// TranspositionTable::clear overwrites the entire transposition table
+/// TranspositionTable::clear() overwrites the entire transposition table
 /// with zeroes. It is called whenever the table is resized, or when the
 /// user asks the program to clear the table (from the UCI interface).
-/// Perhaps we should also clear it when the "ucinewgame" command is received?
 
 void TranspositionTable::clear() {
 
-  memset(entries, 0, size * sizeof(TTCluster));
+  memset(table, 0, (hashMask + ClusterSize) * sizeof(TTEntry));
 }
 
 
-/// TranspositionTable::store writes a new entry containing position key and
+/// TranspositionTable::store() writes a new entry containing position key and
-/// valuable information of current position.
+/// valuable information of current position. The lowest order bits of position
-/// The Lowest order bits of position key are used to decide on which cluster
+/// key are used to decide on which cluster the position will be placed.
-/// the position will be placed.
 /// When a new entry is written and there are no empty entries available in cluster,
-/// it replaces the least valuable of entries.
+/// it replaces the least valuable of entries. A TTEntry t1 is considered to be
-/// A TTEntry t1 is considered to be more valuable than a TTEntry t2 if t1 is from the
+/// more valuable than a TTEntry t2 if t1 is from the current search and t2 is from
-/// current search and t2 is from a previous search, or if the depth of t1
+/// a previous search, or if the depth of t1 is bigger than the depth of t2.
-/// is bigger than the depth of t2.
 
-void TranspositionTable::store(const Key posKey, Value v, ValueType t, Depth d, Move m, Value statV, Value kingD) {
+void TranspositionTable::store(const Key key, Value v, Bound t, Depth d, Move m, Value statV, Value kingD) {
 
   int c1, c2, c3;
   TTEntry *tte, *replace;
-  uint32_t posKey32 = posKey >> 32; // Use the high 32 bits as key
+  uint32_t key32 = key >> 32; // Use the high 32 bits as key inside the cluster
 
-  tte = replace = first_entry(posKey);
+  tte = replace = first_entry(key);
-  for (int i = 0; i < ClusterSize; i++, tte++)
+
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i < ClusterSize; i++, tte++)
   {
-      if (!tte->key() || tte->key() == posKey32) // empty or overwrite old
+      if (!tte->key() || tte->key() == key32) // Empty or overwrite old
       {
           // Preserve any existing ttMove
           if (m == MOVE_NONE)
               m = tte->move();
 
-          tte->save(posKey32, v, t, d, m, generation, statV, kingD);
+          tte->save(key32, v, t, d, m, generation, statV, kingD);
           return;
       }
 
-      if (i == 0)  // Replacing first entry is default and already set before entering for-loop
+      // Implement replace strategy
-          continue;
-
       c1 = (replace->generation() == generation ?  2 : 0);
-      c2 = (tte->generation() == generation ? -2 : 0);
+      c2 = (tte->generation() == generation || tte->type() == BOUND_EXACT ? -2 : 0);
       c3 = (tte->depth() < replace->depth() ?  1 : 0);
 
       if (c1 + c2 + c3 > 0)
           replace = tte;
   }
-  replace->save(posKey32, v, t, d, m, generation, statV, kingD);
+  replace->save(key32, v, t, d, m, generation, statV, kingD);
 }
 
 
-/// TranspositionTable::retrieve looks up the current position in the
+/// TranspositionTable::probe() looks up the current position in the
-/// transposition table. Returns a pointer to the TTEntry or NULL
+/// transposition table. Returns a pointer to the TTEntry or NULL if
-/// if position is not found.
+/// position is not found.
 
-TTEntry* TranspositionTable::retrieve(const Key posKey) const {
+TTEntry* TranspositionTable::probe(const Key key) const {
 
-  uint32_t posKey32 = posKey >> 32;
+  TTEntry* tte = first_entry(key);
-  TTEntry* tte = first_entry(posKey);
+  uint32_t key32 = key >> 32;
 
-  for (int i = 0; i < ClusterSize; i++, tte++)
+  for (unsigned i = 0; i < ClusterSize; i++, tte++)
-      if (tte->key() == posKey32)
+      if (tte->key() == key32)
           return tte;
 
   return NULL;
 }
-
-
-/// TranspositionTable::new_search() is called at the beginning of every new
-/// search. It increments the "generation" variable, which is used to
-/// distinguish transposition table entries from previous searches from
-/// entries from the current search.
-
-void TranspositionTable::new_search() {
-  generation++;
-}

src/tt.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,24 +17,13 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
 #if !defined(TT_H_INCLUDED)
 #define TT_H_INCLUDED
 
-////
+#include "misc.h"
-//// Includes
+#include "types.h"
-////
 
-#include "depth.h"
+/// The TTEntry is the class of transposition table entries
-#include "move.h"
-#include "value.h"
-
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-/// The TTEntry class is the class of transposition table entries
 ///
 /// A TTEntry needs 128 bits to be stored
 ///
@@ -47,97 +36,86 @@
 ///
 /// the 32 bits of the data field are so defined
 ///
-/// bit  0-16: move
+/// bit  0-15: move
-/// bit 17-20: not used
+/// bit 16-20: not used
 /// bit 21-22: value type
 /// bit 23-31: generation
 
 class TTEntry {
 
 public:
-  void save(uint32_t k, Value v, ValueType t, Depth d, Move m, int g, Value statV, Value kd) {
+  void save(uint32_t k, Value v, Bound b, Depth d, Move m, int g, Value ev, Value em) {
 
-      key32 = k;
+    key32        = (uint32_t)k;
-      data = (m & 0x1FFFF) | (t << 21) | (g << 23);
+    move16       = (uint16_t)m;
+    bound        = (uint8_t)b;
+    generation8  = (uint8_t)g;
     value16      = (int16_t)v;
     depth16      = (int16_t)d;
-      staticValue = (int16_t)statV;
+    evalValue    = (int16_t)ev;
-      staticValueMargin  = (int16_t)kd;
+    evalMargin   = (int16_t)em;
   }
-  void set_generation(int g) { data = move() | (type() << 21) | (g << 23); }
+  void set_generation(int g) { generation8 = (uint8_t)g; }
 
   uint32_t key() const      { return key32; }
-  Depth depth() const { return Depth(depth16); }
+  Depth depth() const       { return (Depth)depth16; }
-  Move move() const { return Move(data & 0x1FFFF); }
+  Move move() const         { return (Move)move16; }
-  Value value() const { return Value(value16); }
+  Value value() const       { return (Value)value16; }
-  ValueType type() const { return ValueType((data >> 21) & 3); }
+  Bound type() const        { return (Bound)bound; }
-  int generation() const { return data >> 23; }
+  int generation() const    { return (int)generation8; }
-  Value static_value() const { return Value(staticValue); }
+  Value eval_value() const  { return (Value)evalValue; }
-  Value static_value_margin() const { return Value(staticValueMargin); }
+  Value eval_margin() const { return (Value)evalMargin; }
 
 private:
   uint32_t key32;
-  uint32_t data;
+  uint16_t move16;
-  int16_t value16;
+  uint8_t bound, generation8;
-  int16_t depth16;
+  int16_t value16, depth16, evalValue, evalMargin;
-  int16_t staticValue;
-  int16_t staticValueMargin;
 };
 
 
-/// This is the number of TTEntry slots for each cluster
+/// A TranspositionTable consists of a power of 2 number of clusters and each
-const int ClusterSize = 4;
+/// cluster consists of ClusterSize number of TTEntry. Each non-empty entry
-
+/// contains information of exactly one position. Size of a cluster shall not be
-/// TTCluster consists of ClusterSize number of TTEntries.
+/// bigger than a cache line size. In case it is less, it should be padded to
-/// Size of TTCluster must not be bigger than a cache line size.
+/// guarantee always aligned accesses.
-/// In case it is less, it should be padded to guarantee always aligned accesses.
-
-struct TTCluster {
-  TTEntry data[ClusterSize];
-};
-
-
-/// The transposition table class. This is basically just a huge array
-/// containing TTCluster objects, and a few methods for writing new entries
-/// and reading new ones.
 
 class TranspositionTable {
 
-  TranspositionTable(const TranspositionTable&);
+  static const unsigned ClusterSize = 4; // A cluster is 64 Bytes
-  TranspositionTable& operator=(const TranspositionTable&);
 
 public:
-  TranspositionTable();
+ ~TranspositionTable() { delete [] table; }
-  ~TranspositionTable();
+  void new_search() { generation++; }
+
+  TTEntry* probe(const Key key) const;
+  TTEntry* first_entry(const Key key) const;
+  void refresh(const TTEntry* tte) const;
   void set_size(size_t mbSize);
   void clear();
-  void store(const Key posKey, Value v, ValueType type, Depth d, Move m, Value statV, Value kingD);
+  void store(const Key key, Value v, Bound type, Depth d, Move m, Value statV, Value kingD);
-  TTEntry* retrieve(const Key posKey) const;
-  void new_search();
-  TTEntry* first_entry(const Key posKey) const;
-  void refresh(const TTEntry* tte) const;
 
 private:
-  size_t size;
+  uint32_t hashMask;
-  TTCluster* entries;
+  TTEntry* table;
-  uint8_t generation; // To properly compare, size must be smaller then TT stored value
+  uint8_t generation; // Size must be not bigger then TTEntry::generation8
 };
 
 extern TranspositionTable TT;
 
 
-/// TranspositionTable::first_entry returns a pointer to the first
+/// TranspositionTable::first_entry() returns a pointer to the first entry of
-/// entry of a cluster given a position. The lowest order bits of the key
+/// a cluster given a position. The lowest order bits of the key are used to
-/// are used to get the index of the cluster.
+/// get the index of the cluster.
 
-inline TTEntry* TranspositionTable::first_entry(const Key posKey) const {
+inline TTEntry* TranspositionTable::first_entry(const Key key) const {
 
-  return entries[((uint32_t)posKey) & (size - 1)].data;
+  return table + ((uint32_t)key & hashMask);
 }
 
 
-/// TranspositionTable::refresh updates the 'generation' value of the TTEntry
+/// TranspositionTable::refresh() updates the 'generation' value of the TTEntry
-/// to avoid aging. Normally called after a TT hit, before to return.
+/// to avoid aging. Normally called after a TT hit.
 
 inline void TranspositionTable::refresh(const TTEntry* tte) const {
 

src/types.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,117 +20,473 @@
 #if !defined(TYPES_H_INCLUDED)
 #define TYPES_H_INCLUDED
 
-#if !defined(_MSC_VER)
+/// For Linux and OSX configuration is done automatically using Makefile. To get
-
+/// started type 'make help'.
-#include <inttypes.h>
+///
-
+/// For Windows, part of the configuration is detected automatically, but some
-#else
+/// switches need to be set manually:
-
+///
-// Disable some silly and noisy warning from MSVC compiler
+/// -DNDEBUG      | Disable debugging mode. Use always.
-#pragma warning(disable: 4800) // Forcing value to bool 'true' or 'false'
+///
-#pragma warning(disable: 4127) // Conditional expression is constant
+/// -DNO_PREFETCH | Disable use of prefetch asm-instruction. A must if you want
-
+///               | the executable to run on some very old machines.
-typedef __int8 int8_t;
+///
-typedef unsigned __int8 uint8_t;
+/// -DUSE_POPCNT  | Add runtime support for use of popcnt asm-instruction. Works
-typedef __int16 int16;
+///               | only in 64-bit mode. For compiling requires hardware with
-typedef unsigned __int16 uint16_t;
+///               | popcnt support.
-typedef __int32 int32_t;
-typedef unsigned __int32 uint32_t;
-typedef __int64 int64_t;
-typedef unsigned __int64 uint64_t;
-
-typedef __int16 int16_t;
-typedef __int64 int64_t;
-
-#endif // !defined(_MSC_VER)
-
-// Hash keys
-typedef uint64_t Key;
-
-// Bitboard type
-typedef uint64_t Bitboard;
 
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cctype>
+#include <climits>
 #include <cstdlib>
 
-////
+#include "platform.h"
-//// Configuration
-////
 
-//// For Linux and OSX configuration is done automatically using Makefile.
+#if defined(_WIN64) && !defined(IS_64BIT)
-//// To get started type "make help".
+#  include <intrin.h> // MSVC popcnt and bsfq instrinsics
-////
-//// For windows part of the configuration is detected automatically, but
-//// some switches need to be set manually:
-////
-//// -DNDEBUG       | Disable debugging mode. Use always.
-////
-//// -DNO_PREFETCH  | Disable use of prefetch asm-instruction. A must if you want the
-////                | executable to run on some very old machines.
-////
-//// -DUSE_POPCNT   | Add runtime support for use of popcnt asm-instruction.
-////                | Works only in 64-bit mode. For compiling requires hardware
-////                | with popcnt support. Around 4% speed-up.
-////
-//// -DOLD_LOCKS    | By default under Windows are used the fast Slim Reader/Writer (SRW)
-////                | Locks and Condition Variables: these are not supported by Windows XP
-////                | and older, to compile for those platforms you should enable OLD_LOCKS.
-
-// Automatic detection for 64-bit under Windows
-#if defined(_WIN64)
 #  define IS_64BIT
-#endif
-
-// Automatic detection for use of bsfq asm-instruction under Windows.
-// Works only in 64-bit mode. Does not work with MSVC.
-#if defined(_WIN64) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
 #  define USE_BSFQ
 #endif
 
-// Cache line alignment specification
+#if defined(USE_POPCNT) && defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
+#  include <nmmintrin.h> // Intel header for _mm_popcnt_u64() intrinsic
+#endif
+
+#  if !defined(NO_PREFETCH) && (defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(_MSC_VER))
+#   include <xmmintrin.h> // Intel and Microsoft header for _mm_prefetch()
+#  endif
+
 #if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER)
 #  define CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT __declspec(align(64))
 #else
 #  define CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT  __attribute__ ((aligned(64)))
 #endif
 
-// Define a __cpuid() function for gcc compilers, for Intel and MSVC
-// is already available as an intrinsic.
 #if defined(_MSC_VER)
-#include <intrin.h>
+#  define FORCE_INLINE  __forceinline
-#elif defined(__GNUC__) && (defined(__i386__) || defined(__x86_64__))
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
-inline void __cpuid(int CPUInfo[4], int InfoType)
+#  define FORCE_INLINE  inline __attribute__((always_inline))
-{
-  int* eax = CPUInfo + 0;
-  int* ebx = CPUInfo + 1;
-  int* ecx = CPUInfo + 2;
-  int* edx = CPUInfo + 3;
-
-  *eax = InfoType;
-  *ecx = 0;
-  __asm__("cpuid" : "=a" (*eax), "=b" (*ebx), "=c" (*ecx), "=d" (*edx)
-                  : "0" (*eax), "2" (*ecx));
-}
 #else
-inline void __cpuid(int CPUInfo[4], int)
+#  define FORCE_INLINE  inline
-{
-   CPUInfo[0] = CPUInfo[1] = CPUInfo[2] = CPUInfo[3] = 0;
-}
 #endif
 
-// Operators used by enum types like Depth, Piece, Square and so on.
+#if defined(USE_POPCNT)
+const bool HasPopCnt = true;
+#else
+const bool HasPopCnt = false;
+#endif
 
-#define ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(T) \
+#if defined(IS_64BIT)
+const bool Is64Bit = true;
+#else
+const bool Is64Bit = false;
+#endif
+
+typedef uint64_t Key;
+typedef uint64_t Bitboard;
+
+const int MAX_MOVES      = 192;
+const int MAX_PLY        = 100;
+const int MAX_PLY_PLUS_2 = MAX_PLY + 2;
+
+const Bitboard FileABB = 0x0101010101010101ULL;
+const Bitboard FileBBB = FileABB << 1;
+const Bitboard FileCBB = FileABB << 2;
+const Bitboard FileDBB = FileABB << 3;
+const Bitboard FileEBB = FileABB << 4;
+const Bitboard FileFBB = FileABB << 5;
+const Bitboard FileGBB = FileABB << 6;
+const Bitboard FileHBB = FileABB << 7;
+
+const Bitboard Rank1BB = 0xFF;
+const Bitboard Rank2BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 1);
+const Bitboard Rank3BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 2);
+const Bitboard Rank4BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 3);
+const Bitboard Rank5BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 4);
+const Bitboard Rank6BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 5);
+const Bitboard Rank7BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 6);
+const Bitboard Rank8BB = Rank1BB << (8 * 7);
+
+
+/// A move needs 16 bits to be stored
+///
+/// bit  0- 5: destination square (from 0 to 63)
+/// bit  6-11: origin square (from 0 to 63)
+/// bit 12-13: promotion piece type - 2 (from KNIGHT-2 to QUEEN-2)
+/// bit 14-15: special move flag: promotion (1), en passant (2), castle (3)
+///
+/// Special cases are MOVE_NONE and MOVE_NULL. We can sneak these in because in
+/// any normal move destination square is always different from origin square
+/// while MOVE_NONE and MOVE_NULL have the same origin and destination square.
+
+enum Move {
+  MOVE_NONE = 0,
+  MOVE_NULL = 65
+};
+
+enum MoveType {
+  NORMAL    = 0,
+  PROMOTION = 1 << 14,
+  ENPASSANT = 2 << 14,
+  CASTLE    = 3 << 14
+};
+
+enum CastleRight {  // Defined as in PolyGlot book hash key
+  CASTLES_NONE = 0,
+  WHITE_OO     = 1,
+  WHITE_OOO    = 2,
+  BLACK_OO     = 4,
+  BLACK_OOO    = 8,
+  ALL_CASTLES  = 15,
+  CASTLE_RIGHT_NB = 16
+};
+
+enum CastlingSide {
+  KING_SIDE,
+  QUEEN_SIDE,
+  CASTLING_SIDE_NB = 2
+};
+
+enum Phase {
+  PHASE_ENDGAME = 0,
+  PHASE_MIDGAME = 128,
+  MG = 0, EG = 1, PHASE_NB = 2
+};
+
+enum ScaleFactor {
+  SCALE_FACTOR_DRAW   = 0,
+  SCALE_FACTOR_NORMAL = 64,
+  SCALE_FACTOR_MAX    = 128,
+  SCALE_FACTOR_NONE   = 255
+};
+
+enum Bound {
+  BOUND_NONE  = 0,
+  BOUND_UPPER = 1,
+  BOUND_LOWER = 2,
+  BOUND_EXACT = BOUND_UPPER | BOUND_LOWER
+};
+
+enum Value {
+  VALUE_ZERO      = 0,
+  VALUE_DRAW      = 0,
+  VALUE_KNOWN_WIN = 15000,
+  VALUE_MATE      = 30000,
+  VALUE_INFINITE  = 30001,
+  VALUE_NONE      = 30002,
+
+  VALUE_MATE_IN_MAX_PLY  =  VALUE_MATE - MAX_PLY,
+  VALUE_MATED_IN_MAX_PLY = -VALUE_MATE + MAX_PLY,
+
+  VALUE_ENSURE_INTEGER_SIZE_P = INT_MAX,
+  VALUE_ENSURE_INTEGER_SIZE_N = INT_MIN,
+
+  PawnValueMg   = 198,   PawnValueEg   = 258,
+  KnightValueMg = 817,   KnightValueEg = 846,
+  BishopValueMg = 836,   BishopValueEg = 857,
+  RookValueMg   = 1270,  RookValueEg   = 1278,
+  QueenValueMg  = 2521,  QueenValueEg  = 2558
+};
+
+enum PieceType {
+  NO_PIECE_TYPE = 0, ALL_PIECES = 0,
+  PAWN = 1, KNIGHT = 2, BISHOP = 3, ROOK = 4, QUEEN = 5, KING = 6,
+  PIECE_TYPE_NB = 8
+};
+
+enum Piece {
+  NO_PIECE = 0,
+  W_PAWN = 1, W_KNIGHT =  2, W_BISHOP =  3, W_ROOK =  4, W_QUEEN =  5, W_KING =  6,
+  B_PAWN = 9, B_KNIGHT = 10, B_BISHOP = 11, B_ROOK = 12, B_QUEEN = 13, B_KING = 14,
+  PIECE_NB = 16
+};
+
+enum Color {
+  WHITE, BLACK, NO_COLOR, COLOR_NB = 2
+};
+
+enum Depth {
+
+  ONE_PLY = 2,
+
+  DEPTH_ZERO          =  0 * ONE_PLY,
+  DEPTH_QS_CHECKS     = -1 * ONE_PLY,
+  DEPTH_QS_NO_CHECKS  = -2 * ONE_PLY,
+  DEPTH_QS_RECAPTURES = -5 * ONE_PLY,
+
+  DEPTH_NONE = -127 * ONE_PLY
+};
+
+enum Square {
+  SQ_A1, SQ_B1, SQ_C1, SQ_D1, SQ_E1, SQ_F1, SQ_G1, SQ_H1,
+  SQ_A2, SQ_B2, SQ_C2, SQ_D2, SQ_E2, SQ_F2, SQ_G2, SQ_H2,
+  SQ_A3, SQ_B3, SQ_C3, SQ_D3, SQ_E3, SQ_F3, SQ_G3, SQ_H3,
+  SQ_A4, SQ_B4, SQ_C4, SQ_D4, SQ_E4, SQ_F4, SQ_G4, SQ_H4,
+  SQ_A5, SQ_B5, SQ_C5, SQ_D5, SQ_E5, SQ_F5, SQ_G5, SQ_H5,
+  SQ_A6, SQ_B6, SQ_C6, SQ_D6, SQ_E6, SQ_F6, SQ_G6, SQ_H6,
+  SQ_A7, SQ_B7, SQ_C7, SQ_D7, SQ_E7, SQ_F7, SQ_G7, SQ_H7,
+  SQ_A8, SQ_B8, SQ_C8, SQ_D8, SQ_E8, SQ_F8, SQ_G8, SQ_H8,
+  SQ_NONE,
+
+  SQUARE_NB = 64,
+
+  DELTA_N =  8,
+  DELTA_E =  1,
+  DELTA_S = -8,
+  DELTA_W = -1,
+
+  DELTA_NN = DELTA_N + DELTA_N,
+  DELTA_NE = DELTA_N + DELTA_E,
+  DELTA_SE = DELTA_S + DELTA_E,
+  DELTA_SS = DELTA_S + DELTA_S,
+  DELTA_SW = DELTA_S + DELTA_W,
+  DELTA_NW = DELTA_N + DELTA_W
+};
+
+enum File {
+  FILE_A, FILE_B, FILE_C, FILE_D, FILE_E, FILE_F, FILE_G, FILE_H, FILE_NB = 8
+};
+
+enum Rank {
+  RANK_1, RANK_2, RANK_3, RANK_4, RANK_5, RANK_6, RANK_7, RANK_8, RANK_NB = 8
+};
+
+
+/// Score enum keeps a midgame and an endgame value in a single integer (enum),
+/// first LSB 16 bits are used to store endgame value, while upper bits are used
+/// for midgame value. Compiler is free to choose the enum type as long as can
+/// keep its data, so ensure Score to be an integer type.
+enum Score {
+  SCORE_ZERO = 0,
+  SCORE_ENSURE_INTEGER_SIZE_P = INT_MAX,
+  SCORE_ENSURE_INTEGER_SIZE_N = INT_MIN
+};
+
+inline Score make_score(int mg, int eg) { return Score((mg << 16) + eg); }
+
+/// Extracting the signed lower and upper 16 bits it not so trivial because
+/// according to the standard a simple cast to short is implementation defined
+/// and so is a right shift of a signed integer.
+inline Value mg_value(Score s) { return Value(((s + 32768) & ~0xffff) / 0x10000); }
+
+/// On Intel 64 bit we have a small speed regression with the standard conforming
+/// version, so use a faster code in this case that, although not 100% standard
+/// compliant it seems to work for Intel and MSVC.
+#if defined(IS_64BIT) && (!defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER))
+
+inline Value eg_value(Score s) { return Value(int16_t(s & 0xffff)); }
+
+#else
+
+inline Value eg_value(Score s) {
+  return Value((int)(unsigned(s) & 0x7fffu) - (int)(unsigned(s) & 0x8000u));
+}
+
+#endif
+
+#define ENABLE_SAFE_OPERATORS_ON(T)                                         \
 inline T operator+(const T d1, const T d2) { return T(int(d1) + int(d2)); } \
 inline T operator-(const T d1, const T d2) { return T(int(d1) - int(d2)); } \
 inline T operator*(int i, const T d) { return T(i * int(d)); }              \
 inline T operator*(const T d, int i) { return T(int(d) * i); }              \
-inline T operator/ (const T d, int i) { return T(int(d) / i); } \
 inline T operator-(const T d) { return T(-int(d)); }                        \
+inline T& operator+=(T& d1, const T d2) { d1 = d1 + d2; return d1; }        \
+inline T& operator-=(T& d1, const T d2) { d1 = d1 - d2; return d1; }        \
+inline T& operator*=(T& d, int i) { d = T(int(d) * i); return d; }
+
+#define ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(T) ENABLE_SAFE_OPERATORS_ON(T)                  \
 inline T operator++(T& d, int) { d = T(int(d) + 1); return d; }             \
 inline T operator--(T& d, int) { d = T(int(d) - 1); return d; }             \
-inline void operator+= (T& d1, const T d2) { d1 = d1 + d2; } \
+inline T operator/(const T d, int i) { return T(int(d) / i); }              \
-inline void operator-= (T& d1, const T d2) { d1 = d1 - d2; } \
+inline T& operator/=(T& d, int i) { d = T(int(d) / i); return d; }
-inline void operator*= (T& d, int i) { d = T(int(d) * i); } \
+
-inline void operator/= (T& d, int i) { d = T(int(d) / i); }
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Value)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(PieceType)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Piece)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Color)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Depth)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Square)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(File)
+ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Rank)
+
+/// Added operators for adding integers to a Value
+inline Value operator+(Value v, int i) { return Value(int(v) + i); }
+inline Value operator-(Value v, int i) { return Value(int(v) - i); }
+
+ENABLE_SAFE_OPERATORS_ON(Score)
+
+/// Only declared but not defined. We don't want to multiply two scores due to
+/// a very high risk of overflow. So user should explicitly convert to integer.
+inline Score operator*(Score s1, Score s2);
+
+/// Division of a Score must be handled separately for each term
+inline Score operator/(Score s, int i) {
+  return make_score(mg_value(s) / i, eg_value(s) / i);
+}
+
+/// Weight score v by score w trying to prevent overflow
+inline Score apply_weight(Score v, Score w) {
+  return make_score((int(mg_value(v)) * mg_value(w)) / 0x100,
+                    (int(eg_value(v)) * eg_value(w)) / 0x100);
+}
+
+#undef ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON
+#undef ENABLE_SAFE_OPERATORS_ON
+
+namespace Zobrist {
+
+  extern Key psq[COLOR_NB][PIECE_TYPE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+  extern Key enpassant[FILE_NB];
+  extern Key castle[CASTLE_RIGHT_NB];
+  extern Key side;
+  extern Key exclusion;
+
+  void init();
+}
+
+CACHE_LINE_ALIGNMENT
+
+extern Score pieceSquareTable[PIECE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+extern Value PieceValue[PHASE_NB][PIECE_NB];
+extern int SquareDistance[SQUARE_NB][SQUARE_NB];
+
+struct MoveStack {
+  Move move;
+  int score;
+};
+
+inline bool operator<(const MoveStack& f, const MoveStack& s) {
+  return f.score < s.score;
+}
+
+inline Color operator~(Color c) {
+  return Color(c ^ 1);
+}
+
+inline Square operator~(Square s) {
+  return Square(s ^ 56); // Vertical flip SQ_A1 -> SQ_A8
+}
+
+inline Square operator|(File f, Rank r) {
+  return Square((r << 3) | f);
+}
+
+inline Value mate_in(int ply) {
+  return VALUE_MATE - ply;
+}
+
+inline Value mated_in(int ply) {
+  return -VALUE_MATE + ply;
+}
+
+inline Piece make_piece(Color c, PieceType pt) {
+  return Piece((c << 3) | pt);
+}
+
+inline CastleRight make_castle_right(Color c, CastlingSide s) {
+  return CastleRight(WHITE_OO << ((s == QUEEN_SIDE) + 2 * c));
+}
+
+inline PieceType type_of(Piece p)  {
+  return PieceType(p & 7);
+}
+
+inline Color color_of(Piece p) {
+  assert(p != NO_PIECE);
+  return Color(p >> 3);
+}
+
+inline bool is_ok(Square s) {
+  return s >= SQ_A1 && s <= SQ_H8;
+}
+
+inline File file_of(Square s) {
+  return File(s & 7);
+}
+
+inline Rank rank_of(Square s) {
+  return Rank(s >> 3);
+}
+
+inline Square mirror(Square s) {
+  return Square(s ^ 7); // Horizontal flip SQ_A1 -> SQ_H1
+}
+
+inline Square relative_square(Color c, Square s) {
+  return Square(s ^ (c * 56));
+}
+
+inline Rank relative_rank(Color c, Rank r) {
+  return Rank(r ^ (c * 7));
+}
+
+inline Rank relative_rank(Color c, Square s) {
+  return relative_rank(c, rank_of(s));
+}
+
+inline bool opposite_colors(Square s1, Square s2) {
+  int s = int(s1) ^ int(s2);
+  return ((s >> 3) ^ s) & 1;
+}
+
+inline int file_distance(Square s1, Square s2) {
+  return abs(file_of(s1) - file_of(s2));
+}
+
+inline int rank_distance(Square s1, Square s2) {
+  return abs(rank_of(s1) - rank_of(s2));
+}
+
+inline int square_distance(Square s1, Square s2) {
+  return SquareDistance[s1][s2];
+}
+
+inline char file_to_char(File f, bool tolower = true) {
+  return char(f - FILE_A + (tolower ? 'a' : 'A'));
+}
+
+inline char rank_to_char(Rank r) {
+  return char(r - RANK_1 + '1');
+}
+
+inline Square pawn_push(Color c) {
+  return c == WHITE ? DELTA_N : DELTA_S;
+}
+
+inline Square from_sq(Move m) {
+  return Square((m >> 6) & 0x3F);
+}
+
+inline Square to_sq(Move m) {
+  return Square(m & 0x3F);
+}
+
+inline MoveType type_of(Move m) {
+  return MoveType(m & (3 << 14));
+}
+
+inline PieceType promotion_type(Move m) {
+  return PieceType(((m >> 12) & 3) + 2);
+}
+
+inline Move make_move(Square from, Square to) {
+  return Move(to | (from << 6));
+}
+
+template<MoveType T>
+inline Move make(Square from, Square to, PieceType pt = KNIGHT) {
+  return Move(to | (from << 6) | T | ((pt - KNIGHT) << 12));
+}
+
+inline bool is_ok(Move m) {
+  return from_sq(m) != to_sq(m); // Catches also MOVE_NULL and MOVE_NONE
+}
+
+#include <string>
+
+inline const std::string square_to_string(Square s) {
+  char ch[] = { file_to_char(file_of(s)), rank_to_char(rank_of(s)), 0 };
+  return ch;
+}
 
 #endif // !defined(TYPES_H_INCLUDED)

src/uci.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,288 +17,199 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-
+#include <iomanip>
-////
-//// Includes
-////
-
-#include <cassert>
 #include <iostream>
 #include <sstream>
 #include <string>
 
 #include "evaluate.h"
-#include "misc.h"
+#include "notation.h"
-#include "move.h"
-#include "movegen.h"
 #include "position.h"
-#include "san.h"
 #include "search.h"
+#include "thread.h"
 #include "ucioption.h"
 
 using namespace std;
 
+extern void benchmark(const Position& pos, istream& is);
 
 namespace {
 
-  // FEN string for the initial position
+  // FEN string of the initial position, normal chess
-  const string StartPositionFEN = "rnbqkbnr/pppppppp/8/8/8/8/PPPPPPPP/RNBQKBNR w KQkq - 0 1";
+  const char* StartFEN = "rnbqkbnr/pppppppp/8/8/8/8/PPPPPPPP/RNBQKBNR w KQkq - 0 1";
 
-  // UCIParser is a class for parsing UCI input. The class
+  // Keep track of position keys along the setup moves (from start position to the
-  // is actually a string stream built on a given input string.
+  // position just before to start searching). Needed by repetition draw detection.
-  typedef istringstream UCIParser;
+  Search::StateStackPtr SetupStates;
 
-  // Local functions
+  void set_option(istringstream& up);
-  void set_option(UCIParser& uip);
+  void set_position(Position& pos, istringstream& up);
-  void set_position(Position& pos, UCIParser& uip);
+  void go(const Position& pos, istringstream& up);
-  bool go(Position& pos, UCIParser& uip);
-  void perft(Position& pos, UCIParser& uip);
 }
 
 
-/// execute_uci_command() takes a string as input, uses a UCIParser
+/// Wait for a command from the user, parse this text string as an UCI command,
-/// object to parse this text string as a UCI command, and calls
+/// and call the appropriate functions. Also intercepts EOF from stdin to ensure
-/// the appropriate functions. In addition to the UCI commands,
+/// that we exit gracefully if the GUI dies unexpectedly. In addition to the UCI
-/// the function also supports a few debug commands.
+/// commands, the function also supports a few debug commands.
 
-bool execute_uci_command(const string& cmd) {
+void UCI::loop(const string& args) {
 
-  static Position pos(StartPositionFEN, false, 0); // The root position
+  Position pos(StartFEN, false, Threads.main_thread()); // The root position
-  UCIParser up(cmd);
+  string token, cmd = args;
-  string token;
 
-  if (!(up >> token)) // operator>>() skips any whitespace
+  do {
-      return true;
+      if (args.empty() && !getline(cin, cmd)) // Block here waiting for input
+          cmd = "quit";
 
-  if (token == "quit")
+      istringstream is(cmd);
-      return false;
 
-  if (token == "go")
+      is >> skipws >> token;
-      return go(pos, up);
 
-  if (token == "uci")
+      if (token == "quit" || token == "stop" || token == "ponderhit")
       {
-      cout << "id name " << engine_name()
+          // GUI sends 'ponderhit' to tell us to ponder on the same move the
-           << "\nid author Tord Romstad, Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski\n";
+          // opponent has played. In case Signals.stopOnPonderhit is set we are
-      print_uci_options();
+          // waiting for 'ponderhit' to stop the search (for instance because we
-      cout << "uciok" << endl;
+          // already ran out of time), otherwise we should continue searching but
+          // switching from pondering to normal search.
+          if (token != "ponderhit" || Search::Signals.stopOnPonderhit)
+          {
+              Search::Signals.stop = true;
+              Threads.main_thread()->notify_one(); // Could be sleeping
           }
-  else if (token == "ucinewgame")
+          else
-      pos.from_fen(StartPositionFEN, false);
+              Search::Limits.ponder = false;
-
-  else if (token == "isready")
-      cout << "readyok" << endl;
-
-  else if (token == "position")
-      set_position(pos, up);
-
-  else if (token == "setoption")
-      set_option(up);
-
-  // The remaining commands are for debugging purposes only
-  else if (token == "d")
-      pos.print();
-
-  else if (token == "flip")
-  {
-      Position p(pos, pos.thread());
-      pos.flipped_copy(p);
       }
-  else if (token == "eval")
+      else if (token == "perft" && (is >> token)) // Read perft depth
       {
-      Value evalMargin;
+          stringstream ss;
-      cout << "Incremental mg: "   << mg_value(pos.value())
+
-           << "\nIncremental eg: " << eg_value(pos.value())
+          ss << Options["Hash"]    << " "
-           << "\nFull eval: "      << evaluate(pos, evalMargin) << endl;
+             << Options["Threads"] << " " << token << " current perft";
+
+          benchmark(pos, ss);
       }
       else if (token == "key")
-      cout << "key: " << hex << pos.get_key()
+          sync_cout << hex << uppercase << setfill('0')
-           << "\nmaterial key: " << pos.get_material_key()
+                    << "position key: "   << setw(16) << pos.key()
-           << "\npawn key: " << pos.get_pawn_key() << endl;
+                    << "\nmaterial key: " << setw(16) << pos.material_key()
+                    << "\npawn key:     " << setw(16) << pos.pawn_key()
+                    << dec << sync_endl;
 
-  else if (token == "perft")
+      else if (token == "uci")
-      perft(pos, up);
+          sync_cout << "id name " << engine_info(true)
+                    << "\n"       << Options
+                    << "\nuciok"  << sync_endl;
 
+      else if (token == "ucinewgame") { /* Avoid returning "Unknown command" */ }
+      else if (token == "go")         go(pos, is);
+      else if (token == "position")   set_position(pos, is);
+      else if (token == "setoption")  set_option(is);
+      else if (token == "flip")       pos.flip();
+      else if (token == "bench")      benchmark(pos, is);
+      else if (token == "d")          sync_cout << pos.pretty() << sync_endl;
+      else if (token == "isready")    sync_cout << "readyok" << sync_endl;
+      else if (token == "eval")       sync_cout << Eval::trace(pos) << sync_endl;
       else
-      cout << "Unknown command: " << cmd << endl;
+          sync_cout << "Unknown command: " << cmd << sync_endl;
 
-  return true;
+  } while (token != "quit" && args.empty()); // Args have one-shot behaviour
+
+  Threads.wait_for_think_finished(); // Cannot quit while search is running
 }
 
 
-////
-//// Local functions
-////
-
 namespace {
 
-  // set_position() is called when Stockfish receives the "position" UCI
+  // set_position() is called when engine receives the "position" UCI command.
-  // command. The input parameter is a UCIParser. It is assumed
+  // The function sets up the position described in the given fen string ("fen")
-  // that this parser has consumed the first token of the UCI command
+  // or the starting position ("startpos") and then makes the moves given in the
-  // ("position"), and is ready to read the second token ("startpos"
+  // following move list ("moves").
-  // or "fen", if the input is well-formed).
 
-  void set_position(Position& pos, UCIParser& up) {
+  void set_position(Position& pos, istringstream& is) {
 
-    string token;
+    Move m;
+    string token, fen;
 
-    if (!(up >> token) || (token != "startpos" && token != "fen"))
+    is >> token;
-        return;
 
     if (token == "startpos")
     {
-        pos.from_fen(StartPositionFEN, false);
+        fen = StartFEN;
-        if (!(up >> token))
+        is >> token; // Consume "moves" token if any
-            return;
     }
-    else // fen
+    else if (token == "fen")
-    {
+        while (is >> token && token != "moves")
-        string fen;
+            fen += token + " ";
-        while (up >> token && token != "moves")
+    else
-        {
-            fen += token;
-            fen += ' ';
-        }
-        pos.from_fen(fen, Options["UCI_Chess960"].value<bool>());
-    }
-
-    if (token != "moves")
         return;
 
-    // Parse optional move list
+    pos.set(fen, Options["UCI_Chess960"], Threads.main_thread());
-    Move move;
+    SetupStates = Search::StateStackPtr(new std::stack<StateInfo>());
-    StateInfo st;
+
-    while (up >> token)
+    // Parse move list (if any)
+    while (is >> token && (m = move_from_uci(pos, token)) != MOVE_NONE)
     {
-        move = move_from_uci(pos, token);
+        SetupStates->push(StateInfo());
-        pos.do_move(move, st);
+        pos.do_move(m, SetupStates->top());
-        if (pos.rule_50_counter() == 0)
-            pos.reset_game_ply();
-
-        pos.inc_startpos_ply_counter(); //FIXME: make from_fen to support this and rule50
     }
-    // Our StateInfo st is about going out of scope so copy
-    // its content inside pos before it disappears.
-    pos.detach();
   }
 
 
-  // set_option() is called when Stockfish receives the "setoption" UCI
+  // set_option() is called when engine receives the "setoption" UCI command. The
-  // command. The input parameter is a UCIParser. It is assumed
+  // function updates the UCI option ("name") to the given value ("value").
-  // that this parser has consumed the first token of the UCI command
-  // ("setoption"), and is ready to read the second token ("name", if
-  // the input is well-formed).
 
-  void set_option(UCIParser& up) {
+  void set_option(istringstream& is) {
 
     string token, name, value;
 
-    if (!(up >> token) || token != "name") // operator>>() skips any whitespace
+    is >> token; // Consume "name" token
-        return;
 
-    if (!(up >> name))
+    // Read option name (can contain spaces)
-        return;
+    while (is >> token && token != "value")
+        name += string(" ", !name.empty()) + token;
 
-    // Handle names with included spaces
+    // Read option value (can contain spaces)
-    while (up >> token && token != "value")
+    while (is >> token)
-        name += (" " + token);
+        value += string(" ", !value.empty()) + token;
 
-    if (Options.find(name) == Options.end())
+    if (Options.count(name))
-    {
+        Options[name] = value;
-        cout << "No such option: " << name << endl;
+    else
-        return;
+        sync_cout << "No such option: " << name << sync_endl;
-    }
-
-    // Is a button ?
-    if (token != "value")
-    {
-        Options[name].set_value("true");
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if (!(up >> value))
-        return;
-
-    // Handle values with included spaces
-    while (up >> token)
-        value += (" " + token);
-
-    Options[name].set_value(value);
   }
 
 
-  // go() is called when Stockfish receives the "go" UCI command. The
+  // go() is called when engine receives the "go" UCI command. The function sets
-  // input parameter is a UCIParser. It is assumed that this
+  // the thinking time and other parameters from the input string, and starts
-  // parser has consumed the first token of the UCI command ("go"),
+  // the search.
-  // and is ready to read the second token. The function sets the
-  // thinking time and other parameters from the input string, and
-  // calls think() (defined in search.cpp) with the appropriate
-  // parameters. Returns false if a quit command is received while
-  // thinking, returns true otherwise.
 
-  bool go(Position& pos, UCIParser& up) {
+  void go(const Position& pos, istringstream& is) {
 
+    Search::LimitsType limits;
+    vector<Move> searchMoves;
     string token;
 
-    int time[2] = {0, 0}, inc[2] = {0, 0};
+    while (is >> token)
-    int movesToGo = 0, depth = 0, nodes = 0, moveTime = 0;
-    bool infinite = false, ponder = false;
-    Move searchMoves[MOVES_MAX];
-
-    searchMoves[0] = MOVE_NONE;
-
-    while (up >> token)
     {
-        if (token == "infinite")
+        if (token == "searchmoves")
-            infinite = true;
+            while (is >> token)
-        else if (token == "ponder")
+                searchMoves.push_back(move_from_uci(pos, token));
-            ponder = true;
-        else if (token == "wtime")
-            up >> time[0];
-        else if (token == "btime")
-            up >> time[1];
-        else if (token == "winc")
-            up >> inc[0];
-        else if (token == "binc")
-            up >> inc[1];
-        else if (token == "movestogo")
-            up >> movesToGo;
-        else if (token == "depth")
-            up >> depth;
-        else if (token == "nodes")
-            up >> nodes;
-        else if (token == "movetime")
-            up >> moveTime;
-        else if (token == "searchmoves")
-        {
-            int numOfMoves = 0;
-            while (up >> token)
-                searchMoves[numOfMoves++] = move_from_uci(pos, token);
 
-            searchMoves[numOfMoves] = MOVE_NONE;
+        else if (token == "wtime")     is >> limits.time[WHITE];
-        }
+        else if (token == "btime")     is >> limits.time[BLACK];
+        else if (token == "winc")      is >> limits.inc[WHITE];
+        else if (token == "binc")      is >> limits.inc[BLACK];
+        else if (token == "movestogo") is >> limits.movestogo;
+        else if (token == "depth")     is >> limits.depth;
+        else if (token == "nodes")     is >> limits.nodes;
+        else if (token == "movetime")  is >> limits.movetime;
+        else if (token == "mate")      is >> limits.mate;
+        else if (token == "infinite")  limits.infinite = true;
+        else if (token == "ponder")    limits.ponder = true;
     }
 
-    assert(pos.is_ok());
+    Threads.start_thinking(pos, limits, searchMoves, SetupStates);
-
-    return think(pos, infinite, ponder, time, inc, movesToGo,
-                 depth, nodes, moveTime, searchMoves);
-  }
-
-  void perft(Position& pos, UCIParser& up) {
-
-    int depth, tm, n;
-
-    if (!(up >> depth))
-        return;
-
-    tm = get_system_time();
-
-    n = perft(pos, depth * ONE_PLY);
-
-    tm = get_system_time() - tm;
-    std::cout << "\nNodes " << n
-              << "\nTime (ms) " << tm
-              << "\nNodes/second " << int(n / (tm / 1000.0)) << std::endl;
   }
 }

src/ucioption.cpp

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,162 +17,151 @@
   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 */
 
-#include <cctype>
+#include <algorithm>
-#include <iostream>
+#include <cassert>
+#include <cstdlib>
 #include <sstream>
 
+#include "evaluate.h"
 #include "misc.h"
 #include "thread.h"
+#include "tt.h"
 #include "ucioption.h"
 
 using std::string;
-using std::cout;
-using std::endl;
 
-OptionsMap Options; // Global object
+UCI::OptionsMap Options; // Global object
+
+namespace UCI {
+
+/// 'On change' actions, triggered by an option's value change
+void on_logger(const Option& o) { start_logger(o); }
+void on_eval(const Option&) { Eval::init(); }
+void on_threads(const Option&) { Threads.read_uci_options(); }
+void on_hash_size(const Option& o) { TT.set_size(o); }
+void on_clear_hash(const Option&) { TT.clear(); }
 
 
-// Our case insensitive less() function as required by UCI protocol
+/// Our case insensitive less() function as required by UCI protocol
+bool ci_less(char c1, char c2) { return tolower(c1) < tolower(c2); }
+
 bool CaseInsensitiveLess::operator() (const string& s1, const string& s2) const {
-
+  return std::lexicographical_compare(s1.begin(), s1.end(), s2.begin(), s2.end(), ci_less);
-  int c1, c2;
-  size_t i = 0;
-
-  while (i < s1.size() && i < s2.size())
-  {
-      c1 = tolower(s1[i]);
-      c2 = tolower(s2[i++]);
-
-      if (c1 != c2)
-          return c1 < c2;
-  }
-  return s1.size() < s2.size();
 }
 
 
-// stringify() converts a numeric value of type T to a std::string
+/// init() initializes the UCI options to their hard coded default values
-template<typename T>
+/// and initializes the default value of "Threads" and "Min Split Depth"
-static string stringify(const T& v) {
+/// parameters according to the number of CPU cores detected.
 
-  std::ostringstream ss;
+void init(OptionsMap& o) {
-  ss << v;
+
-  return ss.str();
+  int cpus = std::min(cpu_count(), MAX_THREADS);
+  int msd = cpus < 8 ? 4 : 7;
+
+  o["Use Debug Log"]               = Option(false, on_logger);
+  o["Use Search Log"]              = Option(false);
+  o["Search Log Filename"]         = Option("SearchLog.txt");
+  o["Book File"]                   = Option("book.bin");
+  o["Best Book Move"]              = Option(false);
+  o["Contempt Factor"]             = Option(0, -50,  50);
+  o["Mobility (Middle Game)"]      = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Mobility (Endgame)"]          = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Passed Pawns (Middle Game)"]  = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Passed Pawns (Endgame)"]      = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Space"]                       = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Aggressiveness"]              = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Cowardice"]                   = Option(100, 0, 200, on_eval);
+  o["Min Split Depth"]             = Option(msd, 4, 12, on_threads);
+  o["Max Threads per Split Point"] = Option(5, 4, 8, on_threads);
+  o["Threads"]                     = Option(cpus, 1, MAX_THREADS, on_threads);
+  o["Use Sleeping Threads"]        = Option(false);
+  o["Hash"]                        = Option(32, 1, 8192, on_hash_size);
+  o["Clear Hash"]                  = Option(on_clear_hash);
+  o["Ponder"]                      = Option(true);
+  o["OwnBook"]                     = Option(false);
+  o["MultiPV"]                     = Option(1, 1, 500);
+  o["Skill Level"]                 = Option(20, 0, 20);
+  o["Emergency Move Horizon"]      = Option(40, 0, 50);
+  o["Emergency Base Time"]         = Option(200, 0, 30000);
+  o["Emergency Move Time"]         = Option(70, 0, 5000);
+  o["Minimum Thinking Time"]       = Option(20, 0, 5000);
+  o["Slow Mover"]                  = Option(100, 10, 1000);
+  o["UCI_Chess960"]                = Option(false);
+  o["UCI_AnalyseMode"]             = Option(false, on_eval);
 }
 
 
-/// init_uci_options() initializes the UCI options to their hard coded default
+/// operator<<() is used to print all the options default values in chronological
-/// values and initializes the default value of "Threads" and "Minimum Split Depth"
+/// insertion order (the idx field) and in the format defined by the UCI protocol.
-/// parameters according to the number of CPU cores.
 
-void init_uci_options() {
+std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream& os, const OptionsMap& om) {
 
-  Options["Use Search Log"] = Option(false);
+  for (size_t idx = 0; idx < om.size(); idx++)
-  Options["Search Log Filename"] = Option("SearchLog.txt");
+      for (OptionsMap::const_iterator it = om.begin(); it != om.end(); ++it)
-  Options["Book File"] = Option("book.bin");
+          if (it->second.idx == idx)
-  Options["Best Book Move"] = Option(false);
-  Options["Mobility (Middle Game)"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Mobility (Endgame)"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Pawn Structure (Middle Game)"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Pawn Structure (Endgame)"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Passed Pawns (Middle Game)"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Passed Pawns (Endgame)"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Space"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Aggressiveness"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Cowardice"] = Option(100, 0, 200);
-  Options["Check Extension (PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Check Extension (non-PV nodes)"] = Option(1, 0, 2);
-  Options["Single Evasion Extension (PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Single Evasion Extension (non-PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Mate Threat Extension (PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Mate Threat Extension (non-PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Pawn Push to 7th Extension (PV nodes)"] = Option(1, 0, 2);
-  Options["Pawn Push to 7th Extension (non-PV nodes)"] = Option(1, 0, 2);
-  Options["Passed Pawn Extension (PV nodes)"] = Option(1, 0, 2);
-  Options["Passed Pawn Extension (non-PV nodes)"] = Option(0, 0, 2);
-  Options["Pawn Endgame Extension (PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Pawn Endgame Extension (non-PV nodes)"] = Option(2, 0, 2);
-  Options["Minimum Split Depth"] = Option(4, 4, 7);
-  Options["Maximum Number of Threads per Split Point"] = Option(5, 4, 8);
-  Options["Threads"] = Option(1, 1, MAX_THREADS);
-  Options["Use Sleeping Threads"] = Option(false);
-  Options["Hash"] = Option(32, 4, 8192);
-  Options["Clear Hash"] = Option(false, "button");
-  Options["Ponder"] = Option(true);
-  Options["OwnBook"] = Option(true);
-  Options["MultiPV"] = Option(1, 1, 500);
-  Options["Emergency Move Horizon"] = Option(40, 0, 50);
-  Options["Emergency Base Time"] = Option(200, 0, 60000);
-  Options["Emergency Move Time"] = Option(70, 0, 5000);
-  Options["Minimum Thinking Time"] = Option(20, 0, 5000);
-  Options["UCI_Chess960"] = Option(false); // Just a dummy but needed by GUIs
-  Options["UCI_AnalyseMode"] = Option(false);
-
-  // Set some SMP parameters accordingly to the detected CPU count
-  Option& thr = Options["Threads"];
-  Option& msd = Options["Minimum Split Depth"];
-
-  thr.defaultValue = thr.currentValue = stringify(cpu_count());
-
-  if (cpu_count() >= 8)
-      msd.defaultValue = msd.currentValue = stringify(7);
-}
-
-
-/// print_uci_options() prints all the UCI options to the standard output,
-/// in chronological insertion order (the idx field) and in the format
-/// defined by the UCI protocol.
-
-void print_uci_options() {
-
-  for (size_t i = 0; i <= Options.size(); i++)
-      for (OptionsMap::const_iterator it = Options.begin(); it != Options.end(); ++it)
-          if (it->second.idx == i)
           {
               const Option& o = it->second;
-              cout << "\noption name " << it->first << " type " << o.type;
+              os << "\noption name " << it->first << " type " << o.type;
 
               if (o.type != "button")
-                  cout << " default " << o.defaultValue;
+                  os << " default " << o.defaultValue;
 
               if (o.type == "spin")
-                  cout << " min " << o.minValue << " max " << o.maxValue;
+                  os << " min " << o.min << " max " << o.max;
 
               break;
           }
-  cout << endl;
+  return os;
 }
 
 
-/// Option class c'tors
+/// Option c'tors and conversion operators
 
-Option::Option(const char* def) : type("string"), idx(Options.size()), minValue(0), maxValue(0)
+Option::Option(const char* v, Fn* f) : type("string"), min(0), max(0), idx(Options.size()), on_change(f)
-{ defaultValue = currentValue = def; }
+{ defaultValue = currentValue = v; }
 
-Option::Option(bool def, string t) : type(t), idx(Options.size()), minValue(0), maxValue(0)
+Option::Option(bool v, Fn* f) : type("check"), min(0), max(0), idx(Options.size()), on_change(f)
-{ defaultValue = currentValue = (def ? "true" : "false"); }
+{ defaultValue = currentValue = (v ? "true" : "false"); }
 
-Option::Option(int def, int minv, int maxv) : type("spin"), idx(Options.size()), minValue(minv), maxValue(maxv)
+Option::Option(Fn* f) : type("button"), min(0), max(0), idx(Options.size()), on_change(f)
-{ defaultValue = currentValue = stringify(def); }
+{}
+
+Option::Option(int v, int minv, int maxv, Fn* f) : type("spin"), min(minv), max(maxv), idx(Options.size()), on_change(f)
+{ std::ostringstream ss; ss << v; defaultValue = currentValue = ss.str(); }
 
 
-/// set_value() updates currentValue of the Option object. Normally it's up to
+Option::operator int() const {
-/// the GUI to check for option's limits, but we could receive the new value
+  assert(type == "check" || type == "spin");
-/// directly from the user by teminal window. So let's check the bounds anyway.
+  return (type == "spin" ? atoi(currentValue.c_str()) : currentValue == "true");
+}
 
-void Option::set_value(const string& value) {
+Option::operator std::string() const {
+  assert(type == "string");
+  return currentValue;
+}
+
+
+/// operator=() updates currentValue and triggers on_change() action. It's up to
+/// the GUI to check for option's limits, but we could receive the new value from
+/// the user by console window, so let's check the bounds anyway.
+
+Option& Option::operator=(const string& v) {
 
   assert(!type.empty());
 
-  if (    (type == "check" || type == "button")
+  if (   (type != "button" && v.empty())
-      && !(value == "true" || value == "false"))
+      || (type == "check" && v != "true" && v != "false")
-      return;
+      || (type == "spin" && (atoi(v.c_str()) < min || atoi(v.c_str()) > max)))
+      return *this;
 
-  if (type == "spin")
+  if (type != "button")
-  {
+      currentValue = v;
-      int v = atoi(value.c_str());
+
-      if (v < minValue || v > maxValue)
+  if (on_change)
-          return;
+      (*on_change)(*this);
+
+  return *this;
 }
 
-  currentValue = value;
+} // namespace UCI
-}

src/ucioption.h

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 /*
   Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
   Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
+  Copyright (C) 2008-2013 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
 
   Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -20,61 +20,50 @@
 #if !defined(UCIOPTION_H_INCLUDED)
 #define UCIOPTION_H_INCLUDED
 
-#include <cassert>
-#include <cstdlib>
 #include <map>
 #include <string>
 
-class Option {
+namespace UCI {
-public:
-  Option() {} // To allow insertion in a std::map
-  Option(const char* defaultValue);
-  Option(bool defaultValue, std::string type = "check");
-  Option(int defaultValue, int minValue, int maxValue);
 
-  void set_value(const std::string& value);
+class Option;
-  template<typename T> T value() const;
 
-private:
+/// Custom comparator because UCI options should be case insensitive
-  friend void init_uci_options();
-  friend void print_uci_options();
-
-  std::string defaultValue, currentValue, type;
-  size_t idx;
-  int minValue, maxValue;
-};
-
-template<typename T>
-inline T Option::value() const {
-
-  assert(type == "spin");
-  return T(atoi(currentValue.c_str()));
-}
-
-template<>
-inline std::string Option::value<std::string>() const {
-
-  assert(type == "string");
-  return currentValue;
-}
-
-template<>
-inline bool Option::value<bool>() const {
-
-  assert(type == "check" || type == "button");
-  return currentValue == "true";
-}
-
-
-// Custom comparator because UCI options should not be case sensitive
 struct CaseInsensitiveLess {
   bool operator() (const std::string&, const std::string&) const;
 };
 
+/// Our options container is actually a std::map
 typedef std::map<std::string, Option, CaseInsensitiveLess> OptionsMap;
 
-extern OptionsMap Options;
+/// Option class implements an option as defined by UCI protocol
-extern void init_uci_options();
+class Option {
-extern void print_uci_options();
+
+  typedef void (Fn)(const Option&);
+
+public:
+  Option(Fn* = NULL);
+  Option(bool v, Fn* = NULL);
+  Option(const char* v, Fn* = NULL);
+  Option(int v, int min, int max, Fn* = NULL);
+
+  Option& operator=(const std::string& v);
+  operator int() const;
+  operator std::string() const;
+
+private:
+  friend std::ostream& operator<<(std::ostream&, const OptionsMap&);
+
+  std::string defaultValue, currentValue, type;
+  int min, max;
+  size_t idx;
+  Fn* on_change;
+};
+
+void init(OptionsMap&);
+void loop(const std::string&);
+
+} // namespace UCI
+
+extern UCI::OptionsMap Options;
 
 #endif // !defined(UCIOPTION_H_INCLUDED)

src/value.h

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/*
-  Stockfish, a UCI chess playing engine derived from Glaurung 2.1
-  Copyright (C) 2004-2008 Tord Romstad (Glaurung author)
-  Copyright (C) 2008-2010 Marco Costalba, Joona Kiiski, Tord Romstad
-
-  Stockfish is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-  (at your option) any later version.
-
-  Stockfish is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-*/
-
-
-#if !defined(VALUE_H_INCLUDED)
-#define VALUE_H_INCLUDED
-
-////
-//// Types
-////
-
-enum ValueType {
-  VALUE_TYPE_NONE  = 0,
-  VALUE_TYPE_UPPER = 1,  // Upper bound
-  VALUE_TYPE_LOWER = 2,  // Lower bound
-  VALUE_TYPE_EXACT = VALUE_TYPE_UPPER | VALUE_TYPE_LOWER
-};
-
-
-enum Value {
-  VALUE_ZERO      = 0,
-  VALUE_DRAW      = 0,
-  VALUE_KNOWN_WIN = 15000,
-  VALUE_MATE      = 30000,
-  VALUE_INFINITE  = 30001,
-  VALUE_NONE      = 30002,
-  VALUE_ENSURE_SIGNED = -1
-};
-
-ENABLE_OPERATORS_ON(Value)
-
-
-enum ScaleFactor {
-  SCALE_FACTOR_ZERO   = 0,
-  SCALE_FACTOR_NORMAL = 64,
-  SCALE_FACTOR_MAX    = 128,
-  SCALE_FACTOR_NONE   = 255
-};
-
-
-/// Score enum keeps a midgame and an endgame value in a single
-/// integer (enum), first LSB 16 bits are used to store endgame
-/// value, while upper bits are used for midgame value.
-
-// Compiler is free to choose the enum type as long as can keep
-// its data, so ensure Score to be an integer type.
-enum Score {
-    SCORE_ZERO = 0,
-    SCORE_ENSURE_32_BITS_SIZE_P =  (1 << 16),
-    SCORE_ENSURE_32_BITS_SIZE_N = -(1 << 16)
-};
-
-// Extracting the _signed_ lower and upper 16 bits it not so trivial
-// because according to the standard a simple cast to short is
-// implementation defined and so is a right shift of a signed integer.
-inline Value mg_value(Score s) { return Value(((int(s) + 32768) & ~0xffff) / 0x10000); }
-
-// Unfortunatly on Intel 64 bit we have a small speed regression, so use a faster code in
-// this case, although not 100% standard compliant it seems to work for Intel and MSVC.
-#if defined(IS_64BIT) && (!defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__INTEL_COMPILER))
-inline Value eg_value(Score s) { return Value(int16_t(s & 0xffff)); }
-#else
-inline Value eg_value(Score s) { return Value((int)(unsigned(s) & 0x7fffu) - (int)(unsigned(s) & 0x8000u)); }
-#endif
-
-inline Score make_score(int mg, int eg) { return Score((mg << 16) + eg); }
-
-// Division must be handled separately for each term
-inline Score operator/(Score s, int i) { return make_score(mg_value(s) / i, eg_value(s) / i); }
-
-// Only declared but not defined. We don't want to multiply two scores due to
-// a very high risk of overflow. So user should explicitly convert to integer.
-inline Score operator*(Score s1, Score s2);
-
-// Rest of operators are standard:
-inline Score operator+ (const Score d1, const Score d2) { return Score(int(d1) + int(d2)); }
-inline Score operator- (const Score d1, const Score d2) { return Score(int(d1) - int(d2)); }
-inline Score operator* (int i, const Score d) {  return Score(i * int(d)); }
-inline Score operator* (const Score d, int i) {  return Score(int(d) * i); }
-inline Score operator- (const Score d) { return Score(-int(d)); }
-inline void operator+= (Score& d1, const Score d2) { d1 = d1 + d2; }
-inline void operator-= (Score& d1, const Score d2) { d1 = d1 - d2; }
-inline void operator*= (Score& d, int i) { d = Score(int(d) * i); }
-inline void operator/= (Score& d, int i) { d = Score(int(d) / i); }
-
-
-////
-//// Inline functions
-////
-
-inline Value operator+ (Value v, int i) { return Value(int(v) + i); }
-inline Value operator- (Value v, int i) { return Value(int(v) - i); }
-
-
-inline Value value_mate_in(int ply) {
-  return VALUE_MATE - ply;
-}
-
-inline Value value_mated_in(int ply) {
-  return -VALUE_MATE + ply;
-}
-
-#endif // !defined(VALUE_H_INCLUDED)